Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http: //books .google .com/I
Q>
" Oy sing rnito the Lord a nefu,\ song" — Psalm xcviii.
THE
OB,
TAYLOR'S KEW SACRED mSTREL
#
A REPOSITORY OF C!,HFRCH MUSIC,
ADAPTED TO EVERY VARIETY OF TASTE AND GRADIS OF CAPACITY, FROM THE MILLION TO
THE AMATEUR AND PEOFESSOR.
BY VIRGIL CORYDO^N TAYLOR,
" AUTHOB or "thb qolden lybe," **thb ohzmb," "ghobjll ax^tbmmb,^ "tbb oovooBmA," sm, xia
% <*
'■*•
' *,
-r
*'»*>
-p^ '\
JBOSTOISr:
IJSHED BY OUVER DITSON & €0. WASHINGTON ST.
IsL. **-.*-
//fr/
- >2.^ ' /6
umux> oouiGC LiMunr- ,
^'^^ C/^-^ t &CUJ // t>t4) .
EHmsD, Moording to A«t of <!^grM^ in the year 1866, bT
VIRGIL CXJIjtTDON TAYLOR,
b Hm OMes Office of the District Court of the Uiiited States, for the Northern Distriot of New Toriu
M
N.B. — ^All tones, and other descriptions of music conta^ined
q[ypended the Editor's initials, or those ifti follows, via. : <^1EL H
k
PREFACE.
Thb Cblestina is the beautiful name of a stop in the organ. Its correct pronunciation is — CSsff-^s-fec'^
nah. We employ it for our book, not because we pretend to offer an entirely new work in this instance,
but for the reason, that the additions and improvements made in the present revised edition of the Sacred ■
Minstrel ; while they leave all the desirable features of the former work intact, justly require a new cog-
nomen for their particular designation.
Ten years have now elapsed since the Minstrel was first brought before the public ; and the fact,
that, in numberless instances, Choirs throughout the country have retained its use until ttoo and three sets
of the work have been required, is an assurance that the associations it has inspired may still continue ;
while the novelties of the work in its present form, it is hoped, will superadd many incentives for its
perpetuated use and esteem.
V. C. TAYLOR.
ELEMENTS OF VOCAL MUSIC.
CHAPTER I,
NOTES.
§ I. Nolei ere eharactera used to represent musical sounds.
•
§ n. There are six kinds commonly used. These are the Whole
Note (or Semibreve,) ^, Half Note (or Minim,) p, Quarter Note (or
Crotchet;) #, Eighth Note (or Quaver,) #, Sixteenth Note (or Semi-
quaver,) J, Thirty-second Note (or Demisemiquaver.) J.
.^ III. The relative value of notes is as follows, viz:
A Whole Note. ^ is equal in duration to
Two Halves. P P
' Four Quarters # # # #
/ . * fill
' Eight Eighths. . . # # j# j# # # one hook.
Sixteen Stxteeothi^ fi ft fi g S 5 S S fifufufS* *^^ hooks.
Thirty-two 00 0000 00 000 0000 0000000000000000 three
Thiiiy'^dBj^C^^SC^^^^CCC^C^ ■ N 1 . : : . : : I : : : : hook..
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ''''■'■' ' ' ■
Note. There are other notei . mich as the Double JNote or Breve [nF|iOil«0 > <^<*<i ^^
Sixtjr-fourth # ; but thej are aeldom used.
QUESTIONS.
What characters are ated to represent mosical sounds?— How many kind of notes are com-
monly used? — Name them. — What is the relative value of notes? — Wnat two notes are e<joal
in length to a half note? — What four to two quarters? — What eight to four eighths? — W hit
nxf«#n to eight sixteenths?— What note are eight sixteenths equal to 7 — What <ioo notes are
they equal to?— What /our?— What note with two quarters will equal a whole not«>?— VVhat
iwo with four eighths will equal a whole note? — What Jbur with eight iixteenth$ wiU equal m
whole note?
^ CHAPTER 11.
DOTTED NOTES AND OTHER CHARACTERS.
§ IV. A dot placed after a note adds to it half of its original lengths
Thus:
A whole note dotted,^* is equal in length to a whole and half note.^ O
A half note dotted, j?* is equal to a half note and quarter.
A quarter note, j^* to a quarter and eighth.
An eighth, j^ to an eighth and sixteenth, &c.
^ V. ■ Notes with two dots placed after them, receive the addition of
three quarters to their original length, the first dot adding half, (as ilh^>
trated in § IV,) and the second, a quarter. Thus:
A whole note dotted twice ^* *, equals in length a whole, half and
quarter note Gp0
A half note dotted twice j^* * equals a half, quarter and eighth, &c.
•...-. p#5
^ VI. The valuation of notes can be reduced, in the following manner.
I I
#
i W
I
bJleMEnts o^ Vocal mttsic.
» -Y
^
^ VII. The figdre ^ placed over or under three notea of the same
denomiaaiipn reduces them to the time of two.
' • '^ ^ 3
Thus: p (25 <S? are equal to p p
m u u li
-III II
### (€ a -<c #•
# # # 44 a a
§ VIII. The figure 5 placed over or under five notes of the same de-
aominatioii^ reduces them to the time of four. Thus:
are equal to
I I I I I
5
r
r0 ii a u
I !
I I I k
1 I I
<4 ii a
§ IX. The figure 6 in like manner reduces six notes of the same kind
to the time of four. Thus:
#^#'###areequalto##|»|»
a a a
I r I I I Till
V *
I
6
ii ii i(
k
1-.
f
^ * •*§ X. A Slur ^"""^ is used in vocal music to connect the notes sung to
.^ ^M sjllahle. Eighth, Sixteenth and Thirty-second notes can be slurred
PT i|iiiting their hooks. Thus:
%??^* f f^f-f or 000 ^ tZ£f ""^ f
Sec.
QUESTIONS.
What tB the efTect of a dot placed after a note? — A whofe note dotterf reccrrei the addi
tional value ol what note?— A Aa//note, what?— A quarter, what ? — An eighth, what ? — V\ hei
tu70 dots are placed after a note, how much is the note lengthened '' — A half note with twi
dots receives the addition of what tico notes T A quarter, what two? — An eighth, what two
A tixteenih, what two ?— A thirty-second, what two / — The %ure 3 placed over or under three
notes of the same denomination reduces them to the valuation of how many of the same kind',
The figure 5 placed over five notes, reduces them to how many of the same kind? — 'I*he figurj
6 J to lu}w many of the same kindf — What is the use of a i^lur in vocal music t — UoW tvt
eighth, tixteeiitb, and thirty-secoad notes be slurred in vocal music t
CHAPTER IIL
BESTS.
§ XI. All notes in music have characters which represent thefr lengtt
or value, called Rests.
§ XII. Rests are denominated fnarks of Silence, and are ca}led bj
the name of the notes which they i*epresent: as fViwU note rest; JBia^
note rest; Quarter, &c.
Examples of the different Rests,
"Wliole note Resty Half note Rest, Q,aart«r not« Eisbtli not* Sixteen Ilk »•%
Best.
r
lur
the right.
Must be under a line. Must be above a line. Wins turn* to W)ng turns i» 'Two wtnge to
tlie/</l.
liCKt.
1
irai
the le/i.
R^st.
Tliirtyaecond note Rest*
_ I
Three wings turned to the l^,
§ XIII. Rests may be dotted the same as the notes which thej zep
resent.
Examples of Dotted Rests,
Wltlk one dot* liritli two dou.
^« mS* h*«h*» "M* ^» '^^ H» •
ip -^
6
ELEMEN
QUESTIONS.
WkatelianetcnartiiMdiiiplaceoriMlM^tomraMiit their lMgtik7— Wbmt art reitt de-
■ i wiinit ad T— What naiiic are they called after T— Gire the names of the different retta.— Mutt
n Whole note reat atand a6oe« or htlmo a line ?— Where mutt a hd^note rest atind t-^ Which
way doea the wing of a quarter note reat torn : to the right or l^ t— Which way doea the wing
of an eighth note reat turn T — Which way do the winga of a aiiteenth and tbtrty-aecond note
reat t«m t^-Hare the eighth, aizteenth, and thirty-second note rests, the same number of tctngs
that their correaponding notea hare AooAtf— May resU be dotted in the same manner aa the
BetM which they represent T
CHAPTER IV.
THE STAFF. CLEFS, AND OTHER CHARACTERS.
§ XIV. Music is written on a character consisting of five lines and
firar spaces, called a Staff.
§ XV. Each line and space of the staff is called a Degree.
§ XVI. When more degrees are required than are contained in the
fire lines/ and four spaces of the staff, additional lines and spaces are
used above or below the staff, called added lines and spaces.
§ XVII. The degrees of the staff are counted from the hoHwa^ up*
wardt; not from the top, doumwardi.
The Staff, with added IAne$ and Spaces,
Fifth hh% f ^'^ T^rifJS;-
Firtt mdiH Uiu hticw
890*4 QddU Ume btfw
^____ Firtt BfKK9 below,
Utoond opaoo ftslow.
§ XVIII. There are characters used in music to distinguish the dif-
ibrent parts which are performed together, called C^/«.
§ XIX. Two clefs, only, are in general use at the present time.
Th«f« mt% the Treble or Cr clef, m and the Bass or F ckf. ^
to daalgnsis theTteor.
oLoftheM
VOCAL MUSia
N. B. In thia work» the following eharaeter la
mhiirarilw, without reference to location upon the ataff, and draoias the
letteiB, tne aanie aa in the Treble cle£
§ XX. The Staff, besides the term Degree, which is applM to each
line and space, is also named by the first seven letters of the Alphabet.
§ XXI. When the G clef is placed at the commencement of a staff,
it fixes the letter £ on the lower line. When the F clef is thus applied
it fixes G upon the lower line.
I§ XXII. The seven letters then apply to the staves respectively, as
follows.
The leUtru applied to the Staoee.
O Cle J. TgeMe« y
F Cle<; aei a« ^
:k'
Sameaa B7
•B
§ XXIII. When added lines and spaces are required, the same let-
ters continue on either above or below the staff, according to the order
in which ti«ey apply within it.
The letters extended to added lines and spaces of the Steff,
■p*i-,
-B
rc
rrD
;^5i
-A 5. —
B
F
K^
§ XXIV. The following characters are called Bars: and are placed
upon the staff for the purpose of making certain divisions of the notes.
Single Bar, X Double Bar, ^ or B
Y XXV. The music contained between twa bars upon the staffi it
sailed a measure.
4
^4.
mi
ELEMENTS OP VOCAL MUSIC.
7
§ JULVi. In Saered Music, the Double Bar occurs at the end of a
•ine of poetijy and denotes what is termed a Strain,
§ XXVII. The Double Bar usi^d in this form, H^ is placed at the end
of a aCaff and shows the close of a tune. tz
% XXVIII. The Double Bar at the end of a strain, may or may fu4
iimoate the completion of a full measure ; usually, it does not.
NoTKv— At ftcabaeqnent place, after the introduction of Thne, it will be illuftrmtad, when
th« double bar denotes the end or a meaanre.
QUESTIONS.
What ie the name of the character npon which music ia written f— How manj lines are there
in the stafff-^How many spaces t— Wnat is each line and space called T— When more degrees
fhan the fire lines and four spaces are wanted either abore or below the staff, what are used 7—
la connting die degrees of toe staff, where do yon beginT— la it correct tp count firmn the top
duiw uw a id i ?— What are the names of the •characters used in music to distinguish the different
Hvts which are performed together ?— How manyClefs are there in common use T— What other
Clef is used in tnis work besides the Treble and Bass Clefs 7 — What is used besides the term
ikgrut, to name the lines and spaces of the staff? — When the G clef is used, what letter is
9pli«d to the lower line of the staff 7— When the F clef is used, what letter is placed there 7—
Howsis the IsOen appW to the Treble staff 7— How to the Bass 7— On what degree of the Treble *
■tiff ia A 1«— Does the Alphabet apply in regular order from the second spate upwards ?— Does
II fimn &e first space of the Base staff upwards? — When added lines and spaces are required
Se the staff, are more letters than the seven used, or are these repeated 7 — If you commence
.wiA mnif letter upon the staff counting it as onty either up or down, will the same occur again
at sfwy eighth one 7— For what purpose are Bars placed upon the staff 7 — What is the music
ed eoolaiBed between two bars 7— In Sacred music, what docs the Double bar denote at the
af a Una of poetry 7— Does the double bar at the end of a strain show the completion of a
CHAPTER V.
RHYTHM.
Musical Sounds may be long or short; i^nd this distinction
fc imrtment called Rhythm, or Time.
§ JCEX. Time is represented by the use of Figures, in the form of
The upper figure^ or Numerator showing the number of parf#
^^JQieasure; and the lower figure, or Denominator, what par^
receives a htat or count.
-f/m§t
-^^^
The
.figure. MJ1J|8 J Sn V
tha different varieties of time.
&c. can all
§ XXXII. Notes have only a relaiitty and no fOBHivt or g%9tn length
Hence it is impossible to determine the movement of a piece of music
merely by observing the kind of notes it is written in. This can onlv be
ascertained by the signification of certain Rhythmical directions affixed
to it. So that the figures 2 — % or 3 — 2, denote no slower movement than
2 — 4, or 3 — 4, except as they relate to each other. ^
Primitive form of some of the common varietiei ofmeaevre.
9
9
ai rri-llii 1 1 i9i I I 111 I r!
e • • • *
4
e
8
rrr
§ XXXIII. The manner of beating or counting the different fomia
of measure is as follows, viz:
9 ^ P I
I Down and up.
Two half time,o
Two quarter ** ^ | l
Four half
4
4 <^
it
i€ «<
I
Down, left, right, vp.
Four quarter" ^ ' ' ' '
<«
<«
€t
«
u 3 PP
i Three half " a T T T 1 ^^^°' ^®^' "P*
( Three quarter " 3 ^ f f
tt ««
{
Six quarter " *
When fast, Down and vp.
Six eight
" 6 # ^ # # # #
^ y0 ^ ^
tt
tt
a
«< <f
C Nine quarter " ^
( Nine eight
€t
'* Down, left, op^
«« O 000 00^ 00S \**
<•
s<
%t
s
ELEME
OP VOCAL MUSIC.
Norm.— It irin be obtenred that instead of the lower figure being used to designate the
beat note in thia work, the NoU which the figure lepresents i^ employed. Also in regard
to compound time : as 6-8 or 6-4 time is always Wat the same as 2-4, consequently, in
accordance w^ith the rule tliat *'the upper fij^ure always shows the number of 6fa/« to a
measure, and the lower, the kind of a note that receive* on^ beat,** the abore numerical
expresaiom are ioeorreet, and in their place, these forms of time should be used ; vix.»
2 2 • • •
^. and Mm which signify that Iko doited half or quarter notes, or their equivalefUt^ fill a
measure.
Manner of expressing ihe forms of time employed in this work.
Two Quarter. • .
Two Half
Four Quarter
Four Half.
12
Compound Oommoii*-Two Quarter Dotted, f •
Compound Common — ^Two Half Dotted. . • P •
Compound Triple — ^Three Quarter Dotted, f *
?
■ ?
f.
QUESTIONS.
What 18 that department called in music which treats upon the length of sounds ? —
"What characters represent time ! — What does the upper figure, or Numerator show f —
What the lower, or Denominator ? — Name the fijixures which represent some of the varie-
ties of time.— Have notes any certain^ or aiven length /^-4iow can we judge of the move-
ment of a piece of mUsic !-^Do the fii^ures S-2 or 2-2, denote anv faster movement than
8-4 or 2-4 ? — ^What is the manner of beating or counting Two-half and Two-quarter time f
— What of Four-half and Four-quarter time) — ^Tbree-£ilf and TTu'ee-quarter time — Six-
quarter and Six-eight time when fast! — Nine-quarter and Nine-eight when fast? — What
It used in place of the lower figure or Denominator to represent the primitive note ?
CHAPTER VI.
MELODY.
^ ixjJ.iV. Musical sounds may be high or low, from which distinction
a Second department is formed^ relative to the pitch of sounds called
Melody. .
^ HXXy, There are Seven Primary Sounds, from which all music
is delayed^ By, tho addition, of the Eighth ^ a series of spunds is formed
*
called The Scale: each sound in which is madf> at a given distahiio 1
one to another, in a certain definite and fixed relation.
§ XXXVI. The distance from one sound to another in ascendin,
descending the scale, is called an Interval,
§ XXXVII. There are two scales used in music, one is called
{Dialonic) Major Scale; the other, the Minor Scale. The former is
one under present consideration.
§ XXXVIIL The Scale can be sung to Syllables, Numerals, or
letters of the StaflTupon which it may be written.
§ XXXIX. The order in which the Intervals occur in the Major S
is as follows, viz: From 1 to 2 is a tone. From 2 to 3 is a tone. F
3 to 4 is a half tone. From 4 to 5 is a tone. From 6 to 7 is a t
From 7 to 8 is a halftone, making five tones and two halftones.
§ XL. The Scale applied to the Staff, Jirst commences on C.
Applicalion of the Scale to the Staff.
m
SyllnhleM. Do
VroaouucdDoe
Nnmernlii. I
Ltrtiers. C
0^
J^2Z
Re
Jiag
O*
Ascending Series
"r5
Mi
Met
:i
E
t
:^
Fa
Faw
F
t
Sol
Sole
5
T
t
.^:
Ln
A
X
-G^
Si
See
7
D
t:
Do
Doe
8
C
^
Deacendfaiir Steriea.
Do
Doe
R
C
I
Note. — The practice or pronouncing the Syllablefl Ft and La^ /Vi& and LoA, is no.
recommended, it will appear evident from experiment, that if the first three, fifth and se
svMables are pronouncea strictly in the manner implied by tlie directions generally girei
Doe for (Do,) Ray for (Re, &c.;) that Fa and La pronounced FiA and Lah will ntceamril^
duce a ditfcreiit quality of tone from that of the other syllables. The former' will beyit
meUow, the latter harsh and MhriU ; the tendency of which is to produce a corresponding tti
pronunciation to words of similar character in singing.
§ XLI. Each of the sounds which form the scale can be raised a
tone above their natural place by the use of what is called a Sharp 4
they can be depresfed a half tone by a FlcU bi &nd when raised m
" ' ■ »"aa ;* ^ - *! »« ^»
ELEMENTS OF VOCAL MUSIC.
pressed in this manner, they can be i*estorcd to their original pitch by (he
ifcie of a JVtt/Mra/ t?.
§ XLII. Flats and Sharps when placed on the staff at the commence-
m<»nt of a piece of music, form what is called the Signature of the piece.
All the iiotes which then occur upon the letters occupied by the Sigr^ature,
are effected by it throughout the piece.
SIGNATURES.
^giiatttre of l^harps.
r--^.
signature of Flats.
" h
■^sdt
'^W^-
. § XLin. Flats and Sharps placed before notes in a tune are called
Occidentals; they then effect all the notes on the letters with themselves
m the measure where they occur, unless coiUradicted by a ncUural.
ACCIDENTALS.
Contradicted.
Not Contradicted.
I^S
'ir*-llFir*—:^r»-^tt
-^^-
•>-
•^ XLIV. ^alnrahy (as well as Flats and Sharps,) become accidentals
l^jMfen introduced into music written in either flat or sharp Signatures.
Tlins,
EXAMPLE 1. EXAMPLE i>.
l^-.f
:=lsjff=:#z::
t=t
"w — "b
* ^^ ^ 1
jILh ^
• "^r 1 1
uv) 1 • ' r
In Example 1, the natural (or accidental,) has the effect of
Uii|M|t:4^mr9 a note made sharp by the Signature; and in Exam-
. the effect of a sharp, as it raises a note madu^a^ by the
§ XLVI. A'^cidentals extend their influence into the next pleasure
when tlie flrst note in it is on the letter with the one made flat or sharp
in the one preceding. >
EXAMPLE.
-^^-
:^
-M^z
r-
QUESTIONS.
What is th:
hat department in music called wliich treats upon the pitch of sounds ? — How many
primary sounds are there ? — From what is all music derived ? — What is formed by adding the
Kighth to these sounds / — What is the distance from one sound to anotlier in the scale called ? —
How many scales are there used in music ! — What U the name ot the one which we ai'e now-
considering ? — To what can the scale be sung .' — Wh'.t is the order in which the intervals occur
in the Major Scale / — Making how many tones and h.ilf tones ; — Between what syllables do the
halftones occur in the scale ? — On what letter does the scale commence when Jirat applied to
the staff? — What character is used t«) raise the pitch of a sound ?— What to depress it ? — What
to restore a sound to its original pitch which has been made llator sharp ? — What is tlie name
givpn to flats and sharps placed upon the staff at the commencement of a piece of music ? — l)o
flats or sharps which form the Signature of a piece, eflect the notes placed upon the letters with
themselves through it ? — What are fluts and sharps called that are placed before notes in a tune''
How fir does the influence of an Accidental extend ? — When do A'a/urats become Accidentals? —
How can a natural used as an accidental, produce the efi'ect of a flat ? — How of a sharp ^^W' hen
do accidentals extend their iufluence into the next measure 7
CHAPTER VII.
THE SIGNATURES. SHOWING THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE SCALES
^ XLVIL It has been shown (Chapter 6, § xl,) that the Major scale
first commences upon C; it can also begin upon nny -other letter of the
Staff; and its structure is always the same, whatever be its location — Be-
tween 3 and 4, 7 and 8, there will always be half toncM, and between the
other numerals, whole tones.
§ XLVI 1 1. The Syllable Do is the first of the Major Scale; and La
the Minor Scale.
§ XLIX. The fundamental note from which the parts ma piece of
music derive their relation, as respects pitch, is called the Tonic, or Key^
Mte: and this in the Major Mode is always Do, in the Minoi* Lai Hence
la
1** ■ ^ *^ -
'Mt,ifj»"
10
the expressions, Do on C, Do on G;--La on Jl, La on E, &c., mean the
-Key of C Major — G Major— the Key of A Minor, and E Minor, &c.
§ L. It must be understood, that in order to change the plaqe of the
9calt9 upon the Staff, the Signature also must be changed ; as no ttoo Sig-
natures can belong to one singU Scale or Key alone.
Jf LI. Tbe following illustrations will show what Keys belong to the
erent signatures. ^
SHARP SIGNATURES.
Natural Signature (without flat or sharp.) Do on C, La on A.
ELEMENTS OF VOCAL MUSIC.
FLAT SIGNATURES,
Signature of one Flat, (B,) . . Do on F, La on
I
:g:E:=
c«
Signature of one Sharp (F,) Do on G, La on E^
t=g:E:=
c<
««
•• three " (B, E & A,) " •« £[>, *• " C>
" four «« (B,E, A&D, " " AJ), " " F,
<« •€
two Sharp., (F&C) " " D, " " BX-*-g-E:
ff
"three *' (F,C&G,)'* " A, " ««F#,
« «
five " (B,E.A.D&G.)" " Db, " "Bb.^^^^
«<
^
EgK
ti
four •'(F,C,G*D)" «• E, ** "C#,
if
»•
" fiye •« (P,C,G,D&E)" " B, " " G#,
« fix" (F,C.G4),A&E,) •• F#," "D#,
\' MTcn (P,C,G,D,A,E&B,) C*," "A#,
t€
" six " (B,E,A,D.G&C.) ««Gb, " "Eb.fe^^fc^
"•even(B,E,A,D,G.C&F,) Cb. " "Ab, J b h V ?^
with in Sacred M
•even (kite or tfa
Note.— Many of the Siniatiirea in the foregoing eiamples ara diapenaed wi
and othera aabatitoted ; Thua, the ntUvral aignatnre tdiea the pUee of ae
Two flate generally the place of five aharpa j and two aharpa the place of fire flate, 6lc.
Signaturea are extended here beyond thoae in common nae, fbr the pnrpoae of carrying oo
aeriea throogh all the different keya.
Note.— The following Diagrama will illoatrate the relation of the Sharp and Flat Scala
ahow alao more clearly the manner of /roMapoailion.
§ LII. In noticing the different letters of the staff upon which
Major and Minor keys (Do and La,) are placed in the foregoing exam]
of the sharp and flat Signatures, it is necessary that some name be n
to denote the meaning of such changes. Hence the moving of the act
from one letter to another upon the staff is called IVafupottlioii.
ELEMENTS OF VOCAL MUSIC.
11
TrampoBiiion of the Scale by Shwps,
DIAGRAM No. 1.
MtoTCi flealeoro.i Scale of D.
(■MSbelow) (dee 8 below)
D-l-Do-S-Do
Settle of A
(Seei below)
B~2.-Be— B — 5~SoI-
A-l-Do>8-Do
G,-7— 81—
p^^6— La->
D— 4— Fi
Bciile oTE.
(8t;e7beluw>
K — 4— F»—
E-l.Do-S-Oo
l;#~7— Si—
C#
Scnle of D.
(f{te3 below)
0^-2— Re~
B-l-£K».8-Uo
A#-.7~8I—
0|f-6~La-
F^-S— Sol-
Scale of Fsi
(See 6 below)
C.f-5— iioI-
Aif-^— Mi—
Otf~8— R»^
F#-lUo-8Do
E#~7— Si—
u—
Scale of C#.
CiM— no—
B^--7— 8i~i-
A#-6— La —
Oi^^'S— Sol—
pft-4— Far-
E»-9— Ml—
Hots.— Tbo learner ahould compare the acalea in the diagrama abore and below one with
riMOier IB the following manner, tiz : Find I (or Do,) then look through all the intenrala and
^"iw if betWMii 3 and 4—7 and 8 there are halftonei the aame aa in the Scale of C (firat to the
|Jrft) If eoi it will prove what ia atoted reapectmg them in Chap. 7, f 47.
TraniposUiqn of the Scale by Flats,
DIAGRAM No. 2.
,Si^v'.
Scale orF.ISeale of bH.
i6kHcm)|(8ee8 brlow)
.Re—
Bb.4-Fa-
"^T-
BblDc^Do
A — ^7— Si~
f .14)e^I>o F— 5-So]-
i-^t.^--r
Bh-4— Fa-
Scale of B^.
(See7 below)
B:>-5— Sol-
Ab-^l—Fii.
P— S'Ri
Scale of A I)
(See4 below)
c — 3— Mi—
Scale ofDh.
Bb~3 -Re—
Ah lDo-8 Do
G— 7.-SI—
F — 6— La-
Eb—S—Sol-
Ei)|Do-8-Do
D^7-Si — .
jDh— 4— Fa-
C /C
Bb~6~La-
%h-5_Bol-
Seale of o\ [Scale of Cb.
(rteeB below) (See 5 below)
cM- Fh— ' C^-8-Do-
Bb-8-MI-jBh-7-SI-
A b- 2- Re— Ab— 6-La -
Qh-4-Fa- ob.lDoSDo ob-5-Sol
p-^ _ Mi - F — 7- SI - I
• ^ ^. Fb 4~Pa--
ED-S-Re-'Eb^^-U- Eb 3-Mi-
DblI>o-8«Do
O
Db-6-Sol-
cb
Db S-Re-
cb 1-Do-
In transposing the Scsle by Sharps, the syllable Do is always
fatter aboTe the la$t $harp; if the signature is but one sharp,
iM^iabove that. In transposing by Flats, Do is a fifth above or a
i^ikt ioiiftat; if there is but one flat, it is a fifth above or a
Note.-- The queation ariaea with the learner often, whether it ia ncecafoyy in trmnapoaing the
acaie by aharpa, to aharp Ffirtt, and ao on according to the order ofaharpinff bjr fiftha upwarda,
and flatUi^ by fiilhs downwarda ; or whether it ia arbitrary aa in the caae of uaing^e linea in-
atead of any other number for the atalTin music ; — ^To thia, it ia replied, that the order obaerfed
in flatting and aharping the acale, infixed and unaUerabU; and were any other manner adopted
in doing it. the given form of the acale would be changed ; thua, inateaa of the half tonea com
ing between 3 and 4, 7 and 8, they would come between other intervals which would be incor
rect. The following examplea of incorrect flatting and ahfrping in the tranapoaition of the
acale, will jlluatrate thia poin^.
EXAMPLE 1.
See Chap. 7, § 63.
— D 8 —
— G-
•4 ^Fa-
EXAMPLE S.
See Chap. 7, $ 53
-B 8 —
—A 1 Si
— F-
*Sol-
hteorrect, halftone be-
tween 2 and 3 inatead
of 3 and 4.
Incorrect, half tonel
between \ Set inateadi
of 7 and 8.
QUESTIONS.
Can the Major acale commence upon any other letter than C T la the form of the acale al-
w^a the $wne 1 What ay liable ia the first of the major acale ? What of the minor T What it
the Tonic or Kev-note in music f What ayllable applies to it in the major mode T What in
the minor t What do the expressions Do on Cf Do on G, La on A, La on E, &c. otherwise
mean ? In changing the place of the scale upon the ataff, muat the Signature ai$o dkange?
Are there any flata or sharps belonging to the natural aignature ? Where are the ayllablea Do
and La in the natural signature t Where in one Sharp 1 In two aharps ? In three T Four?
Five 7 Six 7 Seven ? Do on C and La on A require what siniature 7 Do on G and La on E
what sifmature 7 Do on D and La on B what 7 Do on A ana La on F|| what 7* Do on E and
La on Clt what 7 Do on B and La on Gfl what 7 &c. Where are Do aad La in the aignature
of one flat 7 Of two flats 7 Three 7 Four 7 Five 7 Six 7 Seven 7 Do on F and La on
require what signature ? Do on B^ and La on G what 7 Do on E)^ and La on C what f Do
on A^ and La on F what 7 Do on D\f and La on Bp what aignature 7 Do on G^ and La on Ei^
what 7 Do on C^ and La on At^ what 7 When the acale is moved about fVom one letter to an«
other on the staff, what is it called 7 In Diagram No. 1, Chapter 7, what aiode letter in the
acale of G diflibrs from the eame in the acale of C ? What fieo in the acale of D differ from the
aame in the acale of C ? Are all the other lettera the aame in the acale of D that theT ars ia
the acale of C f— >(Trace them upen the linea on which they atand in the acale of D back to tiM
»»*»,°
1^
ELEMENTS OF VOCAL MUSIC.
■cale or C, and ascertain.) What syllable is G in the scale of C ? What syllable is it in the
fca/e of G': U the $ouna the same in both scales ? [Am. It is.) How many scales does the
letter B pass through before it is sharped i is it the last letter sharped .' What 9ylUU)U ap-
plies to the letter iT in the scale of C 7 What syllable is it in the scale of (i f What in tlie
scale of D ? In the scale of A ? Scale of E \ Scale of B f Scale of F|| \ Scale ot Cj^ ? Is
it tlie same name (Si) in the scnle of C, and CJJ f How much higher is the f>t/cA of the scale
gram No. 2, that have been made in general upon tiie forefroinj:; by 8har[)S.) In transposinjr the
scale b^ sharps how far above the last sharp is Do / If there is but one sharp, how far aoove
that is It ? — In transposing by fiats, how far above or below the last flat is the syllable Do ? —
How is it in the case of on« flat .'—(See Note.)— In transposing the scale by sharps, is it neces-
sary to sharp F fint? — Can the order which is observed in sharping by fifths upwards} and
batting by fifths downwards be changed? — What e^ect would it have upon the halftones in
the scale, if any other manner were adopted ? — Is this illustrated in Examples 1 and 2 at the
close of Chapter 7 1 — In the first example given here of incorrect sharping, the j^rs( half tone
comes between 2 and 3, which is wrong — where should it come ! — In example 2, one fiat upon
C, the first half tone comes jetwe«n 1 and 2 — where should it come 7
CHAPTER VIII.
DYNAMICS.
^ LIV. The properties ofsound which are classed under the heads
of Rhythm and Melody, have already been noticed in Chapters 5 and 6 ;
a third department exists relative to the force of sounds, which is the last
to be considered, called Dynamics.
^ LV. In r/ie/oric, a mono/on« corresponds to one in singin«r, beginning,
continuing and ending with a uniform degree of power, called an Organ
Tone,
^ LVI. A Crescendo tone commences soft, and increases, — marked
thus: -==:nilll ^^ Cres.
^ LVII. A Diminuendo tone commences loud, and decreases, — marked
thus: ^3i:r==^ or I>im.
5j LVIII. A Swell tone combines the Crescendo and Diminuendo, —
marked -«==::iII^___-II^^^^^=^
^ I^IX. A Pressure tone is an abrupt srescendo or swell, — marked
ibuB^ < or o
§ LX. A Forzando or Explosive tone is struck loud, and sudde;
diminished, — marked fz, or >
Definition of Dynamic Characters,
Piano, marked p. . Soft.
Pianissimo, ** pp, . Very Soft.
Forte, *' /. . Loud
Fortissimo, •** Jf* ' Vet-yT^ud.
Mezzo, ** m. . Medium.
Mezzo Piano, '* mp,. Rather Sof
Mezzo Forte ** mf . Rather Loi
Classification of Voices,
^ LXI. The compass of the voice is classed as follows, viz: Lov
Male voices, Bas^. Highest Male voices. Tenor. Lowest Female
ces, Alto or Second Treble. Highest Female voices. Soprano or Tr«
. § LXIL Female voices, whether Treble or Aho, are pitched orke
an Eighth or Octave above male voices.
^ LXin. Boys' voices are in unison with female voices, and
adapted to singing Alto previous to changing.
Note — With respect to the pitch of voices, it is not uncommon for those who have not
attention to the subject, to im limine the Male and P'emale voice in unison. Thus, if a Ti
and Tenor voice were to sound a note upon C, third space in the Treble staff, as a tmi
while both sounds would appear to be in unison, the Tenor would be an Octave below;
the respective pitch of both voices in endeavoring to sound what might be swppoMd e^mn
Treble voice.
would in reality, if expreraed upon the Treble staff*, appear thus : ^-^ — when, if the 'X
were to raise his voice to high as to sound C,, third space, it would i/~~- — be liable to be
sidered an Octave abovty insttad of a unison. Tenor Volee.
Musical Characters Explained,
§ LXIV. A Whole note Rest is used to denote a silent measure in
varieties of time; thus: if in S-4 time, where the value of only a I
note 61ls the measure, a measure were to be marked silent, tlie toi
not« rest would b« employed for the purpose.
►
ELEMENTS OF VOCAL MUSIC.
13
§ LXV. It has been remarked (Chapter 4, § xxviii, ) that a Double Bar,
"way or may not denote the completion of a measuie.*' A Double bar
ihows the end of a measure, when the value of time between it and the
preceding Single bar snakes the measure full.
^ EXAMPLE.
Bfeasare/Vi2Z at Doable Bar. Measure not full at Double Bar.
^ I^XVI. In the second example above, the measure extends 'from
single bar to the other, past the double bar.
§ LXVII. It is allowable in Sacred music, to make a suspension of
die time at the note preceding a double bar, longer or shorter, a^ording
' the will of the performer.
§ LXVIII. A Pause, or Hold, ^ may be placed over notes, rests,
or any part of a measure, and denote a suspension of the time as
19 the taste of the performer may dictate.
EXAMPLE.
^
/^
/flN
/^
li^g^^^g^Pli
PK. — ^Tbc performer cannot be too eart/ul when suspending the time in a piece of music,
Ue iXptcmptly upon commencing again. And again, with respect to Rests j a note oc-
before a rest is quite too frequently prolonijed, sutiicient to embrace the time of the
th« latter receifes its allotted duration in perhaps tiie rent time uhich belongs to the
beat : a piece of music commenced in ever so accurate a movement, cannot long
ja this manoer with anything like uniformity or correctness of time.
[X. When a part of a tune is designed to be sung twice, the word
, (sijgnifying /trice,) is sometimes placed oyer it underneath a curved
OT&r, thus: '"155^""
A more common way of designating a repeat, however, is by
of dots.
"^ EXAMPLE.
§ LXXI. When dots are placed immediately to the right of a bar
or double bar, they arc passed by, and others will be found to the left of
a bar, which will require a return to those of the foregoing upon the right,,
which are previously passed over. (See foregoing Ex.)
§ LXXII. Da CapOy^oT D. C, are Italian words which are placed at
the close of a tune, and signify a return to the commencement, and end
at the first double bar, or at the word fine,
§ LXXI II. The words Ad Libitum, or Ad Lib, occur in music oAeo,
and denote that the music over which their influence extends, is to be
performed without respect to any given movement, or at pleasure. The
term is contradicted by the introduction of the words Tempo Prima, or
A Tempo, which signify, in the original timt.
]\oTE. — All musical terms which effect the Rhvthm of a piece, such as Largo, Allegro, Ral-
lentando, Accelerando, Slc, which are introduced after a nven movenunt hat been announced,
to produce a temporary change of time, are contradicted by tne t^rm Tempo PrimOj of A Tempo.
QUESTIONS.
V/hat is that d^artment called in music which relates to the force of sounds ? — What kind
of a tone is that produced by the voice which is called an Organ tone t — What is a Crescendo?.
A Diminuendo 7 — A Swell? — A Pressure tone ?— A Forzando or Explosive tone T — What does
Piano, or P, imply ? — Pianissimo, or PP ? — Forte, or F ? — Fortissimo, or FF ?-*-Me«xo, or M? —
Mezzo Pi.ino, or MP ? — Mezzo Forte, or MF ? — What are Uie names applied to the different
classes of voices?— How do the Male and Female voice compare in respect to pitch? — What
are Boys', voices in unison with, previous to changing ? — What part are they adapted to sing 1
What is used to mark silent measures in all varieties of time '? — When does a double Mr
denote the completion of a measure ? — When a double bar does not show the coDipletiop of a
meisuro how far does the mengiire extend beyond the double bar ? — In singing Sacred music,
what is allowed al tiie note preceding a double bar f— What is a pattse or held?-— What does
the word Bis mean tM music f — What is a more common method of designating a repeat 7—
What do the words Da ('apo mi»an ?— W'hat does Ad Libitum mean ? — \Vhat term is used to
contradict it ? (Set I^ote.) What term contradicts all others in music, which are placed in a
tune to produce a teuiporary change of movement ?
CHAPTER IX.
*
Minor Scale,
§ LXXIV. The Diatonic Major Scale, whatever letter it commencei
upon, has what is termed, its Reidive Minor Scale, which commences
upoa La, three intervals (or a tone and a, half) below D0| the first of lb#
Major Scale.
1u><
14
ELEMENTS OF VOCAL MUSIC.
^ UCXV. In ucending ihe Minor Scale, the sixth and seventh inter-
Tmlj (Fa uid Sol) ue made sharp; in descending, the/ are sung as in
the Major Scale.
Examplt of tht Minor Scale, A'atural Signature.
iMlW.
D.K.
-"■
«B«
A
^
3
3
=t
^
:^
=t
=t
=):
— p
— 1
^
Do
B.
Hi
FlDT
„„.,u
Li
M
'■
HJ
Re
Do
5 3;
8J C.
— gi-i
i
t
^
Ei
^p
§
rf
g
1=
b
iS:
i
a
^ LXXTI, The five tones in the Diatonic Major Scale can be divided
into halftones, which, with Ihe addition of the two halflonea between the
9d and 4th, 7th and Rth, make a scale of thirteen sounds, consisting
of twelve intervals, called the CkromiUic Scale.
^ L XX VII. The intermediate intervals formed by the division of the
whole tones in the Diatonic Scale, can be represented in the Chromatic
Scale on the same letters of the staff where the notes are placed repre-
senting the original tone before it is divided.
§ LXXVIII. The division of tones forming the Chromatic Scale in
itsapwardneries, in made by Sharps; and downwards by Flats; and all (he
letters made sharp or flat derive their names from the letters on which
(hey stand. Thus: a note sharped on C, would be called C# (C sharp,)
or one flatted on U, would be called D^ (D flat,) &c.
^> LXXIX. Sharps are said to resolve upmardt, and Flats doum-
wards; hence it is important in singing the Chromatic Scale, to keep in
view as much as possible, the intervala into which Ihe intermediate ones
retohe, a* the ear recognizes in them, sounds which are familiar, from
haaruig them in (he Diatonic Scale
CHROMATIC SCALE.
^
-s>~
^
-s;
E
^
^-
-4f4=^
E
Us
Do
B
i
La
Sal
Stti
oh
s*
h'°--
s
El.
a*
Ha,
Ri
^EEr
rtr
E
£:
ii=
^
^
is
Note. A( it i> difficult to *cqiiir« a mdj uie of ths ■Tllibia* in lie Cfaramilic !
ths vowel iichinged, 31, (Elo, Di, &c,) udM there ii ■ liilriliir to niiUlie Ihecbii
IkblafbrthBshangeoruiundJt ii Tecaaimadod to UM the ajIMile* oT the Diitoii
e'en in the Erat eiuiple tbon > the ijfIIiI)!** with the vowel* dumgtd bowefer,
re to b« uied ir preferred.
aUESTIONS.
What other Kde ii there ilwin ran necled with the Dntoaie Miior Sctlel V
the Minor Scilv commencet In ucending the Minor Scale, whit inlemla are id
Mowira ther luni in detcendinsT Whit acale ia formed br • diniioD ofthefirg t
Diatonic Scale added to \he iwo^ialf toaea bttween 3 and 4, 7 and 8 I How aia Ih
of Iho Diatonic ScaJc when divided, repreaeoteAia the Chromatic Scik T How i* I
of lonea in the Diatonic Scale made ao aa la fon the Chroniuic Scale in it* upwi
How in the downward t What ii aaid to be the letolotion of Sbarpa 1 What af
eiiwing the (Thramatic Sella, iriul iatomli i< it in^ioitast to heap ia ti«r pat
guide tlM eiT cometly I
ELEMENTS OF
CHAPTER X.
RHYTHMICAL EXERCISES.
^ LXXX. Accent in music, implies a peculiar force or expression,
nven to certain beats or parts of the measure in the different varieties of
fune. In Common time (two beats,) it occurs on the first beat; in Triple,
Wkih» first, principally, and slightly upop the third. In Compound time
(tiro beats,) upon the first. In Compound time Triple, it is the same as
fai Triple time.
•^ LXXXI. To read efficiently, or Sing at Sight; implies tho ability
t» recoffnize intuitively the correct pitch of a sound within a given inter-
Ifil ofltme indicated by the form of a note; and as Rhythm and Melody
Sure of so varied a character as to render it difficult to acquire a know-
ledge of them only from the singing of tunes; it is indispensable that they
ticed carefully and thoroughly in the form of exercises. The foi-
accordingly will be found to consist of such.
K. . The A)41owiBf exercises with the letter B at the clora of them, are to be rang hack'
alWr being ning forward! ; this arrangement will be found to give many of them a very
variety.
Two Quarter time, a quarter, the beat note. ^
!!^ Fo. 1 . B. No. 2
^S^ii
VOCAL MUSIC.
B. No. 4.
B.
— gJ->-y-***g: 5i2iCz5=tCCP
^-*!
Three Quarter time, a quarter the beat note.
No. 5. B. No. 6.
^3S
m^
fz^
tf2!
g^^gi
B.
No, 7.
B.
'•^•"
-#-#-#- ^ ^ •
l=t
m^
tpR
^^i
No. 8.
B.
^
Lnl j| ^Jj_ i^^fc#^^3
^S rE^
ELEMENTS OF VOGAL MUSICi
B. No. 10.
iyfeis;
t
MttM T^f t
'Mm
^*iJtg::::?i?r?3
B.
No. 11.
"-^P^p:
I
t^
Compound time Common, dotted gtiaWer the 6ea/ note,
B. No. 12. B. No. 13.
S g^^^^
B.
No. 14.
: zlr ^-giJ t
1
-)-- U-4.
jtM^jHw^
m
JJU-J^
:g.if-rfrtf:
l^dzt.
i
No. 15.
ilta^
m4M^9
gfa=j=3 rf ~*^^+*^
f:
ELEMENTS OF VOCAL MUSIC.
17
No. 17.
No 18.
3::m:C
No. 21.
^P
ST ^^00^9^^*
H-l — t
SdSE-5EES^Si
No. 22.
|f|E^
IJ^ TJ^
Change parts going backward!.
ELEMENTS OF
MUSIC.
No. 23. Two Quarter time.
No. 24.
SIPS
^^§
No. 25.
B. No. 26
M feM^^^J^i
B.
i.:ii.4!l_(3irq[
:flWc
If::
tPtt
• MM
No. 27.
No. 28.
•^i^#^
§wsl
■- f fep Tl^ 'M*
■i..MI
No. 30.
No. 31.
ELEMENTS OF VOCAL MUSIC.
19
Ha 33.
No. 34.
No. 35.
D: ! B t
f^
No. 38.
No. 39. (Avoid making both beats alike.)
B
" t ■ '' - ' ' — 3 1 — "^"S — Z^Z^ — I — i
SYNCOPATION.
§ LXXXII. Syncopation is a reversion of the rules of aeceiK, mak^
ing tlie strong parts of a measure weak, and the weak parts strong. The
following examples are the principal forms of Syncopation in common use.
No. 40.
Syncopation in Two Q^ar(er Time*
^tg^^^iS^
osiLtr
+ —
ttt
^s^
20
ELEMENTS OF VOCAL MUSIC
No. 41.
Syncopation in Triple Time,
No. 42*. SyncopeUion in
Four Quarter Time,
No. 43. Sing this backwards, also, re
^ f tfrff^ 3?^
versinff ihe SyncoBation.
No. 44. Sing thii slow.
;jL^^!g^g|^Eg|£E^ Sg£S^ ^
making the Triplets _p1ain and distinct.
a B-lL-U i UJ^
No. 45.
SECTj luJ^
DEPi^RTMEISTT.
BURY ME! OH, BURY ME.
H. H. H. Poetry by CAROLINE KLLEN.
-/r-
t- lJ — U-t— I
:t
:s£
1e^^
zm
— I-
-# — 0-—i9^
-(9-(9-
I
a
1. Btt • rj me 1 Oh bu - ry me, Close by my mother's side, "Wliero the long-leaved jiril - low droops, Where the wa - ters glide ; Where a - bove ber
2. Ba - ry me ! Ob bu - ry ma, Where my fa - ther sleeps, Where the grass waves mournful - ly, Where, the cy - press weeps ; There in -sol - emn
:l:=t^
J . ; J J J
gap- fle head, Blossom ro - ses white and red ; Bn-ryme! Oh, bu - ry me, Close by my mother's side.
''" »|lMy rest, Toward the bright and glowing west; Bu • ry me! Oh, bu - ry me. Where niy fa- ther sleeps.
8.
Bury me I Oh, bury me
Near my brothers mouud.
Where the sighing balsam stands.
Where the path winds round :
He was all my life loved best,
After they two went to rest :
Bury me ! Oh, bury me
>iear my brothers mound.
4. •
Bury me 1 Oh, bury me
With their precious dust,
Earth may boast its kindred earth,
Heaven has holier trust ;
Spirit gems are there reset.
In its household coronet:
Bmrmel Oh,burvme
With their preotoui doilb •
ECHOES.
<|BlteU«w<
II.B.H.
1. Still theao-^1 stara are thiiuDg, Still Um rip-pling wa^tert flow, Bat the an • gel voice is si - lent, That IhearJaera long a --go.
2. Still the wood 18 Btill andlooe-lj, Still the plashing fouotains play; But, the past, and all its beau-ty, Whith-er has it ded a-VAjf
8. Still the bird of night comploineth. Now, indeed, her song is pain; Vis • ions of my hap - py hours, Do I eall, and eall in ▼aial
4. Cease, O ech-oee, mournful echoes, Qoce I lored your voi - oes well, Now my heart is sick and wea-ry, Days of old, a long fiireweB.
Hark 1 the eeh - oes murmuring low,
Hark I the mournful eeh - oes
Harki the eeh -oes cry - g, — , — — , — — , — -. -.. ^^^ ^.j - 5, — , — ^ , ^^ «. .— w .
Harkl the eeh -oes, sad and dreary, Cry fiu'ewell. Cry iarewell, Harkl the echoes^ sad and dreary Cry larewell,- Cry teewelL |
ing low, Lonff a - go. Long a • go, Hark 1 the echoes murmuring low, Lonff a - go, ^Lo Dg % • go.
«s say. Fled a - way, Fled a - way, Hark I the mournful eeh - oes say. Fled a - wa^^^ed a - way.
a- gain. All in vain. All in vain, Harkl the ecfa-oes cry a -gam. All in yain, All in Tan.
SSCULAR DSPARTHENT.
RUM AND WINE. CatciT^
!I3
V. C. T. Words 1»7 H. U. BU
Teacher* fiinc rtsj bad.
k±-
4^
■ I 1 I ■ ■ g.
With Ufer.
r^-^ r • I ji:
fjf- TPenmt, CUm ■iof nith«r
-^ fr-
=»;
Who comei for rum f who oomes for nun f
irhof
To
t=:^
We are no ad-vo-oatM lor rum I
P i j c r »
are no ad - to • eaiei for mm 1
WT"^^
2z:pztrrf
O^ yesy with one ae - oord
we
come,
we come,
we come.
with one ac • cord we come, we oome^
>
we
flSSS
— #ii.*-y
j.*5»'-»
J^
t
t=
g^^s ap^^^fTf^
■r-lr-^ r-i- 1
■^<'-"«^
wlthciM M - CAtd.
24
8I0ULAB DS]pARTM£NT.
HUM AND WINE. cOxVtinued.
utlM
^^
fcp=
•i
drink
DO more
of mm or wine,
Young people all the pledge should sign, To drink no more of rum or wine.
We are
DO ftd - TO - catee
for rum, for mm.
oome, O yes, with one ao - oord we come,
no ad - Tocates for
mm.
for mm.
no^ DO, no,
O yea.
5=£
eome, O yes, with one
ao - cord we oome, we oome.
O yee, O yes.
gu ri I V
f
^1 '^ I
we come, we oome, we oome^
s^
wifli
^3E^
■^^^3^^
no ad - TO - cates for rum,
gpq r" , I — -fi
1^^
i 1^ I ^1 ^1
I
with one ao - oord, we oome, we oome.
O yea,, with one accord.
But still we are no ad • Tocatea for
L
we come,
•wt oome,
04^
f-^-^
1^
t^^
-^-
■T-rm
tm
f^
SICULAR DBP.ARTMSNT.
25
RUM AND WINE, concluded.
V =r T^^±-ti:^^
pledg
1=?^
S=F
+
r
izip-dz: :
:j:
^4— fi-
--^^
^-
r ^l^ll^ ^ F ^i:
g
p«o - pie all tb« pledge should sign, To drink
DO more of rum or wine,
no more of mm or inne.
T
fcp±
t=:
■r-r
?=:4^
^=^
-^-
— ^-
:^
:=f^
Who sajs for vine?
'^ i^ {
nun, rum,
rum,
rum,
DO ad - TO - cates forwine, for wine,
f I _ t
t^t
^-# — ^ —
: 5i=d=:?rz*
wine, We are
35L-I.
We oome, we oome.
We come, we come,
f f
O yes, O yes,
--^.^^^
p
. I U I
O yes, O yes,
we
the pledge, the pledge to sigu,
to drink,
>
M"=f=
DO, 00, DO, DO ad - Tocates Ibr rum or wine, no ad - Tocates for wine,
— f5,.
e
X
^S^
no more,
-^-
(That's right), Young people all the pledge should sign, To drink no more of rum or wine, of rum
A (.
t
EE^
'V
■^'
■f-r-i
for wine.
t
we come, the pledge to sign.
5£il
t^.
for wine.
^^
for wine,
r
t:e=.
O. yes, we come.
# 7 r —
i
we come.
ftrizi;
PC
we oome^
we oome, we oome.
mn or wme»
To drink
no more of mm or wine^ O yes, we oome the pledgee V&
^-T=H^?RF
M
BKOULAS 0BPAETMKNT.
THE STARS ARE BEAMING. Sirenade.
T-1 1
Words ui M«tie 1»7 H. H. HAWItXT.
I # r ■
1. Thb lUn wt beaming. And ike raooolight's glewniog With a flood of ail - ver ligbt»
2. Our hearts are beating With a land - \j gi-eeting For friends we bold moel dear,
Atte.
Tie the time lor *^'f[^ For our
And our songs, now sweuing. Shall the
1. The Stan are beaming,
i. Our hearts are beating
The moonliffbt's gleaming
A kin^y greetii^
A flood of sil - yer light»
weboldmost dear.
Tis time for sinking. For our
Oarsoogs,Dew
smemg,
•wdliog,
ShaUtha
V-U4.^^-W
H'l utf
jW
S B IT L A B D E P A R T M 1 If T.
9T
XHE STARS ARE BEAMING, oowludbd.
?f' ^»x
CHAPTER XIV.
«
mnrAMicfl^ Am bttus of performance.
t4i
I
rf^P
7. '«>iag£3Bi
pp p mp m mf f ff f mf m mp p. pp
Note to the Teaches.— Introduce the scale, to be sung in all the Tarieties of tone giren in
Chap. Tiii., from ^ 55 to ^ 60.
§ LXXXIII. Besides the general style of which mnsic partakes, there
are tipoj particular styles of directly opposite character; one is smooUi and
glidi^, called Legato; the other, pointed and distinot^ ealled StaoeaiA^
ELKMENTS OF VOCAL
^ IiXXXIV. Id the former style, the sound nf one tone is suslained
until the next is struck; thus blending, tbem together. In the latter, the
time of (he notes is not completed, but on interval of tiitence follows them,
which must equal in duration the/u/f time of the note it$etf.
Note. — Sacred mniic ihouldKorc ^cnvmllj' pnrUks oTlbe Slaeealo than the /Jgata tljla ;
it giTH gnitir di*tiBetn«M toSfcwticuliIioii of wordi, ud alTunli opportunilj for keeping
more iteadj i^ correct timB. ^Rie hnbil of linging io i dt.iwling and monotonoui muiner
■onable oatoat, the SHcuto *lyla of p«)bnuncB thda b; i
BXMIPLES.
iinlly by ftdopting Io
CHAPTER XV.
OKNAHENTAL NOTES.
^ LXXXV. Those notes in music which are not essential to (he forma-
tion of a regular Melody, or which are not included in the Harmony of a
piece, are called Passing, or Ornamental Notes,
^ -LXXXVI. Appoggialtirt. When a note is preceded hy a passing
note, (he latter is called an Appoggiaturo. It borrows its time from the
principal note which follows, of which i( usually takes half its value; but
when it occurs in the form of a Cadence, its duration becomes more length-
ened. The Appoggiature is expressed by a diminutive note, and is always
on the accented part of the measure. .
§ LXXXVII. Mer Jfolt. When a note is followed by a p
note, the latter is called an AfUr Note. This also takes as much time
from the preceding or essential note as its form represents. The After
Note always occurs on the unaccented part of the measure.
^ LXXXVIII. Shake, The Shake ( tr ) is produced by the alternate
repetition of two conjoint sounds; the principal note and the next above.
^ LXXXIX. A Shake, to be correct and eflective; must combine
rapidity and brilliancy of execution. The place where they are most
commonly introduced, is on the note preceding the final one in a cadence.
^ XC. The Shake is not in character with the simplicity of Churck
music, but the practice of it is highly important (o give flexibility to the
voice, and render it controllable.
^ XCI. There aresevera) kindsof shakes; but hw> haweT^ are mock
used; the trantient, and contmiied tkakt, the latter of which is moM
^ XCn. The tran»iimt mIu
descends in conjoint intervals.
a generally used Vbere the melo^
ELEMENTS OP VOCAL MUSIC.
EXAMPLE.
PenTomied.
3^
NoTc— >For exunple of th^ tnoaient shake, se« Havdn't ''Creation/' Solo 3 ''On mightj
mm;'* at the paaaage '* Calls the tender Dore his mate/' &c.
§ XCIII. The eaniinued shake has the same duration as that of the
note upon which it is made, and ends with a Turn.
II EXAMPLE.
Performed. or
se^ss
A . . men. A men- A men.
§ XCIV. Turn. The Turn ('^^') is an embellishment consisting of a
principal sound, with one a tone above, and another a halftone below.
§ XCV. A turn is called direct^ when it commences on tlie note above
the principal one ; and inverted, when it begins on the half tone below.
EXAMPLES.
INreet Tom.
Inverted Tom*
When the Tarn is introduced on a dotted note, the principal
nrst. ^
IVritte^ft.
EXAMPLE.
^ XCVII. Portamento Di Voce, or Portamento, (Ital.) signific
carrying of the voice from one tone to another in a close and conne<
manner, so as to blend the sound.
^ XCVIII. The Portamento, when executed by a skillful perfon:
is one of the most delicate and beautiful ornaments in music; but is
tremely difRcult of proper execution.
^ XCIX. The term Portamento Dr Voce, like Staccato, or Leg
belongs to the class of Stylet of performance. There are but few ti
which will admit of its application; although it is quite commoi
hear it attempted to music in general, without regard to its character.
^ C. Ornaments of no kind should be attempted 'in music even w
they are found to occur, unless they can be executed in a manner to j
proper effect. And while few of them should have a place in Chi
music, the practice of them is highly essential in other respects to |
style and elegance of performance.
CHAPTER XVI.
GENERAL REMARKS UPON SINGING.
§ CI. Expression, is of no less importance in singing than Elocu
is to reading or speaking.
§ CII. To sing with expression, requires a knowledge and observa
of those principles in music and language, upon which a correct tast
founded. — The proper use and control of the voice, a distinct articula
of words, and strict attention to the rules of accent and emphasis, toget
with a thorougl) acquaintance with the science of music, constitute
chief requisites to good sinking.
§ cm. The Voice. The necessary qualities of the Musical Vi
SLte fulness, flexibility And purity. To acquire these, it is importoait
-practice the Swell and Explosive tone. In the former, great care is i
essary to avoid changing the quality of tone. To prevent this, the org
mm
ELEMENTS OF VOCAL MUSIC.
of Sound should be held firmlj without change or relaxation while the
Bound continues. •
§ CIV. Taking Brpalk in singing should be done as seldom as possi-
ble, and never between the syllables of a single word; nor where it will
interrupt and destroy the meaninji^ of a Sentence.
^ CV, Opening <^ikn Mouth, There is no one direction more neces*
aary ta be complied with in singing, than opening the mouth so far as ta
be able to utter a sound in a free and unrestrained manner. The im-
possibility of attempting to articulate distinctly all words in speaking,
with the mouth $carcely opened, is no greater than in singing. Experi-
ence shows, that one of the most prominent faults in singing generally ^ is
the habit of keeping the mouth too little open, and in too fixed and uniform
a position.
§^ C VI. Jtrticulaiian. In music of ordinary rapidity, or of the chant-
f nt character, there should never be a want of dutihclne»8 in articulation.
Choral HMisic, the sound being sustained so long upon the different notes,
does not admit of giving language so perfect an utterance. To render
articulacion so distinct in singing as to make words intelligible, the speak-
ing or^ns must be used in such a manner that their appearance to the eye^
wUl indicate the word spoken, without the aid of the ear,
^ CVII. A rule in singing, which should never be deviated from in
the speaking of words, is; to commence and sustain a sound without vari-
ation, on the radical sound of the vowel;* leaving its vanish, to the final
articulation of the syllable. The word *^ day,*^ for instance, should not
be pronounced da e y» as would be the case if the vanish of the
vowel be dwelt upon instead of its first element, or radical part. This
defect is not unfreqoently carried to the extreme in singing, of passing
Qrer not merely the radical portion of a vowel, but of employing even the
following consonants to sustain a sound upon. For example, the words
**fire, admire, rettre/* and others similar, are rendered^r--e, de8tr--e».
ke. instead of ^ - - - re, and dett - - - re.
^ CVIII. Consonants, To insure good articulation, the consonants
most be quickly, distinctly and forcibly uttered. There is nothing in the
circumstanee of having the organs of the voice employed in producing a
mnsical sound, which need interfere at all with those required for artiru*-
UlioB. The location of the two are so remote from each other, if both
confined to their respective offices nn hindrance will be found to exist
against a clear and easy articnlatioa while smging, any more than io
speaking.
§ CIX. Acctnt, It is no less important to accent worda in singing
than in reading; and stfch vb the construction and adaptatitin of the ntiat-
cal measure to that of poeiry, that it is seldom neeessary to depart f]H>ft
the regular accentuation of the former, to acconmiodate the latter. When
there is not an agreement of the two however, the accent of the wtdi
should alwavs take precedence oter that of the music,
^ ex. JEmphasis, If poetry is necessary for any other pnrpose in
singing than to be used aa the seven syllables are; merely fbf siikgnls'
tunes to, it is certainly of importance that it j^ould be expressed in such
a manner as to convey to the mind, the true import of the sentiaMfnt which
it embodies. To this end, let it receive that attention in singing which
its importance demands.
^ CXI. Paiifet. When it is said of a note in music, that it sbonii
receive a given amount of time; the expression must not be understodd in
an unqualified sense. In singing tunes by the syllables, (Do, B^^ &tf.)
this would then be the case; bqt, as we depart from the rules otJieemi
in music when necessary, to accommodate that of poetry; so with respect
to pauses. Whenever the punctuation, or s^nse of language indieale m
pause, it can generally be produced by shortening the word preceding it
without interrupting the time. Sometimes, however, the rhetorical con-
struction of a sentence may be such as to require a temporary auapensina
of the tin|e. In the following stanza at the dash preceding the final wold
(" Depart,") a suspension of the time would be necessary to give eCset
to the sentence.
Thou lovely chief of all my joyt, —
- •Thou Sovereign of my heart —
Itow could I bear to faea^y voice
Prononnce the wOrd ^ ** DeparC^
% CXII. Musical Prmctics. In order to sastaiii^ Choir Swfittg eft**
ciently, it is highly important that singers meet frequently for practiced
And while doing this, let the time devoted to the object be spent ,/iii(£/U^
with close attention to the subject as a study; and not as an oecajnion jbf
recreation. And finally, never at any time, or on any occasion however
trivial, allow the habit of singing carUtMsfy; without regiird tO! fffU, Mr
rule; as it impairs the taste, and renders oim liable to r^sut^gnmim, y ilMig
general musical attainment. ^
EXPLANATION OP MUSICAL TERMS.
31
jf. (Ital.) preposition, ineanjog^ in^ to, vriitu by* nt. &Cp
Jic€€lerat9do, AcceUcsliog tl>e time by degrees, foster
and faster.
io. As SB ad?erb; tDeaniog moderately slow. As
jiiiih<lfsfitiy» desi^natjpg a piece of music of a par-
ticaUr character* in a slow movement; as, an **Ada-
§jio by U^j^den,'* ^c.
Jid Libitum, At pleasure; music performed without re-
f pnel Io time.
,4fitm»o^ Denoting the character of a piece of music;
meaiUMy iMfUtrl^ luui aftftingp
JUi^ (ItoT) according to« in th« atyi^ oC
J^ C4PtfU0. Is cburofa style.
JlUegretto. Less quick than Allegro.
j§$Uignp Quick and spright^ movement
dff/lo. The Second Treble.
jUUntando. the Rallentando
A jDm^ciiAr 1119^ a pi^eCMsor of mttslc .
|)B 4 diitj«pt ajui eyact maiiiner* like th6 steps
in walking; as u grade of time, it indicates a move-
ment between quick and slow..
Jbtdantino. A diminutiiRe of Andants.
^fsisitflie. Animation.
SMim»9 Con Animo, With^coiii^ge and spirit
JinikMm. A mn«iofil of^napesitien. set to words of the Sa-
cred Scriptures.
dChlfpltti^ Ifr m i c SKing alternately in parts.
AhtitiOt ^ Arco, With the bow^ the opposite of Pizzicato.
S/Mmm* /In a lighlt airy manner.
4tffti§§iiBi^. lawniaiiMrof the.Hafp^ chpfda stmck in
qviek snccenion.
JU§M, < Adverb Ital.) very, or much, as Allegro As-
A tgmpa. In time.
jf Umpo giutto. In just, or exact time*
A voice whose register is between the Base
p^Tenor.
Tpe lewei^ ^rt in harmony.
sB^jgay.
Qmdmaia, The closing of a strain. Also, a
^tanporaneous ftiMltlllrpidlllMli #t "
Calando. Slower and softer by degrees.
Cantabile, In a graceful, 'flowing 8t\le of performance.
CanianU* For the voice; to be performed by the voice.
Cantata, An elegant style of cooiposition for the voice,
embracing several movements.
Canto, The highest part, or Treble; in a chorus.
Captlla. Chapel. In church style. See ^ila Capella.
Cavalina, A short air in one movement.
Chantant. In the style of a chant.*
Choir. A company of singers; also the part of a church
which they occupy.
Choral. A slow style of music written mostly in notes of
equal length, but sometimes applied to all varieties
* of measure in slow movement.
Chromatic. Ascending, or descending by half tones.
(See Rudimenie, Chromatic Scale )
Chromatic Interval, An interval between a note and
the same letter flatted or sharped.
Coda, A passagjB at the and of a composition which forms
a flnal close.
Co/« or Con. With; as Col Arco, (with the bow.)
Common Timt. Time of two or four parts to a measure.
Compat»» In music ; the extent of sounds comprehended
by. a voice or instrument.
Concerto, A composition to display the powers of some
particular instrument with orchestral accompaniments.
Conjoint. A term applied to notes which proceed by the
successive degrees of the scale.
Con Dolore, With mournful expression.
Con Expressione. With expression.
Con Moto. With emotion.
Con Solemnite. With solemnity.
Con Spirito. With spirit, animation.
Contralto. The Alto, or Second Treble.
Coro, Chorus.
Counterpoint. Meaning, in general^ harmony, or the
distribution of harmony in the several parts of a piece
of music.
Da, For, from, oC
Da Capo. From the bfginniog, tad ending at the word
**Fine.'*
Declamando, In a speaJuig or decJaimipg style.
DelicatatMnte, or Dtlieato, Delicately.
Devoxione. DevotionaL
Divoto. Devotedly, devoutly.
Dolce, Sweet, scfl and delicate.
Dolente, or Doloroso. Mournful, express^e of grief and
sorrow.
Duo. (ital.) In English, Duet or Duetto, for two voicee
E. (Ital conjanction,) meaning and.
Elegante, or Eleganxia. With elegsBee, graeelUiy.
Encore. (Fr. ad,) meaning again.
Energico. With energy, strength.
Exprenivo. With expression.
FaUety or Falsetto. A term applied to that register of
the male voice above its natural compass, which re-
sembles ,a female voice. Hence, called false, or
assumed
Fantasia. A species of music in which the composer
?;ives a particular scope to his fancy, and deviate*
rom the usual forms of composition.
Fine, or Finale, The end.
ForzanOf forz., or fz. See Sfbrzando.
Fugata. In the style of a fugue
Fugue. A musical composition in which the subject or
theme is sustained by one or more of the ports ahar-
nately t hrmut bout the piece,
i^rtofo, or CjmFuria. Furiously, with rage.
Oiusto, Just, right See A tempo gimlo.
Olissando,^? Glinsato. Gliding. Opposite of Staccato.
Grave. The slowest movement in music, denoting also
gravity, and deep and awful solemnity.
Otaxiono. With graee and smoothness.
Gusto, Con Gusto. Tasteful, with taste.
Gf$i§uraL An epithet applied to thoee umes whicb'we
formed in the throat.
Impetuoso, — Con Jmpeto. Impetuous, boisterous.
Imitation. Music in which there is a repetition of the
same melody in the various parts, without preserving
that exactness in the intervals which is reqnired in n
Fugue.
Interlude. An instrumental passage introduced between
two vocal passages, or between the singing of two
stanzas in church music.
InUrtal* The distance between any twe louidi Ik <
-If*.
«&.
32
EXPLANATION OF MUSICAL TERMS.
LagrimandOf or Lagrimoio, Weeping, tearfal.
LavMntabiU, LamentevoUt LamentandOf LamerUotOt
Moarnfully.
Lar ghetto. Slow, bnt not so slow as Largo.
Largo. A v^ry slow and rather Bof\ movement, in which
the tones are sostained to their full length, and exe-
cuted with the utmost taste and expression.
Ltgato. In a smooth gliding manner.
LenUntdo, See Ralientando. «
lAtito. Slow.
Loco. Ai written.
Madrigal, An elaborate vocal composition in four or
more parts, full of imitations, and very artificial in
construction.
Matttoto, Majestic, with dignity and grandeur.
Marcando. Diminishing. See Diminuendo. '
Mareato, In a strong, marked style. See Staccato.
Melody, An agreeable succession of sounds; or, any
sttcceesion of sounds
Meeea Di Voce Applied to sound sung in the swell
tone, or to the swell of the voice on a holding note.
Moderato, In moderate time.
Morendo, A gradual diminishing, or dying away.
MoBBO, Animated, moved, somewhat ^ster.
Motet y Motetto, A piece in sacred muMft in several parts
and movements. ^'
Motivo. The leadbg. subject in a fugue.
JVb». Not
inflation. The manner of expressing by characters, all
the different sounds used in music.
Obligaio, Indispensable ; applied to accompaniments
which cannot be left out without destroying the in-
tended effect of a piece.
Oraforto. A sacred musical drama.
Orehettra, That part of a concert-room, theatre, &c.,
appropriated to musical performers; also the body of
performers themselves.
Ordinario. Usual ; as, tempo ordinario^ in the usual time.
Ottava Alta, (abbreviated 8 va.) To be played an oc-
tave above, until contradicted by the word loco;
Overture. An introductory symphony to an oratorio,
opera, &c.
Parlante, Applied to music of a epeaking style.
Potior ale. An elegant movement written in 6 — 8, or
12—8 time.
PietoKO, In a religious style.
Pitt. More; as, Piu Allegro^ (wiord Allegro.)
Pizzicato, Snapping the strings of stritiged instruments
instead of using the bow; this term is contradicted by
Arco, or Col Arco, which see.
Poco. A little; as, Poco Allegro, A little faster.
Pompoto, Grand and dignified.
Prttto. Quick.
Prestietimo, Very quick.
Prima The first or leading part.
Quartet. A piece of four parts, for a single voice or in-
strument to each part.
Quasi. As if, likef as Andante Quasi Allegretto, An-
dante like, or nearly as fast as Allegretto.
Quintet, A piece in five obligate parts, each performed
by a single voice or instrument.
Ralientando, Slentando, or Alleniando, Sof\er and
slower by degrees; abating, retarding.
Reeitando, Recitante. Vocal, music of a speaking style.
Recitative. A species of music between singing and
speaking, or musical declamation in which the singer
uses the inHections and tones of the speaking voice;
in which also he is not restricted in sound or time, so
lung ns he keeps to the harmony of the measure.
Rehearsal. A private execution of music before perform-
ed in public.
Religiose, With the expression of religious feeling.
Rin/orzando, Rinf. Increasing suddenly in power. -«=d
Risotuto. Resolute, bold.
Ritardando. Slackening or decreasbg the time.
Segue. It follows; as. Segue Duetto, The duet follows..
Semplice, Simple, chaste, not showy.
Sempre, Throughout, always ; as, Sempre piano.
Throughout piano.
Sentimento. With feeling, tendarij.
Senxa. Without. Senza Organo, Withovt the oi|aa. '
Serio, Serioeo. With seriousness.
Sforzando. Suddenly diminishing a Mimd. ^^^
Slentando. Retarding the time.
Soave. Sweet, same as Dolce.
Solfeggi. A vocal exercise sung in the syllablea Do, R«,
&c., or to a single word, as Amen.
Soil. The plunl of Solo, one voice or instrument on. a
part
Solo. A piece or passage for a single voice or instnunent.
Sonata. Apiece for a single instrument; a short, light
piece of music for an instrumental exercise.
Sostenuto. In a sustained manner.
Sotto. Under, below. Satto Voce, With subdaed voice.
Spiritoeo. With spirit.
Staccato, Notes struck in a quick, short, and detached
manner. ^
Subito, Quick, hasty. /
Subject, The leading idea, or text, in a piece «f mvaie.
Symphony, An elaborate composition, for initrameBta.
Tace, or Tacit Silent
Tatto Solo, Without harmony.
Tempo. Time.
T^mpo Prima, The original time.
Tempo Oiuslo, In strict and exact time.
Tema. The theme or subject
Timest. A musician consideied with respect to time.
Tremando, Tremolo, Trembling.
Trio. A composition for three instmmects or voices.
Tiitti The whole, in full chorus; need as a contradk-
tion of Soli, or Verne.
Un. A — as; Un Poco, a little, Un Poco Staccmto, a f
little staccato.
Verse, See Soli.
Veloce. Rapid, quick.
Vigoroso, Vigorous, bold.
Vivace. Sprightly, cheerful and quick.
Virtuoeo. A proficient upon a mnaical i
Volti Subito. Turn over quickly.
Zeloio. Zealonii eameat
C|p
Cplfsiina.
-•-•-
■♦♦■
MERCY SEAT. L. M.
1. From ev - eiy Btormy wind that blows, From er-ery Bwelling tide of woes, There is a calm, a sure re -treat; Tie tbund be-fore the mer - ej seat
S. There, is a place where Jesus sheds The oil of gladness on oar heads^— A plaee of all on earth most sweet ; It is the blood-bou^ mer - ej seat.
f-
a
t
izri
I
t
t
Z
i^^^rSa
e
trt
1
B
m
i
1
T=t
i
f=*=f
I
:p:
^
g d '
'^t, .*
34
AZALIA. L. M
f:=bdr=^zd=d-i
^
-■'O—
F3E
I — &
TTtTi
t=lrr:^t: ^_.J — [
1. Sweet peace of coDseience. heaveQlj guest. Come fix thy tnausion in my breast, Dis - pel my doubts — my fears eontrol, And heal the aoffaish of mj ioiiL
2. Come, imiliog hope, and joy sin - cere, Come, make your oonstant dwellmg here ; Still let your presence cheer my Tieart, Kor sin com - pel yon to de - part
2
§p^^^
E^5
::dn|izT
rfnj::
1
z:t:44=1=|::-
C- Vgj^—^ -^_-^— ^--O..
■^^Etiifc
I ^ • ^ — ^T~# —
^p:34
S 0^
1 ^ - .1
^?^^^
tfc^d:
s
E:gi jlZ]L-3! =:f
^=M^R ^
r^-J-T
■n—t
t=t=*
BILLINGTON. L. M.
Br3i
■ -M J ■ ■ i»iii IF' B f' ■— .» ■!» ■>■!■■ II >!«> I n y I ■ >^ ■ I 1 « * III - I ■ I I I I *1 ' ' '**"Tr
EztS
1. Lord, when thou didst ascend on high. Ten thousand angels filled the sky; Tliose heavenly guards around thee wnit, Like chariots that attend tbj
2. Not Sinai's mountain could ap - p<*ar More glorious, when the Lord was there ; While he pronounced his ho *• ly law. And struck the cho - sen tribes witL • w «.
8. How bright the triumph none can tell. When all the rebel powers of hell. That thousand souls had captlre made, Were all m chains, like eaptiv^a lad. '
4. Raised by bis Father to the throne. He sent his promised Spi- rit down, With gifts and grace (or re - bel men. That God might dwell <niWth a • galsb |
^
^
S
m
■=z
I
I
-B*-^
tl=1=t
' I
P
t=fct
m
' — I.
=t
I
^3
J J ^-J- JL J.
Il l r
I, ^000 maj tbe Uwt glad aoDg a - rise, Thro' all the mj - riads of the Bkiet^— That soDg of triumph which records That all the earth is now the Lord's That all the
% h$t throiMS, A|>d ^wecB» aad kingdoms, be Obedient^ might - y God, to thee ; And over land, and stream, and main. Now wave the sceptre of thy reign, Now ware the
1. O, let thut gloHous an- them swell ; Let host to host the triumph tell. That not one re - bel heart remains, But o - ver all the Sa - - yiour reigns. But o - ver
•f MILO. L. M.
/• B. U. Fr«m '^Natlmiial Ch. Harmony.** By permlssloii.
4
35
^^
nrq:
&3^=dt^^
:BB
9-9- ■9-r*~ -9-9- «-
r=t
\ — -
■^chlA^-^^^-A
FrE*FPfiw
^^^^^m
Si
32:
a:
=^*-^
Pi
^^ri--^
x±
SWARTZ. L. M.
^ ^ A . 111 1 1 III -B >ii
J teep-tni of thy reign.
-«||llw 8*Tiour reigns.
J ' 'y'~— 4 ^ "^
1 . With one consent, let all the ei^rth To God their cheerful voices raise ; Glad homage pay, with hallow'd mirth, And sing before him songs of praise.
2. . Aasured that lie is God alone, From whom both we and all priced ; We, whom he chooses for his own. Hie flock which he delights to feed.
-J- -J-J-J-
, J- J. .;. J. J..J. J J.1 1 .1 1 .^j..j. , J. J- .J. J. l±jLj. J.J.J J.
gT =-T 1 I 1 r fl M^ T — i -J I T:=-r— I i^-zrr—
P«=R=
36 MENDON. L. M. (New
Hot ▼•rjr Iktt, bvt In exA«t Ume and qnlt« stfteei^to.
m
Arrai
ngement.)
Gei
^ate fc ^i^^
1. Sovereign of worlds! display tliy power, Be this thy Zi-on's fa-vorcd hour : Oh bid the mornings star a • rise. Oh point the heathen to the skies.
2. Set up thy throne where Satftn reigns, In western wilds and heathen plains, Far let the gospel's sound be known ; Make thou the u - niverse thine own.
3. Speak ! and the world shall hear thy voice : Speak ! and the des-ert shall re-joice: Scatter the gloom of ^sathen night, Bid eve-ry na-tion hail the light
OTTAWA. L. M.
Aiytmatod and e]ft««rfiil. <•€#*!•«••>
Thia tune is a diflereni version
of '' SIIELBERNE," which aee.
V. C.T.
• 1. Lord, Cow Se - liirht
'tis to see A woole
^TJJYjji-
Lord, how de - light-ful 'tis to see A wbole as - sem-bly worship thee ! At once they sing — at once they pray — ^They hear of heaven, and leani the way*
3. I have been there, and still would go: Tis like the dawn of heaven be-low: Not all that careless sinners say, Shall teropt me to for-fetthk day.* *
3. Oh write up - on my memory. Lord, The truths and precepts of thy word ! That I may break thy laws no more. But love thee bet-ter than be - fore.
4. With thoughts of Christ, and things divine. Fill up this sm-ful heart of mine ; That, finding par-don thro' his blood, I may lie down, and wake with God.
Soli
-^^g ^ ^f^^ frj^
IK.
jtoriuy tnae, Oliorch Pflalmodx, Htibm Ml,-A tf^
PALIS. L. M.
SaL£ —
t
~IZI
V. CT.
I-
37
1. Am sbowers on meaHows Dew - Ij mown, Our Gk>d shall send his Spi • rit do'i^n : E - ter - nal Source of g^ce di - vioe. What soul - re • freshing drops are thine.
2. lliat heayenlj influenee let us find In ho - Ij silence of the mind. While ev - eiy grace maintains its bloom, Dif- fus - ing wide its ri<m per-fume.
r^-;^
i
^j
WHIPPLE, L. M.
r M
t
=t=^Ur
1; ne heaieens declare thj gloiy, Lord ; In .every star thy wisdom shines ; But when our eyes behold thy word, Wo read thy name, We read thy name in fair ' - er lines.
% boD, moon, and stars, convey thy prabe Around the earth, and never stand ; So, when thy truth began its race, It touched and glanced. It touched and glanced on every land.
m
SMITHFIELD. L. M.
V« O* T*
Siii£=E?l^l^=^^^^^§^
1. " Go preach my gotpei," saith the Lord; " Bid the whole earth mj grace receive : He ahall be saved, that traata my word.And he condemned, whoMl not beliere.
2. ril make yoor great com-mis-aion known; And ye ahall prove my gos - pel true. By all the works that I have done, By all the wonders ye shall do.
8. Teach all the na-tions my commands; I'm with you till the world shall end; All power is trusteed in my bands — I can destroy — and I defend.'*
4. He spake — and light shone round his head, On a bright cloud to heaven he rode: They to the fartheat nations spread The graee of their as<-€end-«d God.
t
1. The spa-cions fir - ma- ment on high, With all the bine ethereal sky. And spangled heavens, a shining frame. Their great O - rig-i - nal proclaim.
2. Th' vn-wea-ried son, from day to day. Does his Creator's power display, And pub-lish-es to eve - ry land The work of an al-roigh-ty haad.
-4- -0- -^ -•- T » T » mf ^
a«3
— I — Jh a I ' . .jM-M
». I*
mf
I I"
; -'^-■.?j-/
CORSICA. L. M/
99
Cliond style, Haettoso.
). Ye mighty ru-leni of the land, Give prai3e and glo-ry
si^^is
j-U-lU
prai3e and glo-ry to the Lord ; And while be - fore his throne ye stand, Hia great and powerful acts record.
'4, Oh render un-to God a-bove The honors which to him be-long; And in the tem-ple of his love. Let worship i^ow from eve.-ry tongui
3, His voice is heard the earth a-round, When thro' the heaven his thunders roll ; The troub-led o-cean hears the sound, And yields it-self to his con-trd.
WALLWORTH. L. M.
V. C. T.
iOs
tJ. Skbw pity, Lord— O Lord, forgive, Let a re-penting reb-el live; Are not thy mercies large and free'' Mny not & sinner trust in thee T May not a sinner trust in theeT
19^ My cnnM arc gi<eat,but can't surpass The power and glory of thy grace : Great God, thy nature hath oo bound, So let thy pard'nii^ lote be found, Sq let tby pardoning love be found.
**:*#
glSiiiigi^^^
if
3^
A I I I I JTil I I I
11,.*—,; _ #,-
'***-««»
Sttfs^
♦ J l ^ l i '^H^- T Z^'TT I
M l I , |J J
rm
tit
tXlJi. -^i^t=
Uu
40
BALTIC. L.M.*
Mod«mt«» twk ckaataAt 9tflm
1. O praise the Lord in that bleat place, From whence hia goodness largely flowa : Praiae him in heaven, where he hia face Unveiled in perfect glo-17 abows.
3. Let all who vi4al breath en-joy, The breath he doth to them af-ford, In juat retuma of praiae employ : Let every creature praiae the Lord*
GAUDIANA. L. M.
V. C. I.
^iS
* 2. The Lord proclaima hia powec a-load, Throagh every o-cean, eve - ry land ; Hia voice divides the watery cloud, And lightnings blaze at hia command.
3. The Lord sita aoverei^n on the flood. O'er earth he reigns for - ev - er king; But makes hia church bis blest abode. Where we his aw-i\il gloriea aing»
* stag Um iMt suoM of this Pa, (29Ui, Ut part,
fp*
FtelmodyO to th« tana ** BEPOdB," page 64.
E-A ^•^■$Mii'Mt^.i»M^*ms!^ma«ei
la m«aiiim tl«M. (GllMaado.)
^^
ANDOVER. L. M.
Be earefhl not to ■ing the (ripleft in tlik tune too
fait J but make the notes in tnem of equal length. ^* C* T*
41
-J — ly J^^ J-^'." y^-- M 3 — L-i—
when coristians die, When holy souls
L Sweet is the scene when christians die, When holy souls re -tire to rest: How mildly beams the clos-ingp eye ! How gcntlyheaves th'expirioflr breast
2. So fades a summer cloud away ; So sinks the gale when storms are o'er ; So gently shuts the eye of day ; So dies a wave a-long the shore.
^^S
^^m
ALBUERA. L. M.
▼• €• T.
"Wltb lioldAefle Mad smblinalty. Wot too fket.
3l Awake the trumpet's lofly sound,..
4. Let all, whom life and breath inspire......
To spread your sacred pleasure round ; Awake each voice,and strike each string. And to the solemn organ sing.
Attend, and join the blissful choir ; But chiefly ye, who know his word. Adore, and love^ and praise the Lo^
OKT
•^y B.
jf^mm
ti
Ori. - - - -
Unleous.
_,, :%:
h4
%'*f
, - - - -
^ f f I Le«. Cre*. ^ • -<= <>
■4-P+
k i
\ ^v ^v^v
43
MONMOUTH. L, M.
rT=!!t:^:d
*
3ti
t
TnaupomA firom A.
1 . He reignt! the Lord^the SiTiour reigns.Stng to his name in lof - ty ■traint; Let all the earth in aoiij^ re-joice, And in his pniie ei-alt their Toice. And in hit praise ex • alt their Toice.
t. Deep are bis counsels, and unknuwnjButgraee and truth support his throne.Tho* gloomy clouds his way surround^ustioe is their e-ter-nal ground J ns-tice is their e • ter • nal ground.
3. In robes of judgment, lo 1 he comes,Shakes the wide earth,ana cleaTes the tonibs,^fore nim bums devouring fire,The mountains melt, the seas retire. Ilie mountains melt, the sess retire.
MoU. or Seosi C«ro. Tatti. /
■HFfim't. im ehaiitsmt style
HEAVENLY MANSION. L. M.
▼.O. TW
S^3
1. We*v6 no a-bid-ing cit - y here; We _ ^ „ , _ „ —
2. Oh! sweet a - bode of peace and love. Where pil-griins, freed from toil, are blest! Had I the pin - ions of a
S. BQt bofbt my soul, nor dare re -pine! The time my God ap - points is best: While here, to do his will be
ife^ES
land be -yond oar sight; Zi - on its name— the Lord is there; It shinea with cy - er - lasl-ing light.
Had I the pin - ions of a dove, Td fly to thee, and be at rest.
"' mine. And his to fix my time of rest
^^^^^^^^^^^^m
JiJlJlJl ^ J. J.. J! X^ J5 .J
LAST DAY. L. M.
T. O.T
H!*£
:p::
h
m
»r=t:fcj^
1. That day of wrath ! that dread-fal day. When heaven and earth shall paa« a-way! Wha\ power shall be the sin-ner's stay? How shall he meet that dread-fol day, —
2. When, shrivelling like a parched scroll. The flam - ing heavens to-geth-er roll; And lond - er yet — and yet more dread .Swells the high tmnip that wakes the dead?
3. Oh! on that day — that wrath-ful day. When man to judg-ment wakes from clay. Be thou, O Christ! the sin-ner's stay, Thongh heaven and earth shall passa-wny*
t. Sik^ner, oh why so thoughtless grown? Why in such dread -ful haste to die? Dar-ing to leap to worlds nn-knowii! Hcied-lcssu-gainst thy God to fly!
% Stay, sin - ner, on, the gos -pel plains; And hear the Lord of life un - fold The gto-ries of hit dy-ing pains! For - ev - er tel - ling, yet nn - told!
REMONSTRANCE. L. M.*
Solemn 1 1T*
il^
^m
=§3^
|g^glg|^^§E5§i^g^g^ }g^^
^^^^^^m
^EfS
a J- J J.
44
DEN SLOW. L. M.
mntk mj^stjr SMd rcvercnec
V^CT,
^
saz
t^-
^•glMls
p
:4^;
t=l:
:=r
^^i^
1. Jadge me, O Lord, and prove my ways ;And try my reio8,and try my heart: My fiiith up -on thy pro - miae stays, Nqr from thy law my feet de-part.
^^^^^^^^^mt^^^^^^^^Mi
_J4-J1
r
-^ J L / J. -J- ^
7
S
rxf
^g^gf^-ffi^g^ggj
E
i
i
BS
J.
i
i=i=t
WINDHAM. L. M.
1- 1 ! It. I I I I in
t
L Broad is the road that leads to death, And thousands walk to - geth-er there : But wis-dom shows a nar>row path. With here and there astray - el - ar.
J
' i
'±^i»atmi
NORTHFIELD. L. M,
T. C. T.
45
DlstlmcCy wttk
Till
1. Je-sai! and shall it ev - ir be — X mor-ta! man a-»hamed of the«? A-Jhamed of thee, whom an-gels praise? Whose gK)rie§ahinethroogh endless daya?
1. A-ahamed of Je - ans? that dear friend On whom ray hopes of hea?en depend? No! when I blosb» be this my shame. That I no more re - vere his name.
3. A-abamedof Je - soa? yes, I may, Whenl'venogQiltto waah a -way; No tear to wipe, no good to crave. No feara to qnel), no aoal to save!
4. Tillthen^nor is my boast-ing vain— Till then, I boaat a Sa-vloaralain! And oh! may thia my glo - ry be— That Christ is n ot a -sh amed of me!
WlUi stmpUettir, amd mot loud. Bteccnto.
ST. LAWRENCE. L. M.
V. C. T.
1. vVe've no a - bid
1. We've no a - bid - ing ci - ty here^ We seek a land be • yood oar sight; Zi - on itsmtme, the Lord is there; it«hinefw
" 8. Oh! sweet a - bode of peace and lovo, Wliere pilgrimsifreed from toil, are bleat! Had I the pin -ions of a dove, Vd Ay to
S. But hnah, my sonl, nor dare re - pine! The time my God ap-points is best: While here, to do his vitl be mine. And his to
It shines with ev - er - last - mg ligh^
thee, and be at rest,
fix my time of rest.
-»- ' >-
^
SOMERSET. L. M.
mntM patMetto Mid dclieate •xpr«Mloa. C«« M0i0r9m
Treble and Tenor change putt iltematelj.
T.CT.
1. Show pi • tj. Lord, O Lord, for - give, I^ a re - pent - ing reb - el live; Are not thy mer - ciet large aiul free? May not » rin « »er trwt io thee?
2. My erimef are great, bat ean*t siur- paae The power and glo - ry of thy grace: Great God, thy na - tore hath «o bound. So let thy per-doaiag lo>vo he foimd.
8. Oh wash my eoiil from eve - ry ain. And mahe my goil - ty eoo-aei8iicedeftDsHere,oo my heait, |he bar - den liee. Aid past ef - fem-eee pnia miaoeyet.
X ^
/ - - - ' '^
PENITENCE. L. M.
V. C. T.
las^i
m^JL
tr|p=|.i:r|:ir:?zzif^
•z?: sLtx
I
iitrrCl
1 . Fast flow my tears, the caate is great, This tri-bute claims an io - jar*d friend ; One whom I long pur - sued with hate, While he would love me to t|ie end.
2. When justice frown 'd above my head,And death its ter-rors round me spread; He in - ter - posM the wonnds he bore. And bede me live to die no mort»
6"«
i=i
S^^^^^^liifei
.^S ^^ ^ I ^ I .^-s • I 1 ^1 /->
j±j,-ii._j^.j_j^i.^j., fi -^-■iH--,.<.j_.j
M^^.
J
--*»--.-*-—- ■ -
J.W- H.^iiV-™*-""'**
NAZARETH. L. M.
H«wl7 iMurmonised flram S. lUrKBBBU
*r
^l^£g&^^f^gi^i^feiS
1. R^lVBt toy tosl^ iod twwtlj reil pii thy Al <- roigb-ty Father's breett; Tha bonntiM of hit graec a-dore. And covnt hk woHdratM^ ai«vciMi o'er.
1/ in -= > ^y Lr
BLANDFORD. L. M.
Ik itilet ttaM Mid qulto eteoMto. M^eimmumd0
Treble andDnatoeeoMionaUy cbftnge perU.
^i^ai-f^
V. ۥ T.
4 II 1 1 1 1 ibi
tcnurtrm.
t. Th« hettT*iild«eiar% thy gt6-ry,Lord, In eve-ry star thy wisdom sbinea ; But when oar eyes be -hold thy word, We read thy name in fair - er lines.
H* Tke niU - iNg emi, the changing light, And nights,nttddays,thy power confess; But that blest vol - a me then hast writ Re-vetis thy jfts-tice and thy graed.
5. GreatSan of righteoas-nessr a-rise! Oh bless the world with hesTenly light! Thy gos- pel malces the sim - pie wise: Thy laws are pare, thy judg-ments right
"V. Thy no - blest Won-ders here vfe viewjn souls renewed and sins forgiven: Lord,cleansemy8ins« my soul re-new, And make thy word my guide to heaven.
di
JLi,^
^'i'-m
=t
^^fi^^ggg^gg
V^=t
I I J r
r
r J wC JL jL J. J! jr
^^^^^m
■■-. im
JL^J—J^J-;.^ -^ ^ ^ ^
»^.^ . -^ ^ . ^ ,-ti-J-,J^
l-£-''.iH <£....iHli^J
48
SUNQUASSON. L. M.
▼. C. T.
ymok
L My dear Re-deemer, and my Lord, I read my du - ty in thy word; But in thy life tne law appears Drawn out in livinfr cEar-ac - tert.
3. Coldjnountaina and the midnight air Witnessed the fei^vor of thy prayer ; The des-ert thy temp-ta-tions knew, Thy c«n-flict, and thy vie - tory tea
^^ I r I ' ■ ■■ f ■ ■ ■ ■ ^» — ^ 'i ■—
DARUE. L. M.
CkaBtaat*->1IIadl«ai Time.
T. C T.
1. No more, my Gk>d, I boast no more Of ail the dn - ties I have done ; I quit the hopes I held be • fore, To trust the mer - its of thy Soo.
S. Tlie best o - be-dlenee of my hands Dares not ap-pear be-fore thy throne ; But faith can an - swer thy de - mands, By |»lead-ing what my Lord hm dona.
WESTFIELD. L. M.
▼• %Jm Ai
lArshett«. eMi aolenuiltc
1. Though I have grieved thy ipir^it Lord, Thy help and cQui-fort atill
2, A brok-en heart, my God, my King, Is all the aa - cri - fice
af- ford, And let a wretch come aear thy throne,To plead the mer- its of thy Son.
I bring; The God of grace will ne*er des-piae A brok - en heart for la-cri-fice.
.Z. I c«n-not live with - oat thy light, Cast out and ban-ished from thy sight; Thine ho -ly joys, my God, re-store, And guard me, that I fall no more.
mp p
y fta
*Kr*
I I
TTTlfF
J.
jr!;^i3r::5ti^i=:3:i::ri!:izr]2
50
SEVILLA. L. M.
▼.€L»
Imrgiftto. Con BolonmltL
Boll.
i
Tutu.
:*zzp:
-:U=t:r=t:
1. Why will ye tjBe on tn.fliogcare« That life which God*8 compassion spares? While, in the va-rious rnnge^ of tbonght, The one thing need-fol is lor - g^tf
2. Shall God in -'rRe you from a-bove? Shall Je - sns urge his dy - ing love.'Shall tionbled conscience give you pain? And all these pleas u - nite in Tain?
8. Not to your eyea will always view Those ob - jects which you now pur - sueiNot so will heaven and hell np - pear. When death*s de - cl - sive hoar is near.
I *iH
Soil
J. ^ j: j: .1 \j]
B-f-* — ' — i~^ ^— . — P—
^Ez=^?:±?Et
^-f~f
tfc=t
iiHi
I If
f
-I — I-
H 1-
Cluoiml. Slo'vr, -vrltli seriousness.
l:S:i
EEfE
PLYMOUTH. L. M.
V. C. T.
tEtlSEfMrl^?^l'=ii^f^?f^':l^?:{t
t:
r:t:ii:
ig^jJ5^1jH5^
1. Oh turn, great Rn - l«r of the skies. Turn from my sin thy search-ipg eyes, Nor let th'of-fen - ces of my hand With -.in thy book re - cord - ed ita«i
2. Give me a will to thine sub-dned ; A con-science pure, a soul re-newed; Nor let me, wrapt in end-less gloom, An out - cast from thy pre-«i|ilee i
3. Oh let thy Spir - it to my heart Once more his quickening aid im-part; My mind from eve •> ry feaf re-leasej And ioothe my4roabledthHy[hlat6i
3
i^
t
l^iiliii^^i^S^g^^l^l^
J.— ^i' — j:
k^N •
^^
tzU:
tEff3^;
:/
U' — ^J.
£
^iliifet^^^
3:
-*-»-• »»-»- "
■'^''^mfStt^pi,
m
Alle«rcft« 19taeoitt»— Maeiiti
riLSIT. L. M.
V. C. T.
51
rt^=l^
fMdtM-*:
■+
J u
n
t=tt
t L Thua Baith Uie high and lof-ty One, "I sit up - on my ho -iy throne; My name is God — I dwell on high ; Dwell in my own e - ter - ni - ty.
til^^ci
l^=l^=Ji
^^m
t:=t^=^
^ -^^ -I M— I
MANSFIELD. L. M.*
Batk«r slower Uuua mMdimtm. Do not Afrrrff the time i mm tlie movement woiUd be #•• ««<«* for tke slzteenthi in tl&e 4tl& 4k 5th strains.
tK?:::*
^^ifegg^;a ^p:^Jp^^ j 5 H ^^
3=p:
,/=».
.Jl-il.
r r T
4 •
tri^
■i^
r
*N
J
4
^
■^
^ I — r
Soli.
PliCP
^-^— _.
'-^-
t— — I— — .—
rve, my soul! on win^ Bublime, A-bove the TaO-T-tiea of time j Remove the parting vail, and see The gR-ries of s • ter • ni - ty.' Tt
H '. f Bora by a sew ce-lei-tial birth. Why should I grovel here on earth ? VVhy grasp at vajp and fleeting toys, So near to heaven'seter-nal joys 7 So
«
ty.' The gloricfs of e - ti
§1
ter-m-ty.
near to heaven's etec-nal joys.
^~-' ^-
Ti ^A.\.l t .9 L . t ^\M L J L icL
»»/
g^^^^^fflp
• • • •
Sou. , Tutu.
i^l^^iS^
r ^ r
rjii.:^f-^
XXI
Soli. -^ - - - - -^- -* \
HSggl^s
■^■FV
t^
I
^
«tt is from Hsddel% ** Sampsoo/' '' Awaks the Trtti^pet,'' dec.
52
WEATHERSFIELD. L. M.
Allegretto. CbeerAtl.
V. C. T.
WM^&
t
trrt
«^^
1. Sweet if the work, my God, my King, To praise thy Dame,givethanks,and sing. To show thy lovo by morning light, And talk of all thy Uuth at nigl
S. My heart shall triumph in my Lord, And bless his works, and bless his woi3: Thy works orgrace,how bright they shine! How deep thy connsels, hew di - ▼io(
4. Sore I shall share a glo-rioas part. When graee hath well refined my heart, And fresh sup-plies of joy aie shed. Like ho - ly oil, to cheer my hea<
- ry power find sweet em -ploy. In that e - ter - nal world of jo;
t
-_^
H3S3
5. Then shall I see, and hear, and know All I de - sired, or wished be-low; And eve
Ssm^^m
Cres,
^^m^m^^^^
55^
t
J^ji
J.^.:^^JL^J-JMJL
^Biil^^iferiiig
STANTON. L. M.
Steeeato.
-}^-
t
i
-izuz'^zzTillz
T=W3
t:tt:ztU=±t?-::;?i5ir*r
1. <jlreat Shepherd of thine Is - tb - el. Who didst between the ch%abs dwell. And lead the ttibes^thy chosen sheep. Safe thro' the des-ert and the dee]
t. Hast thou not plan- ted with thy -hand A Icve - ly vine in this our land? Did not thy power defend it round. And heavenly dew en-rich the graw
4. How did the spreading branches shoot, And bless the na-tions with their fruit? But now, O Lord, look down and see Thy mourning vine, that lovely trtf
5. Re - turn, al-migh - ty God, re,- turn. Nor let thy bleeding vineyard monrm Turn us to thee, thy love restore. We shall be saved, and sigli no DM
Jiferj^^^fgE
^=^±:::^
'^^^M^^^m
Crea, - - - - - -
tifwzErz
AVON. L. M.
I
roAarato «a poeo staeeato
V. C. T
93
^i^^iii^§P=^i^li3^lp
1. With one con- lent, let- all the earth, To God their cheer-fal voi - cee raiee; Glad hpmage pay, with aw -ful mirth. And sing be -fore him songs of praise.
S. Oh en- ter then his tern - pie gate, Thence to his courts de - voat - \y press. And still your grate- ful hymns re-peat. And still his name with praises bless.
4. For he*8 the Lord, sa-preme-ly good. His mer - cy is for - ev - er sore; His truth, which always firm - ly stood, To end-less a -ges shall en - dure.
^^-f^fc^f*E^=-^B^^Sg
Ik
Ik
TYROL. L. M.
V. C. T.
MalM tilM # mmmrip as abort as a g. Andante
*4t ■*.
My
f-. — r I ^ ■—I h- — *- — ' — — -' # — ■€?-■ — » + # — 0—r\ ^l-l-^ H ^ #— ^— ^^- -^ — ^-t"-
opening eyes with rap - tu re see The dawn of thy re-turn-ing day; My thoughts, O God, as-cend to thee. While thus my early vows I pay.
8. Oh bid this tri -fling world re -tire. And drive each car-nal thonght away; Nor let me feel one vain de- sire. One sin-ful thooght,throngh all the day.
4. Then, to thy coarts fi^hen I re -pair. My soul shall rise on joy-ful wing,' The won-ders of thy love de-cUre, And join the atraiiis which angels sing.
% t ' t t'^ '^k:
^W^^%~j''T'~^~1^~
n&rtU:
c/
REPOSE. L. M.
From •^A.n.uiB,"
I lay my bo - dy down to sleep, Peace m the pil-low of my bead, While well ap-poiot-ed an -gels keep,Their watchful guard a-round n
ROXBURY. L. M.
Easy and floiprln|f style. (I«et the parts ** come In ** in exact time.)
V. CT«
Hi^
:::I5S:
Soli.
rnntt __ — ---
1. Thou great In - stmct - er, lest I stray, Oh teach my err - ing feet thy way! Thy trnth with ev-er fresh de - light. Shall guide my donbt- fol steps a
2. How oft my heart's af-fec-tions yield. And wander o'er the world's wide field! My rov- ing pfissions, Lord re-claim, U - nitethem ^U to fenr tb}
8. Then,to my God, my heart and tongae,With all their powers.shall raise the song: On earth thy glories I'll de - clare. Till heaven th* immortal notes shal
'i.
BOYCE CHANT. L. M.
FRANK SLTK.
55
liSg
t
»
&i$
1=1=
Pp-:fE?^
« 1. Why droops my Boul, with grief oDOTessed I WheiMse these wild tnmulUiQ my breast! Is there no b^^ to be foandl
2^ Raise to the cross thy te&r-tul eyes; Be-hold, the ^Prince of glo • ry dies: He dies, extended on the tree, And sheds a sovereign balm for thee.
«*-•■
— #-'#-»-^— ©
s
IE
I
:=t:-
:Ai:
T «-
P^
3l=S
■^ ^-
J J J J J J J J J J
J J J J J J J
J J J J I*
rv-^
m
OLIVENZA. L. M.*
Mcdtwos aiirr«ment« Staecato,
rp+:i|C: p^^j;Hbh^ l iif_>^^;;=j^;;^^
*], . f*
. 1, The Ho • ly Spirit sure is nigh! Tis he sus-ta ins my fainting heart ! Else would my hope for - ev - er die, And every cheering ray de-part
% When some kind promise glads my soul. Do I not find his healing voice The tern-pest of my fean con-trol, And bid my drooping powers rejoice ?
^^^^tpis3
TcrrHEB
g^H
-^ -'^ JLJ^JL i' : r r j. -- - : : -^ j j .
S6
BELZONI. L. M.
TtaaqaUf gwatle.
V. C. T.
p-fcB:4^iij==f^-=J=:1^f:£=:J^ -i --J^.|.J--!!^-l--r -
4-J ^-U. :i^Fl
i
4. Je- ras can moke a dy--iiig bed Fenl soft aa down - 7 pil-lows are, While oil hit breast I lean my head, And breathe my life ontaweet-Ij there.
6ASi:335^£;:3
f Ip — # — ^ — #Z1
^pliSEii^^p^^^^
iSg^^gl^l^
:5:te^
I*-— ,J ^J- ^j. .J->J^— ^l si sj. .J^/ ' '^ J J '1^1
5=35=l^"^«3E5^fefc
COLEBRIDGE. L. M.*
:)
,r 1 . 1 r-irrz&
£
3=^5::q=r|:^i:lrr::t--ir-^
Great God, to thee my e?e-iitng aongyWith hnro-ble grat - i - tnde I raise; Oh let thy mer-cy tnnemytoiigne, And fill my heart with live - ly praiae.
fS^
'33
*?=*
|i3=i|^^.f^||^PS|g.*iltE^
a
S
fib #ijjr^ iir— #=s
gs^i^g
tn£:
gi^^
i !
1^ I p 1
J 1 1* 0—d 1— l-l ■*-
■1^-
i
I
I
:»c#:
T lfod«t«t»« "wiiM. ■o.Mnalt]^.
ESSLING. L M.«
5f
V Uo«7 vain is. ,^11 be -oeath thoskief! Ilpjnr UifnsieD^.everry, earth-ly bliss.! Hqw slen-der all the fond -est ties, That bind os to a world like %hml
2. Tlie, eve- ningclood, the mora -ing dew,
-4. 'Vhen. let the hope of joys to come
"^ b^ -#-^ -0- 'i
iw, TM w|tiierixfgg][ass,|lie fading flower^'Of eart^i-ly hopes « re emblems true. The glo -ry of ^ a passing* hoar!
me Dis-pel our cares, and chase oar feare: If God be oars,we*re travelling home, Though passing through a vale of teara.
T*— ^s , :._. *t r ^?^ ■-■; r "*T"-» i^^-^r-w- — ^T — ) r* r: — - —
1 **— ^^-;
as
~~:^
iij^ftzi^iit:
^^^i^^
i
:C^
z^tii!::-
;fX4 -JL,4-.W^ -J4Ja-<t->L.V-p-
^^^t^
^
=^i=t==:£=f
COVENTRT^. h.^y
Aitt^i9ltd'tlnSiirWIMTM!ikr
r^i j: 3frg te^J: ,^^^.. ^^. :
I; C^iae, weaiy souls, with sin pppressed. Oh come! accept the promised rest: The Sa - viour'
V Qp ' P>'®*>««d vith ,piilt, . a . pain • ru] loa^f^ Oh come, and bow be •fore your Uod! Dir vine .com
^^.f -3. -Here.-mer • cy's bound * less o^« ceaa flows. To cleanse your ^uilt,and heal youcwoesjHere's par • don,
t
r
^t^jtjat^
'a gra - cious call Q - bey, Aiid cast yoin* gloomv /ears a • way.
- pas -sion, migh - ty love, Ayiil all th^ P?J**J "?t '*^ ee-move.
>n, lite, and end - l^ss peace. How ricn tfie, ff^^t^hdwTijre the gn^
>~-t^- i J^/J.J// J_ j _j j>i
rm rim
s
I ^ y ^ t8-iLM.l
^-^A
I
?2Ije
U-J.
^
:t==t:
AZJl/
J' ., j - -J 4-
r u u 1^
MOBILE. L. M.*
I
l-
9iri€ii99 AAdamt*.
1. Oh praifd the Lord in that bleit placo, From whence his goodness largely flowi: Praise him in heaven, where he bis fare Un«veil-ed in perfect glo-ry shows.
2. Praise him for all the mighty acts. Which he in oar be-hn If hath done; His kindness this re - torn ex-acts, With which onr praise shonld eqoa I nin.
3. Let all who vi - tal breath en-joy. The breath he doth to them afford. In jast re - tarns of praise employ: Let every crea-tnre praise the Lord.
OmmU; Im
SLUMBER. L. M.
•xaet ttaaey wrttli patlietle expression.
V. C. T.
M^Me=g
+
-^^-
^JE^E
gp^
1. A - sleep in Je -sos! blessed. sleep. From which none ev - er wake to weep, A calm and an - db-tarb*d re -pose, Un-brok-en by the last of foci.
8. A - sleep in Je -sas! peaceful rest, Whose waking is supremely blest; No fear, no woe, shall dim that hoar. That man-i - fests the Saviour *spow*r.
4. A - sleep in Je-sus! O, for me May such a bliss -fal re-fage be; Se-cure-ly shall my ash - es lie. And wait the sum-mons from on high.
■f-|»
teg^^^
- I
^^
■t^-^
t=
i-u^'-JiX^
fAtzd
m^m
JERAULD. L. M.
'l^e
1. Hiere U a ' re-gion love-lier far Than sa-ges tell or po - ets siajr. Blighter than noonday glories are, And soft - er than the tints of spnog.
2. It is not fanned by summer's gale ; Tis not refreshed by ver-nul showers ; It nev-er needs the moonbeam pale, — ^For there are known no eve • ning hours.
8. Ko ; for that world is er - er bright With purert radiance all its own: The streams of uncre-a - ted lignt Flow round it from th'e-ter-nal tfairoDe.
-I Hi hr— i-r -i ^^-\^'^ T ■ i-T-1-4— 1"
^fli-P=P=P-T^2Z.72:i:ff
«={:
BEATITUDE. L. M,
:is-:?2:i::5zf=qcz==:
F-r
X
X
m
t^t
^^^S
SfS53^
i
ii
J J J J
J J J j J J J
m
wlik Splric ■taceato.
ZENIA. L. m.
^z^H^i^^^^pl^J^P
Triumphaot smilos the vie - tor*8 brow, Faoned by 89me guardian a4 - gel's wiug ; grave ! where is thy Wc-tory liow, And where, death, where is thy sting I
gi;^j^jg^^3i ^3 ^^^^i
^- I
PALMYRA. L. M.*
1. Hpw nin is' sll be-neath the skies! How tran-sient eve - ry earth -ly bliss! How slen-der all the fond- est ties, That bind us to a world like *tb5|^
i. TJiieoTel the hope of joys to come Dis - pel our cares, and chase our fears: If God be ours, we're tniTelling home, Though passing through a valfe bf team
^fl^y^\p =^
Lj.^^1 i r-H_i
M4— ti
kj-Au-Ji
DEPART tTRE. L. M. double.
Wirttiiia expttmlr fbr tlie wonia mi t and
InaV be 'sting aa a Quartett or Semi Cnoroa.
61
^ " * Hog iha 3d Btanica of Uw Hymp aet to tbJa tuna; (Hy. 615, ** Church Paalmody/*) to ZENIA, page 55.
jt>M'
*,%> :<
THE INFANT'S DEPARTURE. L. M.
DMlfned ofi/y Ibr tha words Mt
/. C.T.
mi^^mi^m^^^mm^^^
1. Ai vernal flowers that scent the morn, Bat wither in the ris- ing day. Thus lore-Iy was this in-fant'sdawn, 'I hus swift-ly fled hi< life a -
2. He died be-fore his in . fant soal Had er - er bnmt with wrong desires; Had ever tpom^d at heaven's control, Or ev^r qnenchM itisa - cr«d -
B. He died to sia; he died to care; Bat for a mo-ment felt the rod; Then, lis- ing on the view-less air. Spread his light wings, and soar 'd to
2
8
- way.
fire.
God.
1. How oft have sin and Sa - tan strore To rend my soul from thee, God I Bat er - er4a8ting is thy love, And Je - sui
2. The oath and prom-ise of the Lord Join to oon-firm the wondrons grace ; £ - ter-nol power performs the word. And fills all
- SOS seals it with his blood
heaven with end- leas praise.
OLD HUNDRED. L. M.
63
* IRTUlt iam«st]r. Gloie Ikad •vttelnep fme
1. Be thoQfO God! ex - alt - ed high; And as thy glo-rj fills the sky, So let it be on earth displayed. Till thoa art here, as there, o - beyed.
8. Thy'prabes, Lord, I will re-soand To all the listening nations round : Thy mercy highest heaven transcends, Thy troth beyond the clouds ex-tends.
* la siBflag this taoe •■ a Doxolof y by a large choir accompanied with a heavy Orgna, the efihct is good fbr all parts to slag the Soprano.
ATHOL L. M.
V. C. T.
1. As-sem-bled at thy great command, Be-fore thy fuce, dread King! we stand: T(ie voice that marshalled every star Has called thy people from a - far.
' • H, We meet, tbroagh distant lands to spread The truth for which the martyrs bled; A - long the line, to ei - ther pole. The thnn-der of th/ praise to roll.
S Our prayerrasaistf ac -> cept our praise, Our hopes re-vive, our courage raise, Our coun-sels aid, to each im - part The sin-gle eye, the fa ith-ful heart!
4. forth with thy cho - sen her -aids come; Re - call the wandering spirits home: From Zion's mount send forth the sound. To spread the spacious earth around.
64
LEWIS. L. M.
L Wben, m r^tums the solemn day, Man eomea t^ meet his Maker,^ God, What rites, -what honors shall he pay f How spread his sovereign name a- faroadl
2. From. marble domes and gilded spires Shall curling clouds of incense rise, And gems, and gold, and garlands, deck The cost-ly pomp of sac - ri - fioe^t
^i
-iL j - * - ■ 1 1 - ■ "
_j_^J._J_^_J_^
|-T« 5 — T^T' — a — T~* T ly
WOOLSON. L. AT.
MM* ba 1 i 1-4-4- I . T p .-p-gzJr3:a:j-::1rq=itip3::lrH=j=^-lJ-:=^
iPinfbfc: an^-»-fc ^-^-^^l-si-Tg-tf^i^gr :fc*z:^-dz: :#-^
1^ a I I ' 1 ^ . f :-^-i_M I _1^ 7.77 .. J*j J. ^4.
P=«
St: -.-iiimzjd
I
'I " I ■ I m ^ \ -^
1. WImb manifaaSed on the tiight^.ly plain, The glittering host be -stud the sky, One stur a -lone, of all the train, Can fix the sin -ner's wandering eye.
S. HuklilMdkS to God the cho-rus breaks. From ev • ery host, from ev-ery gem; But one a -lone the Snviotir speaks. It is the Star of 3eth-le-hetaL
jIi^-dHz^ r j^yzK-r:- :::hri- -H-T
Wt ■
sx
»'
I.OUVAN. L. M.
C'Wordi by Tliot« Moore»>
V. C. T.
65
Hi gMitI« and flowtny •iyl®* ai^d not too lond.
EbHlri:: 33 :
T
ggg^3
There'snothiogbright.a-bove, be -low, From flowers that bloom to stars that glow. Bat in its light my soul can see Some fea-tnre of the De - i - ty!
There's DQthing dark, be • low, a - bove. Bat in its gloom I trace his love. And meek-ly wait that mo-ment when His touch Hball torn all bright a-S*i'^*
aL:|l4,*^
l±z|i^^
i
m
-JJ-
?a::*:
t=t
^S=K
t^t:
:!
^
MILGROVE. L. M.
'Wltli splrlty bnt not bolsterovu— 9#«r«C4i#«
J>i[ can be nsed if preferred to the given key :
C is too keavjf for it.
MIIjOROTS.
g ^ ^aggf^^ ^^gg!
1. S^nd up, my soul, shnke off thy fears. And gird the gospel ar - mor on; March to the gates of end - less joy. Where Jenus thy great Captain's gone.
- 2. Hell and thy sins re - siat thy coarse; But hell and sin are vanquished foes; Thy Jesus nailed them to the cross, And sung the triumph when he rose.
»^ , . 3* Then let my soul march bold -ly on» Press forward to the heavenly gate; There peace and joy e - ter - nal reign. And glittering robes for conquerors wait.
4. There shall I wear a star - ry crown, And triumph in al - migh - ty grace; While all the ar - mics of the skies Join in myglorioui Leader's praise.
f . Soil. _ R*lH«t Co»«.
Repcpt Cov^
6l» SOLITUDE.
m tb— Mht fkl MMi MM cr, with Mibd«ed tone. (Do not change the key.)
h. M.
r r. r.
^^^mmm^^^m
To be rang by fbnr Toleee onlg.
1. 'Ti» mid- night; and im Olive's brow The starn dim nned that lately ihone; *Tii niidnigbt; in the garden, now, The auffi
2. 'Tis mid - night; and, from all removed, The Saviour wre«tlea lone, with feaie; E'en that dia-ci- pie whom he loved Heedsno
3. *Ti« mid -night; and fur olher'a guilt The man of aor-rows weeps in blood ; Yet be that hath in angniah knelt Is not f
1 — I — .: — i
i::-2:>:?:;j
o-^ 1
?!^E|-li^^1:
The suffering Savioor praj* alone.
Heeds not bis Master's grief and teara.
not fur - sale - en by his God.
m§0^^mi^t^
Or«. "^ Toloe.
-^- -##-#- -#^-#-.W- -d~4-0~ -#- -i-
XI. 8l«cc«t«. _-.- Voice.
i*-.p
^3fi
^1
=:?bi:
T«ice.
-P
I
;^.^J.L_*^;_i.,^
\
•ai. .-B- I* • I "
RUGEMER.
ilrsirftidrd:.
L. M. DOUBLE.
Tenor Sole.
r. c. *.••
s
1. Witib one eoo-sent, let all the enrtli To God their dieerftil voi - ces raise ; Glad bomago pay, with Iiallowed mirth, And 9m% be • fbre fafan soAgs of prilis;
^-f-f- y ^ - I
JWtfuredthat he is God a -Igne, From whom both, we and all pro-oeed, — We, whom ha obooi«a ibr hia own, TheflodtwUdi^ da-llg^hft» W
2
'^^^=rp^^^^^=^
1 J J. .1 J I
1J.A
« As 5IIIV ^ t^e Aathor'8 Cboix, U VUiin Falls
■> • *
^^m% t S^m ^^.
IOWA. L. M.
OaataMl*.
V. C. T.
m
Bm^mmm
tE:=E
i^W^^^^M
Mzi^:
X-t
bove Gen - tir di« - til like ear - ly dew.
1. My God.how end-less is ihy love! Thy gifts are eve - ry eve-ning new; And morn-ing mer-cies from a - bove Gen - tly dis - til like ear - ly dew.
2. TbooajM'sad*sttbeciiitainBofthenight,Great Gaardiaoof my sleeping hoani; Thy sovereign word re-stores the light. And quick-ens all my drow-s^ powers.
8. I yield my powers to thy command,To thee I con - se-crate my days; Per - pet- anl bless-ingii from thine hand De-mandper-pet-ual songs of praise.
i^^psi^ggi^^ilgi^i^i
a(W^-4r^4^-^-fi^T-
i^^
1 :^.J]
-J— A
:J-Ta*
Pfl^^^^
iUl«grs4to, RUoluto. (Staecato.)
IMLY. L. M^
V. C. T.
3 Vast are thy works, a 1-migh-ty Lord! All na-tore rests op - on thy word; And cloQds,and8torms,and fire o- bey Thy wise and all-con - trol - liog sway.
2. The world's foundations by bis hand Were laid.and shall for - ev - er stand ; The swell-ing bil-lows know their bonnd.While to his praise they roll a-ronnd.
4. Thy glo - ry^ faar-lcss of de-cline. Thy glo- ry, Lordjshall ev- er shine; Thy praise sh<i 11 still oor breath employ. Till we shall rise to end-less joy.
§^^^^n^smmimm^^^m
^. * K . - u ■* — Tf^-Hz—M—M" -I— f^-*— < — ' 1 — »-- -4— J-. -©-IJ^ — --H — 4^— (--t— •— ■( — t-0—it-tr-^0 ■m:z—' MT^- ■* -trr
6»
SILOAM. L. M.
lectod HoirlAK stjrl*
3. There is a ttreun, whoee gen-tle flow, Sup-pliet the ci • tjr of oar God! Life, love, ind
4. That la - cred ttream, thine no • Ijr word, Sup»porti our faith, oar fear con-trols: Sweet peace
id joy still glid - ins throagh, And watering our di • vine a •
thy prom-i-ses ar • ford,^ And give new strength to ftint • ing
I ggr l plr'lg^
KENYON. L. M.*
TTTT-"
Cbaatemt mtylm. Ratlier alow,
5*5
I. Mjr soqJ, thj great Cre - a -tor praise: When clotHed in his ce * les • tial ra^. He in full ma-jes-tjr ap • pears. And like a robe his elo • rj wean,
f. How strange thjr works! how great tny8kiil,Whileeve-ry land thy rich - es fill: Thy wis-dom round the world we see, ThU spa * c ions earth is roll of thee.
3 How aw-ful are thy glo - rious ways! Thou,Lord, art dreadful in thy praise; Yet huro-ble souls may seek thy face, And tell their wants to soTe-reign grace.
i ) JJLa_^Ig
WimWf nnM re
DANFORTH. L. M.*
1. Great Soqrce of be-ing and of love! Thuu waterest all the worlds above; And all the joys which mortals know> From thine exhaastiesa foun - tain flow.
2. A 8a-cred spring, at thy com-mand, Prom Si-on*s monnt, in Cannan*s land, Be - side thy tem-ple cleaves the ground. And pours its lira - pid stream a-round.
8. This gen-tle stream, with sadden force, Swells to a riv - er in its course; Through desert realms its windings play, And scat-ter bles-singt ' all the way.
4. Close by its banks, in or - der fair, The blooming trees of life appear; Their blossoms fragrant o - dors give, And on their fruit the na-tions live.
ERBEN. L. M.
SmpplS«AtoiX9 urttli tenderness
& A'^ ^ \ tS
I
t
I
1. To thee, great God, 'I make my prayer, Do thou my sup-pli-ca-tions hear; Let me not sink, o'erwhelmed in grief. But kind -ly tend my soul re - lief.
2. Oh let me now thy good-aess prove. Thy t^n-der mer-cies, and thy love; Turn not a-way, O Lord, thy face, But hear, and heal me with thy grace.
as^^ .rjs
KiL-^i^*"*' J
s*w* jJf -*ai"»»sa» ,.■»» u^^ « ^.^t^
70
GeBtl« wm4 flowla* ■! yie. M«deT«t9»
FARMINGTON. L. M.
^^r
1. Sweet is the tcene when Christians die, When holy sools re -tire to rest: How mild- ly beams the clos-ing eye! Howgent-ly heaves th*ex-ptr-ing breast!
2. 8o fades a summer cload a -way; So sinks the gale when storms are o*er; So gent- ly shots the eye of day; So dies a_ wave a - long the share.
13^
:*fc
<— f
l^i^lli^piii
^^^Sfe^
^^m
a^Sh/:^^
m
i-.i-^.-^
2
^-J-^J-
L That day of wrathlthat dreadful day » When heaven and earth shall pass awavrWhat power shall be the sinner'i stay? How •hall be meet that dreaitful day* How shall he meet 1
M«dcr«t««
DRESDEN. L. M*
» f ? f f f f f f. f f f f f f f »
l^HITAKER*
Arranged for thia work.
m
hali he meet that dreadlQAjr
pass awav:
2. When, Bhrivellinff like a paroh«d scroU.The flaimng heaYens togetn«r rolljAnd loader yet, and yet more dread.Swclls the high tmmp that wakes the dead? Swells the high tramp, Sit.
3. Oh! on that day, that wrathful day, When man to judgment wakes fVom cIay,Be thou, O Christ! the sinner's Btay,Though heaven and eartli shall pass away Though heaven and earth, 4ke. '
m — = Srtl.— = -= r=s- T«ul. «,/• 1 ff «__- n^- — =»Jji .
.-fv — 'f-^^r
f I I f f I I i_ r
:it
f I
Iff? » f^ f
-*'^»^?!r'^*9|*!aS«*'-
PALOS. L. M.*
7i
WlCk iMUliot, In nMdlwm tlnM, And not boUt«ron««
~w.
4
::--:tf=l^
:=ti:4
1. The hoar of my (leparUire*« come, I hearthe voice that cat U me home, At last, O Lord, let trouble ceate^ And let thy ser-vant die ia peace.
1. The race a p -point - ed I have mn, The combat's o'er.the prize is woh; And now my witness is on high, And now my record's in the sky.
8. I leave the world without a tear, Save for the friends I hold so dear; To heal their sorrows* Lord, descend, And to the friendless prove a ^-—^
fiieod.
^^^^
'J.
^m
i. J. J
:tt==t
^^ ^iff^
NELSON. L. M.»
HedHon moTement, and ratlier staccato.
V. a T.
mi
F
trdiizn
:«ij<.
I
'1. Greartis the Lord !what tongue can frame An hon - or e-qnnl to his name? How aw - ful are his glorious ways! The Lord is dread - fnl in his praise!
^t. Vft^ are thy works, almighty Lord! All nature rests up - on thy word ; And clouds, and storms, and fire obey Thy wise and all - con - trol - Hng sway.
ir;^a^:i :,'
n
MARCHARD. L. M.
Sod«imto ' SostoMmto.
1^
Soft- ly the ihade of eTen-ing falii, Sprinkling the earth with dewy tears, While na-tcre'i Toice to ilom - her calli,And li-lence reigni a - mid the ipherat
HALLOWELL. L. M.
V. C. T .
Hoderato eon BzprMwlTO.
T-r-T-
r \ i i0=
=t:--:^ — f-Mintii-.:
-^-
turtT
-H=^
1. How aweet to leave the world a-while, And seek the pres-ence of oar Lord! Dear Sa-vioar! on thy peo - pie smile^ And come ac-cord • ing to thy word.
2. From ba - ay scenei we now re-treat,That we may here converse with thee; Ah! Lord, be-hold as at thy feet, Let this the gate uf hea-ven be.
3. Chief of ten thousand now ap-pear,That we by faith may see thy face;Oh!Bpeak,that wethy voice muy hear,And let thy pres-enco fill this place.
^riSl
■ ^ ■*"*^^W*^flpP
PIZARRO. L. M
V. C. T.
73
%«lel^ a»d Ia •nMt tlm«.
Rilavd.
pfs^^W^ilPP
'^^'^^S^^ geg
H 1 H
?
Thise eartb-ljr Sab-balhfl,Lonl!wo love, Bot there*! a no- bier rest a - boTe; To that onr long-ing souls at -pire. With cheer4al hope, and ilrong deeire.
ANGELO. L. M.*
Altered flroBt CHKBTHAJL
1. Lo, God ip here! let os a - dore. And own how dreadful n this place! Let all whhin up feel fan power. And si •. lent bow be - fore hts face!
2. Lo, God is here! hiia day and night, Th' u-nit - ed choirs of an -gels sing: To hitn en-throned a-bove all height, Let saints their hum-ble wor - ship bring
S. Lord God of hosts! oh may our praise Thy courts with grateful fragrance fill: Still may we stand be-fore thy face. Still hear and do thy soTereign will.
74
(
NORWAY. L, M^
T. C. T.
BAtMer slowt disUaet a»d not too lomd. Com Bmi^mtmii;
1. Deep in onr hearti let db re - cord The deep - er tor-rowe of onr Lord; Be-hold the "rfe-ing bil-lowe roll, To o - Torwhelm his ho - ly eonl.
2. Yfit* gn<«ia«s GMU thy power and Ioto Have made the carae a blet-aing prove; Those dreadfal aamsrings of thy Son Atoned for crimes which we had done.
3. Oh for his sake our gailt for-give. And let the monrn-ing sinner live; The Lord will hear as in his name. Nor shall onr hope be turned to shame.
rr-i
^m
PARADISE. L. M.
AIUkmMow Contobao*
Dnre and bright. Whose streams ipake glad the heavenly plains, Where, in e - ter-ni - ty of Tight, The ci - ty of onr Ged
nis
1. There ts a riv.-er
2. Builtby the word of liis command. With his nn-cload-ed pre - sence blest. Firm as his throne,the but warks stand, There is oar home, oiir hope, onr rest
8. Thither let fervent faith as-pire,.Onr trea-snre and onr heart be there, O for a seraph's wing nf fire! No — for the mightier wings of prayer!
4. Now«tbongh the earth *s foundations rock,Andmoontains down the gnlf be harPd; His people smile a-mid the shock. They look be-yond this transient viforld.
- ■^-■^"'•'XZ ^"^
^^ — --■;-.,.,**.».— »i;.
MILLENNIUM. L. M. (or short anthem.)
T. c. T.
ii
the Mith » now th« Lord*i!
%\j9mt£imn0^s^^
t a I— m .yg*
«
C^M f plHto
WAYLAND. L. M.
Bm MkrefWl to olMerre tlie dlrecUoa « Sfo«r,** at tlie eloie of tlie tiinef OMd keep tof^tliMr in tbo f l«i««
T C.T
Now to tho Lord a no - ble song!
Now to tho Lord o bo ^ bio song! A • wako I mj toul, a - wake my « tongue; Ho - mi - na to |h'o*ter - sal name, Ho-
AUSTRIA. L. M.*
77
■•derato. Wttli fMllAg aad ilmpllrttjr.
44-Ji— ^-^ 1
8tr«lcli6don the eroMytiie Sa^Tioiur diet; Hark! his er • pir*iDg groana a - rigetSee^ from lus handa,hia feet, hb aide, De-eeendt the aa-ered, arim-aeD ^tide.
^fe£±Hij ^ [^^S^fr;^^^g^^lg^3^^^
!=:• — ^ a ' Jj EjEigfifgrf^rzi:^ ^ |T.L-E
J J L-LT "^ 1.2
:?=»
.JL
^ h J I
H — h-
i^iii
NEW ^HARTFORD. L. M.
V. C. T.
r=r=i:izpj!l
1. Jadgeme, O Lord,and prove my ways; And try my reiris,and try my heart: My faith up - on thy pro-mi«e stays, Nor from thy law my feet de - part.
]^i I love thy hab- i - -ta- tioo, Lord, The tem-ple«wlierethine ho-norsdwell;There shall I hear thy ho -* ly word. And there thy workaof won-der tell.
ii^3^1||§^^
n
DALZEL. L. M.
tM9m^ IM
Hr^^t
Buy flie «dMr irtidi of tha hymn (lUuua
Church PMJmodj,) to Dresden, page 70.
T. C. T.
m
X
I
*r=t=t
p|B^fga^}^^i
S. Ueiiet!4lMiieay«uui
- f ji Tj
p
s
; He lie- ee ead ep-pe«fi a God; Be -bold the i.ord ae-ceod-ing high. No man le bleed, b* mere t» die.
^ f <r
* » *-Tr~rf~ Tl m "If f~\ — f"
W^^^
LITCHFIELD. L. M. Be . careful to §ing the parts correctlj m the W •tnin. V. C. T.
ttX-V^
I
t=T
^=5
1=4^
11
t=l:
ji:
Bi3iE5i33Hi
*rr*:
ai
f
1. Dosre from Ine lof - tj throne en high He looked, the Lord the world eorv^yed. He law the race ki rn • ia lie. He pi - tied aad Jihgraee dieph jedU
X
f
_j _j:._£_jr-£J-_j '
^^»
^^^^I^^^H
.^-WMiMi
CHATtt AM. L. M.
±t^
1. Be thou, O Godl
9. TfaypcaifM^ Lord
fft fc Ife^ »i— ■♦».)
V, C.T.
7
lis
1 •! • alt •» ed high; And as thy clo - ry fiila the aky, do let it be on earth dip-played,Tin then art here, ai there, obeyed.
t, I will re-tovnd To all the listening na-tiona ronnd:Thy mercy highest heaven transcenda, Tbvti nth beyond the c)o«ds ex-tendfl.
^L- J j^ JS|pfpzjg^g^-HH
a^3~3
^■-^-^i.-
:=&
k?^* m
t
-Ji-X.
r r
•-T-r
^*
■•id sua<i Spirited, tout not too ftM.
^PP'
SARDINIA. L. M.*
t=:fc
trjrr^t: :«ii: *— I L
'T'l- f ' ' r T*r"
11
■•nr
„ . ^ ^ ^ ~-i
:p=:{r-
I
^ Ki|iK«|iy Hia cWch,thoa aa-ered place
ill Thf <i*illftaf»«lrMl|^iaad tft thf gatei
.M^lBh^ Stem m rwm da^ ngns «n • gage
I, The seat of thy Cre - a * tor's grace ;Thineho<-l? oonrts are bis a - bode> Thod eattbly pelaee «f ovr God.
a A gvard of faeaven-ly war-riom wmita; Nor shall thy deep fovn-da - tions Dtovo) Fixed oa bis cs^nssis mad bis love,
s, A - gainst thy throne in vain they rage; Like ri»-iiig wares with an, - gry roar. That break and die «p - •■ the shore.
s=g^^
-••>i*»».'-.U% I
■ * - •
COLUMBIA. L. M. (responsive.)
V. C. T.
1. Come, weary toQla, with lin oppretaed, Oh come! accept the promised rest: The Savionr's gracious caTTo - bey. And cast yoar gloomy
a - way.
2. Oppressed with guilt, a painfal load. Oh come, and bow before yoor God! Di - vine coroparaton, mighty love, Will all the painfal load re - mgyre.
8. Here mercy's boundless ocean flows. To cleanse your gailt,and heal your woes ;Here's pardon ,life,and endless peaco,How rich the gm! bow free the grace.
^
Tuttl.
I
, J. jL^.J.U£: J. J Tu -J-J J J?f ^ J I ^-" ^
r
REMA. L. M.
^BirttktMiA
Midpatlios. (C«a Bolemnlte.)
If preferred, transpose to F|f minor.
V. C. T.
1. Deep in our hearts let us re -cord The deep- er sor-rows of our Lord ; Be - hold the ris - ing bil -lows roll. To o • Ter-wbelm his ho - ly eovL
2. Yet, gra-cions God, thy power and love Have made the curse a bles-sing prove ;Those dreadful sufferings of thy Son A - toned Ibr crimes which we had dooe.
8. Oh for his sake onr guilt for -give, And let the mourning sin-ner live; The Lord will hear us in his name. Nor shall onr hope be turned t6 shaoMu
LUCERNE. L. M. (jugata.)
V. C. T.
8
▼tv«««. [K««p tlie time meenrmUtp lu tlie second •train.]
^itii^^l
:zn i:3i:-rT-ti:.::i^z
rffe
fc
1. Now be my heart in-Bpired to iing The glo-ries of my Sa-vieur King; He comes with bletaingt from abQve, And wins the na-tioni to hia love.
2. Thy throne, O God, for- ev - er stunds; Grace is the seep - tre in thy hands: Thy laws and works are just and right,But truth and mer-cy thy de - light
8. Let eod-l^M hon-ors crown thy head; I^et eve • ry age thy prais-ea spread; Let all the nations know thy word. And every tongue confess thee,Lord.
iillSligii^ii^ig^Pii^J
^-sl
BRISTOL. L. M.'
VmrOr
BISHOP.
T:=t
~f:si^
H' J 1 t
— zmt
1.' Lord, when my thoughts delightca rove A - mid
% Re-pent-ant sor-row fills my heart, Butmin<
^^l§g
Q:JLLJ-lLjtl t:t=:tE=g:agg!gaBtgSgp^
id the wonders of thy love,Sweet nope revives my droopinffneartjAndhids in-trud-in^
angling joy al - lays the smart; Oh! may my future life de-cTare The sor-row and the
-part
joy sincere.
iUd
^m'rjsm'-
'- -.m
II
S^ NEWBURN. L. M.*
Allegretto RU5lmto. (No Mapciuioii of the time at the doobfe ben.)
Arraoged fbr tUa work.
H
+1-
^gfei^fe^ii^^^^S
1. A - rise! n - rise! with
6. An - spi • tdoQB dawn!
^m
joy wnr * vey The |lo - - ry of the
... ing ray With joy we Tiew, and
^m
s
day: Al - ret - - d,
hail the day: Great Smk
S
fi
-I r I f » >
IS the dawn
Rsffii - eoQS - - ness!
be - gun Whieh mnrks at band a rts - ing sun! Which marks
a - rise. And fill the world with glad sor - prise. And fill
=1^
at
the
hand a ris - tag UtttH
world with glad wa ^pAM
MANCHESTER. L. M. (fugata )
V.C.T. 83
"WiOk spirit.
^^s£|feE^^^
1. OK hap - pf d«y thmt fixed my choice On thee, my Saviour,and my God; Well may this glow - ing heart rejoice, And tell its rap-turee
8. Oh hap - py bond, that eeab roy vowa To him who mer - its all my k)ve,Lot cheer-ful an - theme fill the house, While to his al - tar i
all abroad,
now I move.
FOLGER. L. M.*
t=tzi
isi
1. Wheo «ios and fean pre- vail -ing rUe. And faiat-ing hope al - most expires. To thee, O Lord. I lift my eyes. To thee I ^«»the my sooPs deVir^^^^^^^
%, Art thou aet mine, my. liv - ing Lord.'And can my hope, my com-fort die? Tis fixed on thine ' ' -*----.
al-migh-4y word, That word which built the earth and sky?
Cres. m "*^
TiftX?
J^mxit^ttm
^■«^ -W-'k,
1^
84
AMBROSE. L. M.»
Anraaced for itkim
(=ttf
±t±t:
I Re-deem
r-t
t=t
m
t
ssi
^m
1. From all that dwell be - low the akiet. Let the Cre - a - tor'a praise a - rise; Let the Re-deem-er*8 name be aimg. Thro' eyerj land, by «▼• - tj tongve.
2. £-ter - nal are thy mercies, Lord ; E-ter - nal truth at - tenda thy word ; Thy praise shall aoond from shore to &ore» Till sbds shall rise and set bo. more.
gT-,TT-r--^ --
gg-J;
iJ^JlJj
i-
^^fe^^^fe
laaaedt
TEMPLE STREET. L. M. (FUGATA.)
ttaae. A'r«l«l m dwll and InanlnuitA naoTcmcat.
V. C. T.
1. Sal - Ta-tion is for - ev-e<^ nigh The snala who fear and trust the Lord; And grace de-scend-ing from on high. Fresh hopes of glo • ly shall af-lbrd.
2. Mer - cy and truth on earth aie metJSince Christ^the Lord,came down from heaven; By his obedience, so complete, Jus-tice is pleased, and peace is giyen.
3. His rignteousnesa is gone be -fore, To give us free ac - cess to God; Our wsndering feet shall stray no more. But mark his steps, and keep the road.
LV 1
WARREN. L. M.
V. C. T.
85
l^ltli nnootlftMMUif Mid Mrcnltj of ezpreBSlou.
^^^^^^SP^?^
nrr- Tl—r :
:*;::
m
^__-,H H
=±«
I lAy iny body down to sleep, Peace is the pil - low of my head, While well-appoint-ed an-^ls keep Their watchful guard a-round my bed.
SHELBERNE
ipMjrle of* dftaaty 'wlUi el&eerAilnesfl and -vivacltjr.
L. M.
This tune Is tlie same snbjeef as
OTTAIVA, page 36, vrlklch see.
I
^ — y
fe^^Si
#^p
1 — \
Lord doth crown the year. Thy paths drop fatness all a - round; And barren wilds thy pniise declare. And vo-cal hills re - turn the sound.
'^^f^^^^^f fjW^'jWtf f W ^^^
jL^JLJI
. J' J' J' "^ '' " . r I r j> -J^ J. _ _ c ^ (» ^ ^ ^ 7- I
ggrTf^^^^w^
86
ORANDAL. L. M.
^^^^^^i^^§
t=trzt
1. Awake, our souls ; a - way, our fears ; Let every trembling thought be gone ; Awake, and run the heavenly race, And put a cheer • ful eourage <m.
2. True, *ti8 a straight and thorny roa'd, And mor-tal spi ^r its tire and &nt; But they for -get the mighty God, Who feeds the strength of every sainL
8. The mighty Ood, whose matchless power Is ev • er new and ey - er young. And firm en - dures, while endless years Their ev-er • last - ingcireleft. ma.
4. From thee, the o - ver - flowing spring. Our souls shall drink a full sup • pi v ; While those who trust their nat i ve strength Shall melt a • way, andoroop, aod ^Ik^
6. Swift as an ea • gle cuts the air. We'll mount a > loft to thine a - bode ; On wings of love our souls shall fly. Nor tire a - nud the hcAvenly rooi^
CULWORTH. L. M.
Faster than llIcdi«B«
15^"'
:E?
o-m-W-
O—0- o -d
r""T
F=tF±F=f=^f=~PF
~'^ - o~o- o^-jsi.
-\-
m
1. How pleasant, how di-yine-ly
2. My flesh would rest in thine a
fair, O Lord of hosts, thy dwelKngs are ! With long d^- sire my spi-rit faints To meet th'assembliM of tiiy
J^ode ; My panting heart cries out for God ; My God, my King why should I be So far frt>m all my joys tud
tMikt
*i
^i((»ji'ii4liiJii';sr' ^^
tftt&ootb and eonneeted «tFl««
oota ana eoi&neetea«uri««
DILWORTH. L. M.
t
(If preferred, tnuupoee to B flat.)
:q=r&rj=zi=lT|:::fT:==i
, be-side the Lord?
V. C. T. ^
V. Jnst are Iby ways, and true thy word,Great Rock of my ee - care a - boda; Who is a God, be-side the Lord? Or where*sa.ce-fuge like our God?
2. Tit he that girds me with his might,Gives me his ho-Iy sword to wield ; And while with sin and belli fight. Spreads his salvation ibr my shield.
S. He lives, and blessings crown his reign, The God of my sal - va - tion lives; The dark de-signs of hell are vain, While heavenly peace my Father g(ves.
cantablle. O <> Staecaio. - - - n- > <> cSUtablle. <> <> Cres. - ------- :::=»-
g^^aigj^^iiiiii^^ii^f^l
I
NEW HAVEN. L. M.
^ Taut*
He lives, the ev - er - last-ing God, Who bunt the world, who spread the flood; The heaven8,with all their I
He guides our feet, he iniards our way : His morn-inff smiles a> dorn the dav : He soreads the eveninz veil
Written to the words of the second stanxa.
Rltard* •
V. C. T.
C
— » X . XJ ^ =^-4.-H-
with all their host^e made.And the dark, regions of the dead.
He guides our feet, he guards our way ; His morn-ing smiles a> dorn the day ; He spreads the evening veil, and keeps The silent hours while Is - rael sleeps.
Is • rael, a name dl - vinely blest, May rise secure, se - curely rest : Thy ko-ly guardian's wakeful eyes Ad • nut no slumber, nor sur - prise.
li. ^ r«tH. ^Himvd.
^l^ipM^feS^^^J^iH
<> Choral style.
La ^ ^ 4 ^j -^ \ t ■*-
si^^iiii
tztrd:
<!> TattL J _
iL,j jjy?5fi
3ii§^^ig^^-J^^
88
WINPIELD. C. M.
r. c. T.
WItk apliit. I»iii mott00 fm§i
»x
^@
1. And now ui-oth-er week begmi, This day we call the Lord's ; This da^ he rose who bore our tins, ^or to his word re - cords. For so his word re - cords.
S. Hark, how the angels sweetly sing! Their voices fill the sky, They hail tlieir great victorious King, And welcome him on high. And wel-come him on high.
3. We'll catch the note of lofty praise; Their joyt oh may we feel; Our thankfUl song with them we'll raise^And em-u • late their seal. And em - u - late their seal.
EUPHRATES. C. M.
V. C. T.
Si^g^iS
-PSA
1. Be - hold what con - de - scend - ing love Je - sns on earth dis- plays! To babes and tack - lings be ex - tends The Tich - es of his grace
3. For - bid them not, whom Je - sns calls, Nor dnre the claim re - sist, Since bis own lipii to ut de - clare Of snch will heaven con - sist.
4/ With flow -ing tears, and thank -fnl hearts, We give them up to thee; Re - ceive them. Lord, in - to thine arms; Thine may they ey - er be.
•
BARKHAMSTEAD. C. M.
Wltla e]le«rAal and rapturous •zprestlon.
i?^
V. C. T.
!4¥
89
^^^
1. When, dearest Sa - vionr, when shall I Be - hold thee all se - rene; Blest in per • pet - ual Sabbath day. With - oot a vaubetween?
2. As - sist me while I wan-der here, A - mid a wurld of cares; In - cline my rov - ing heart to pray. And then ac - cept my prayers.
8. Thy Spir-it, O my Fath-er, give. To be my guide and frie^id; To light my path to eeaseless joys, Where Sah-baths ney-er end.
OMNIPOTENCE. CM.
V. C. T.
Allt^r^tta Staccato* CiWiic/e«#lr.)
t. God moves in a mys - te - rious way,
'2. Deep, in nn - fath - om . a - ble mines.
^■^kb^^y^fa
His won-ders to per-form ; He plants his foot-steps in the sea.
Of nev-er fail- ing skill. He trea-sures op his bright de - signs,
And rides np - on the storm.
And works iiis soYereisn will.
m
BELOIT. C. M.
m
▼. C T.
t J=J4J=Jjj ^ ^;.|{
lb I ]0T6 to ateal a - while a - way From •▼ • ery cumbering eare^ And spend the hours of dot-ing daj In hum-ble»grat«-ftil praytr.
2. I bve in sol -i - tude to shed The pen-i • ten-tial tear, And all his prom -is - es to plead Where none but Qod can near.
NAHANT. C. M.
T. 9^W.
I * i~ 9
i ^ ■ "
t. If I mutt die, O, let me die With hope in Je - sob* blood. Hie blood that saves from sin and ffuilt. And re - eoo - ciles to Gad.
t, ft I mnst die, 0^ let me die In peace with all man • kind, And change these fleet - ing joys be -low For pleasures more re - fine^
PARK PLACE. C. M.*
91
Cli«vml ttjrto
1^
^Sl
-±t=t
t=rntiir=t
I — Ui :H*tntt=:
^m
1
ihour in<5, O Liord, thy sa - cred wa7,Th7 truths to me re -late; For thoa art €k>d,whom 1 o- hey; On thee I dai - - ly wait.
4. O keep my soul, and set me free^Preserve me Lord from shame,For I have^nlaced my hope in thee, And trust - ed in thy name.
ftSi!
BURTINI. C. M.
^ntk iMldHM* and •pliit. CBfa««to«o.>
V. C. T.
1. Jjo.what a glorious cor-ner stone, The huild-ers did re - fuse ? Yet Grod hath built his church thereon, In spite ef eRyioiisJewa.
^.* Gi^^t God,the work id all di - vine, The Von-der of our eyes! This is the day, that proves it thine. This day did Je-^usrise.
«> 1 ■■ —
* A * .. »
mdB9i!lMMMmtv.p«K«i>»_K4^ 3- -° -vBxi
$^
BURFORD. C. M.
n~ri~l
FT *J* g
i
t
fc=E
J- -^—
Dark WM the night, aad cold thegroaod, Oo which^e Lord wu laid; Hi> sweat like drops of blood rao down. In ag - o - ny he pray'd.
ijiU d J
T^rf
urtUi
••ti&css a»d solemnltir.
MINERSVILLE. C. M.»
r r
1. Oh, coild ooi thoughts aod wMhes fly,
2. There, joys on-seen by mor-tul
8. Lord, senid a beanr of light d'
is fly, A - hove these gloomy shades. To those bright worlds beyond the eky, Which sor-rowne^er in - vades!
1 eyes/ Or rea-son's fee - ble ray, In ev - er bloom-ing pros-pect rise, Ex • posed to no de - cay.
i-vine. To guide our up -ward aim! With one . re - viv . ing look of thine, Onr Ian - gnid hearts in - flame.
m
NEW LONDON. C. M.
V. C. T.
93
■pes
I
^s.
i
t=t
^m
1. Teoeh me the measore of m j day*. Then mak-er of mj frame; I would siir-vey life's nar-row space. And leara bow iVail I am.
2. A
is all that we can boast. How short the fleet -ing time! Man is but van - i - iy and dost, In
all his flower and prime.
(Sula&ly and g«atle.
SERENITY. C. M.
tj:::r;
t=t
* If two or more toIcm upon the Alto, ^ tlBf the smsll boIm.
CWords by W. B. O. PBABODT.) V. C. T.
S^l^^
m
1. Be - hold the west -em eve-ning light! It melts in deep'ning gloom ; So calm - ly Chris-tiani sink a - way, De-scend-ing to the tomb.
2. The winds breathe low; the with 'ring leaf Scarce whispers from the tree; So gent - ly flows the port - ing breath. When good men cease to be.
a. How bean - ti . ful on all the bills The crim-son light is shed! 'Tis like the peace the Chris-tian gives, To mourners round his bed.
4. How mild- ly on the wandering cloud. The sun -set beam is cast! 'Tis like the mem* -ry left be - hind. When loved ones breathe their last
(* Siag the amali notes in the first atnnza.;
J I > 1^ I I J* J I J
I ' J*
ti=g^-^
94
HORICON. C. M.
^
t=:t r ■ I I
^m
^rtrtlt
1. Come, let tu join our eheer • ful vongs, With an - gels, romid the throne ; Ten thousand thoosand are their tongues, Bat all their jojs are onew
2. ** Worthj the Lamb that died," they erj, "Te be ex - alt - ed thus:" * Worth j the Lamb," our lips re - ply, ''For he iraaBlabibr us."
C5.
Slewly, aad net toe lemd
EAGLE CLIFF. C. M.
1. When the worn spir - it wants re • pose, And sighs her Ood to seek, How sweet to hail the evening's close, That ends the weary week, Hat ends the weaiy week.
2. How sweet to hail the ear - ly dawn. That o - pens on the sight, When first that soul - re - vW - ing inom Sheds forth new rays of lights Sheds forth new rays of lighl
CONLEY. C. M.
1. ^e ^riT« i-lM 'ihf ttmn^T" ^re», Oh! grant me mine abode A - moog the eharches of thy nuit*. The tem-plee of my God!
I m r ht mgf re*l|MiU, And see thy gloiy itill; ^hell hear thy roee - ea - gee of love, And leann thy bo - ly will.
leetae^ and elaeerlty •fezpreesloa.
^iSlzfi
m
:4^Pi
r.t
^^3s3^y^yyg4ggl^^|i
^^^.
m
§§i^^
Wlilk e^^veeelOBf in » eloee elnglnii stjrle.
CONDESCENSION. C. M.
m
V. C. T.
^=S^E§^^
Wae God*e e - ter - nal Son! Onr mtse-ry reached his heaTenly mind, And pi - ty brought him down.
That when the Sa-vioorknew 'J he' price of par -don was his blood, His pi - ty ne'er withdrew.
While we his death re -cord; And with onr joy for par-doned gailt, Moam that we pierced the Loid.
asTji^^ g
**^*9!TW(Ui, *M«W
■»^' K •-
96
WINTER. C. M.
mee ro Know ana ao d
6. Make me to walk in thy com-mands, 'Tit a de - light - fal road ; Nor let mj head* nor heart, nor hands Of - lend a - gainat mj God.
1. Oh that the Lord would guide my ways To keep his stat - utes still! Oh that my God would grant me grace To know and do
wUl!
^^^^^ig:^1pJl3l*lif^
<>
•-^ — ^t-^-f-Ft - | — r -t^— #^^'
5£55
=itH3
J.
-i J- J.
^H^^i-
J- J.
r n
MUNICH. C M.
V. C. T.
lent* Com Moto.
r— *h- _ . . _ _ _^
live, when troubles rise, I'll hasten to his throne. 1*11 hast • en to hia thrMie.
2. I love the Lord, he bowed liiA ear. And chased my grie^uway : Oh let my heart no more de -spair, While I have breath to pray. While I have breath to pray.
8. The Lord beheld me sore distressed. Me bade my pains remove; Re -turn, my soul, to God, thy rest, For thou hast known his love.For thou hast known hia !•?••
m
tr.
t=i^
W^:
is^ii^r^^i^i-^g^B
8olL
8*IL - -
- • Tatli*
i
j: j: .1 J.J.
, H ^. ^ .J. ^^. ^
^^g^M
ill. ^.. jLjt^.:L3:A
ASHMEAD. C. M.
V. C. T.
97
AUef^^t* 8tao«ato. (dbrerfUI.)
mmm
'^— -^-h^ r# — #H^— *-t-^ 1 1 \-^ — ^ — '^ -^
II
datk-eat hoor.
2. While I lay rest - ing on my bed/ My «oul a*^ - rose on "^ high;' My God, my life, iny hope, I wid, Bring thy sal - - va - tioi^ nigh.
lo-Iy bill, I walk the heavenly road; Thyglo-riea all my spir - it fill, While I com - miine With God.
1. *Twa» in the watch-es of the night, I thooght np - on thy power; I kept thy love-ly face in light, A -midst the
2. V ' ■ ' " " ' ' '
3. I strive to mount thy h(
le
^m
-pTTtl
^^-w—
p_
MERIDEN. C. M.*
m^
1. Oh thou, whose ten - der mer-cy hears Con - tri-tion's hum-blo eigh; Whoso hand indalgnnt wipes the tears From sor - row • weep - ing
2. See, Lord, be - fore thy throne of grace, A wretch-ed wanderer mourn: Hast thou not bid me seek thy face? Hast thou not^ said, * Re -
eye;
turn *?
98
CULBUTSON. C. M.
▼. C.T.
1. My floul lies cleaying to the dust; Lord, give me life
* 2. I need the in-fluence of thj grace To speed me in
di • vine; From rain de • sires, and ev - erj lu8t» Turn off these eyes
thj way, Lest I should loi - ter in my race, Or turn my feet
of mine,
a • stray.
i=zt
I
T
le^i
t=q
i
¥
t=zd
o-
•y-
©_J.-
-# Q'
■i - \
si-:^^^^
LZ|_I_-l :g ^i~^ rii := JX-Ii— ^- [- |- I [
i_Ai_^_J_ J . -^..^_MJ_i_i_.- :^
J- J- J.
-J- J. —
i
TOLEDO. C. M.
V. C. T.
1. Fa - ther of mer - cies, con - des - cend To heal* our fer * vent prayer, While these our brethren we commend To thy pa - ter - nal care.
2. Be - fore them set an o - pen door, Their va - rious ef • forts bless ; On them thy ho - \j Spi - rit pour, And croTrn them with sue • oesc
f?=#
±*rr
t n^ -^
-J J J i . ^ .:^ ^
1^ ^
*-<.- - —
DUNDEE. CM.
Tempo dt eliorale*
It ia thoQiht Che nrraiiseroent of thla tun« at here girea^
tvill be preferred to an even liiythm, It being less heary.
SCOTTIfH.
99
^
m
^^
ll_ ,
+
+
§i^^
1=1=1^
I
^mm
:c;=t
Ml
1. Come.O thoa King of all thy taint?, Our ham-ble tri - bute own, While with our prais-es ond complaints, VVe bow be - fore thy' throne.
2. How shunld our songf, like those a- bov«, With warm de - vo - tion .rise! How should our souls on wings of love, Mount up- ward to' the skies!
4. Dear Sa-viour, let thy glo - ry shine And fill thy dwellings here; Till life, and love, and joy di - vine, A heaven on earth ap - pear.
PEMBROKE. C. M
Bsitlter Slo^r, nrltk »ire and solMiusltjr,
1. When, bending o*er thif brink of life. My trem-bling soul shall stand, Ahd wait to pass death's aw - nil flood. Great God,, at thy com-mand;
2. Thou Source of life and joy su prenie. Whose arm a • lone can save, Dis - pel th« dark-ne^s that surruunds The en-trance to the grave!
3. Lay 'thy sup - port-ing, gen -tie hand Be - n'eath my sink-ing head. And let a beam of life di - vine II - lume my dy - ing bed
5 - _ -
r*sif«r"»-'
»"*■*!«»!«,'* -a - ar«l' ■
100
FLOWER VALE, C. M.
V. C. T.
ffiF^-"?f^=?^~?Tr=
i
_.?<- .
1
.itri-r
t==--x=^
-jtif-jri^pzt:
3^
1. Oh, that I knew the se - cret place, Where I might find my God! Td spieud my wants be - fore his face, And poor my woea a - broad.
2. I*d ' tell him how my aina a - riae. What aor - rowa I ana - tain; How grace de-caya, and com - fort d tea. And leayee my heart in pain.'
S. He knowa what ar - gu-menta I*d take To wrea - tie with my God; Vd plead for bis own mer-cy'a aake, Td plead my Sa-yioar'a blood.
4. My God wiJl pi - ty tny complaints. And drive my foea a - way ; He knows the mean-iog of his aainta, When they in aor - row pray.
6^
±1
-I —
1
^-±zr-z^^
iTCzqiii^^
^-
t
■=*=?=3
i
IRVINGTON. C. M,
T^Bderl7f mad wltk Feallns.
HL K« Ml»
^^^M
1. O Lord, thy ten-der xner-cy hears Con - tri • lion's hum - ble sigh; Thy hand, in • dul-gcnt, wipes the tears FnJfai sot -row's weep-ing eye.
2. See, low be - fore thy throne of graoe, A sin - ful wanderer mourn ; Hast thou not bid me seek thyfiioe? Hast thon not said, **Re-tiimf
' ,' J ,^^:tf.
i B ^ Bi ^lii
WMMl
U~i^S
-J- -J- .-J- J
-I J- J.
1P-^
JL J. ^ J.
■9
J.
J. -J. J- J. j.'\
WINSTED. C. M.
All«|nwtto. In dose^ flnslii^ style.
V. C. T.
101
fc^
nrttrt^
'm
---— J^-+"^ —If I
r±-j-*i::
^
I^T:^
rfrrj
r—r:
--i — f-#-+" rh
:t=fr:»z
O let me wing my hallowed flight From earth-born wo and care, And soar a - bove theae doadi of night, My 8a - Tioiir*8 bliia to share.
'^^^^
g:gr^btJ! *-tr^t |- -j ^Il:E^--^-I-J:g-iEg:^4^^
a ± J-
itEiH
±
ji J- -J-- J^
J
n
FERDINAND. C. M.
In aaedlnm time. IVlth e«me«tne««, Intt n«t lomd. Alia (?«tppella.
V. C. T.
Treble and Tenor eban^e fiarts alternately.
lT-^cr-.-T-^— 33
^^rirt^!
• .* * « ^ . I I I I
1. Lord, thou wilt hear me when I pray; I am fur- ev - er thine: I fear be - fore thee all the day, Nor would I dare to sin.
2. And while I rest my wea - ry head, From care and busi - ness free, 'Tis sweet con-vers - itig on my bed With my own heart and thee.
8. I pny this eve - ning sac- ri - fice; And when my work fs don^ Great God, my faith, my hope re - lies Up - on thy grace a - lone.*
4. Thus, with my thoughts composed to peace, I'll give mine eyes to sloep; Thy hand in safe - ty keeps my days. And will my slum - bers keep.
asf^-ES
i.
£l^[rgz ^^riT~t^rfe»rP^
i^i:
*
jAM.T.An. .1^
102
BREMEN. C. M.*
Close and. — n a— t ed style*
fe
4-
^^Bis^i^gii
t
gggg5i|g^ ^ J^jJ|t
1. Op-preised with gailt, and fall of fean, I come to thee, my Lord; While not a ray of hope ap-pears, Bot in thy ho - ly word.
8. Here liv - ing wa - ter free - ly flows, To cleanse^ me from my nin; 'Tis here the tree of knowledge grows. Nor dan - ger dwells there-in.
^g^ ggg
^^^^^
^ Mf=rPF
±]^-1^^lJlJ-U2jlJ.
AJfetvoso— Medium time
VOLINDIA. C.Jkl.
The Alto be careftU to sine eorreetljr In the 3d stndn* V. C. T.
r f f fir?
^^^^S
1. Dear Lord, and will thy pardoning love, Em-brace a wretch so vile? Wilt thou my load of guilt re - move, And bless me with thy smile.
S. Hast thou the cross for me en-^ured. And suffered all the shame? . And shall I be ashamed, O Lord, To own thy pre-cious name?
7/1....;
^
m
Fir §9 iwo HmtB Bmli*
--zfe
^
rr r V- ids ir " <
,.f,H*«SP**S««*CC.
BLOOMINGDALE. CM.
AllegrettOy Vn. pcMO Uimeemto
TH
1. Oh praiie the Lord with one coo - sent, And mag - ni - fy hli name; Let all the Ber-vants of the Lord tiis wor - thy praise pro - claim.
Alle gretto.
VERNON. C. M.
V. C. T.
^^
safe
1. Lord, thou wilt hearroe when I pray ; I am for - ev-er thine: I fear before thee all the day, Nor would I dare to sin. Nor would I dare to sin.
2. And while I re«t my weary head, From care and bnsineas free, 'Tis sweet conversing on my bed With my own heart and thee. With my own heart and thi^.
3. I pay this eve-ning sac-ri-fice; And when my work is done, GreatGod, my faith, my hope relies Up -on thy grace a -lone. Up - on thy grace a • lone.
4. Thus, with my thoughts composed to peace, I'll give mine eyes to sleep ; Thy hand in safety keeps my days. And will my slumbers keep. And will m3r__ slambers' keep.
I
„p.j J.^j
104
COLERADO. CM*
^
at ma airjr moTement. (Arioso.)
rom «H
•d for U&ls irorlit
flrom « HATD^^S CRKATIOM/*
i^sg sg a?^,^
. ' i» i I y ■■ ■ — M" T " 'T 3 r" " T" Jl r ■ y — ^ ■'
1. Wben verdure clothes the fer-tile vale, And blossoma deck tlie spray; And fragrance breatliet in eve-ry gale. How sweet the venisl day. Hof^sweeithe ver-nal day!
•tyley and not too lond*
HARTLAND. C. M.
V. C. T.
^?pZjgg
in sight, A - mid the dark • est hour. A - mid the dark
1 . Twas HI tKe watches of the ni^t, I thought up - on thy power ; 1 kept thy love - ly face in sight, A - mid the dark • est hour A - mid the dark - est hour.
2. While I lay rest-ing on my bed, My soul a - rose on high; My God, my life, my hope, I said, Bring thy sal - va - tion nigh. Bring thy sal - va - tioo niffh
3.1 strive to mount thy ho-ly hill, I walk the heavenly road; Thy glo-ries all my epir-it fill. While I com-mune with God. While 1 commune with God.
4. Thy mercy stretches o'er my head The shadow of thy wing; My heart re-joio • cs in thine aid, And I thy prais • es sing. And I thy prais - cs sing*.
tz
t
t^-.
s
I
«^
I
^^fgi^-ir-^-^-^iit^^-ilf
Is^^fe
■g if^uH
^ ^
. V. ■ .-.^rf^^u, 4*te»*sdttaMegr'i-
i^fiWNEL. ' C. M.
nfodttimio Bott«ii«to.)
glide fiweet a- w«y While leaning on hU word. WhUe leaning 90 his word.
3. Blest Je-sus, come, and>ulc my heart, Andmakeraewhol - ly thine, That I may heT-er more de - part, Nor grieve thy love divine. Nor grieT^hyloTedi- vine.
4, That, till my last, ex - pir • ing breath, Thy goodnosf TH adore j And when my frame dja - solvies ia>de«th. My soul shall love thee «iore.My aoul stall low th — more .
€l«Mtte and flowtec ttirle-KlIf odaimio Bott«ii«to.)
1. Oh could I ftnd, from day to^ day, A nearness to my God ! Then should my hours glid
(Tenor and Alto keep the time in the Sd strain.)
V. c. r.
0^
I
iH^Hii^i^
f r ] r S^ .
TntlL 991
J.
^^^SM
W
i h
m^ t f^m
i..j-j.
BLOSSOM STREET. C. M.*
-WlUi mw^mitw «»d pathos
Melodjr by ClilFTOMy
Artaof ed ftir iMs work.
:-^=fct:^ii:Etr;— trttrfc
*:t3^-^t
:t3t
Sig^-PJfiiliiiSSi;
of my wea - ry noni. On thee, when surrows rite. On t^iee, when waves of trouble rotl» My faint - ing ''hope re - lies.
tell each ris - ing grief. For thnu a - lone canst heal ; Thy word can bring a eweet re - Uef, For eve - ry piin i feel.
-aeat n o - pea still; Here* let myauul re -street; With huw-ble hope ot-tend thy will. And wait he^ naalh thy feet
^ii=jis§-z3S^a^ils^pS^^
106
BENNETT. C. M.
H. H.H.
g?^5^^^^Sr^
±
t
f£^£33B
n
a'^
^
1. M7 BOol, how love • ly is the place To which thy GUxl re - sorts f Tis heaven to see his sxnil - ing face, Though in his earth- I7 courts.
2. Tliere the great Moa-arch of the skies His sav • ing power dis - plays ; And light breaks in up - on our .eyes. With kind and quickening rays.
t=:t
t=t
^^^^S^
t^
■^
\
: -zJ"— i^ -t-g— '-z^ — t-zJT
^=-f
1 ■■»
Dli
4.-^j-^ f[ — I IT I I p 4 -|— 1-F f — g -Tgf^«;^H^IF
PF-f-^F^
-;.-'
J
t^
P
£
^m
^
J.
DUNCHURCH. C. M.
ChoraL Wltli atr* Mid
e.
8COT1SH*
i^ig^Eg^^^^^i^
1. Long as I live, 1*11 bless thy name, My.King, my God of love; My work an4 joy shall be the same. In bright - er worlds a - bove.
2. Great ia the Lord, his power unknown. Oh let his praise he great; Til sing the hon - ors of thy thionc,Thy works of grace re - peat.
8. Thy grace shall dwell op - on my tongue^And while my lips re - joice. The men who hear my sa * cred song. Shall join their cheer-fnl voice.
i
j^ ^^fi ^^
1. If
SolL
- maa kind-neM meets re - tarn.
^71 jn „
t
And owns the grate - ful tie; Tf ten-der thongbta within us bum, To feel a fKend it nigh, —
/------ Tatti.
Sou.
a
f=r-
\
^_f,^ =t
r-f^f^fl
I I A
I ?^ • -^ Tutu.
-^ / / ;
J J J J
1. Do not 1 love thee, O my Lord? Be - hold my
2. Do not I love thee from~ my ■oalT Then let me noth - ing love ! Dead be my heart to eve
Boll Tnttl.
I love thee, O my Lord? Be - hold my heart and soe : And turn eacb
turn each worthleas i-dnl out, JT Omit
ry joy, Which thou dost not ap - prove.
] Thatdarestori- val thee.
thy name melo-di -OU8 still To mine at- ten -live ear? Doth not each pulse with pleasure beat [ Omit ] My Saviopr's voice to heart
Soil Tnttl, (Sing the «icA(A« tUccato.)
^mmmf?^ ^
lamb .in all uy flock, 1 would dis • da in to_ feed? Hast thou a foe be-fore whose fkce 1 fear thy cause to plead?
J
\ »•
TSmiiaov'st Hove thee, O my Lord* But vat I long to soar Far from the sphere of mortal joys, [ Omit
\Tb»JLt
108
AUBURN. C. M.
Bf •dwNito time, nrltb tender and patltetlc czprcsAlou.
V. C.T
iS^g^-fli^iliSil^il
1. When trouble fills my 8(>al with grief. Oh hide not. Lord, thy fhcc; For I canhn|)ofor no re- lief, Un - aid • ed by thy grace. Un • aid-ed ^^7 gt^ce.
2. Our Fathers trusting in thy word, Reposed their hope in thee; In thee pro-toe- tion Ibiind, O Loitlj And life and lib • er - ty. And lifb and lib • er - ty.
3. When in thy temple I appear To hear thy sa • cred word; My vows I will pcr-fnrm, and there Thv ben - c-fiw re - cord. Thy ben-e-ftti re - co^d.
4. For thon,fVommenof low es-tate, Wilt n«.t con - ceal thy face; Bot un-to thouc who hura-bly wait, Wilt cive thy promised fpmce. Wilt give thy 'pronuMd gmjm.
5. To all the world will I declare The greatness of thy name ; Assembled sainto my voice shtifl hoar. As 1 thy praise pro-claim. As I thy pvaisepfo • clain^
-<rr:=^^, so» •- ^ ^±^ T«?u. •* •^ •^ ZlJt
^
S--tay
\ r , Soil ^'=^ TiHti. ' ? ' ^ • ' — ' ... ""^
j--.t .
pe-^
\ — h
I
H^
m
B
Gentle
ELTON. C. M.
id enbdned— dietlnet «rMenlnllon.
(IVords l»y MONTGOMBRTO
i^l
_ ... — p_| — |._i ^ — ^ — , —
near.
1. Prayer is the bar -den of a sigh, The fill - ing of a tear; The up-«vard glancing of an eye, When none bat God
2. Prayer is the Christinn's vi - til breath, The Chria-tian*8 na - tive air ; His watch-word at the gates of death. He en-ters beav'n by prayet.
. Prayer is the coo - trite sin-ner^s voice. Re - tarn - ing from his ways; While an -gels in their Hongs re-joice. And cry, *' Be-hold, he prays.**
8
.^1 iiiiiiMiiiii*!! '-
SULLIVAN. C. M.* double.
"WltH Aelte»to vxprewiloay y«t ^nrlUi ardor niid clieerftelnett.
Hot UrU(l»«ly 1»ut
AmuBf cd ror tills "Worlu
109
^^^^^^m.
«s
3:
p
1
1. My Goda my Fftth « er — blni-ial name! Oh! may I call thee mue? May I, with tweet as - snr - aace daioi A por - tioa 00 di - vine?
S. Whate*er thy ho - ly will de - nies, I cheer-fal-Iy re - sign; Lord, then art good, and just, and wise: Oh! bend my willf to thine.
^^Si
i
m
H-
I
< <
^i
2. This on-ly caa my fears con - trol, Apd bid my sor-rowa fly: What harm can ever reach my sou I, Beneath my Father's eye? Beneath my Father's eye?
4. Wbata're thy sa-ered will or-dains, Oh! give me strength to bear; And let me know my Fath-er reigns^ And trudt his tender care. And trust his tender care.
110
LUDLOW. C. M.*
la ■Mdlam tii
tLH-e-h y-^
U^h:
XJJJU
t
i
t^
t
— (-
-r"-
T
S{£
Is
f& — •■
X
t::^
t:=F
:cqi
igj^^^l
:=hz
4. For 70a the pob-lic prayer is made; Oh, join the pab - lie prayer! For 70a the aa - cred tear is shed; Oh, shed yonr-eeUea a tear!
5. We pray that you may ear - ly prove The Savioor*sqaickeiiing grace; Too yoaog yon can - not taste his love, Or seek his smil •> lag ftce.
I=b5
f=^^:
t
-G'
-Pir
il^^li
^gggggJg-^^i
•Hrf-f-rr+r =t
i »■
l^j. ~ ^-J- >_ r^r
1 i
•JT
t=:t
o
«•
j-
11
CONFIDENCE. C. M.
"WltH serenity
V. C. T.
■I' j b ■ b» 3---a — J — ^ — I
I know that my Re • deem - er lives, And ev - er prays for me ; Sal - va - tion to his saints he gives. And life, and lib - er - ty.
tri
*=l!d
W
t=J:
-^-
^^^mw^^M^^m^-
Mife
t
^IP^S^iS^^
J i4-riiii J .J 1_LJ
.1
MULVANIA. C. M.*
CJAtttabUe. RAtlier slow
111
i5.1i|i
:a:
■- /"N -.
^nm
There k a hope, a blessed hope, More precious and more bri^t, Than all the varied forms of joy The world esteems delight, The world esteems delight.
fa-A-wT z-~ — ITT-. z z-T z^ :rr -rl^r , h - — -i :n r t ^ -1 — j ^;
<>
^l^iiS^^iSiSi^^^St
3.*-b-2.ftr
li^
J:-JL j^
--«-- 1 — 1»-
KmU
HANSON. C. M,
t bol4 and trlvmpluuit. (Staccato.)
V. C. T.
IP
•HE
2=:
t^ffct;
§^m
i^gi
1. Lo, what a gTo-rious cor -oer stone The build-ers did re -fuse! Yet God hath built his church thereon,
2. Great God, the work is all di - vine. The won - der of our eves ! This is the day, that proves it thine,
3. Sin-ners re -joice, and saints, be glad; The Saviour's name be blest; Let end - less hon • ors on his head,
4. In God's own name, he comes to bring Sal - va - tion to our race : Oh let the church ad-dress her King,
£B
w.
In spite of en-vious Jews.
This day did Je - sus rise.
With joy and glo - ry rest
With ho - ly songs / of praise.
f" -«=:C ZZ^^ Crcc* ------ Dim*
J. ' ' r^
5^HK
r
1^
a^-E
rtq:
m
112
MAJESTY. C. M.* double.
WlUi Cnut4««r iut4 tvUlmltjr. (Kmmmt990.)
(Altered and newlj amnged for thii work.)
^^g^i^
P F^H
his spirit from on high.
And thu fnl-fib IdiwonL
yi^p^liiilSg^l^pp^^^^
Let longs of prais - et fill the tky! De-hold th* ajeend-ed Lord
Sends down hia spirit from on bigh» And thus . • • . . fnl - fill his wor^
\
^Mi
n
Sends down his spi - rit fr^m on high,
zfzfSi
tESE^S
And thns fnl • fiLs his wsrd.
This score a little slower than the aboTe, and very Staccato. Also in exact time with a strong accent
- — I 1 — I » \0.
^^^^^^=i^iiii=siaHr^^t
Come Ho - Ijr Spi - rit! from a - hove; With thj ce - |es - tial iSre
-fa— r-ril^i^z
-0 # #— *■ — f P f "^— y
Oh come with ho - ly zeal aad love Each heart and tongira in -
»>%-^-
GORHAM. G. M.
i^j^^sitei?
• •
tiJ^t:^
m^^i
--'^
I
:qst
tf^=R^-
'©
I
r-
5
Amuiffed from FAWCETT.
113
-I — -
.-+-^— ■-- ^-+
'^,
^^
1. Foun - taiiL of mer - cy, God of* love. How rich thy boun-ties arol The roll - ing 'sea - bods aa they move, Pro -claim thy con - Btant care.
2. When in the bo - som of the earth The sow - er hid the gruiu, Thy good - ness marked its se - cret birth, And sent the ear - ly rain.
1 I £p — 0.±—^0—0 — ±^ — J— 2AJi_4|-X-^ L.U..J — 0l^^^Ji *"-r3^ »^ss ■--**= —
'■-0-&-
-I — 1,.
a::fi
t
I
.^~X
sa~:^s
^—d
pl" *^ "-
^-^-^=|^iiiiiii
HARMONY. C. M.
. *
t ... f-:f:zr:=--i^:l:gz3r^^:g— g— '=Sg=Jr}r5:p— :p:t£:i=hz
1. Lol what an en" ter •> tain - ing sight Those friendly brethren prove, Whose cheer-ful hearts in bands u • nito • Of bar - mo - ny. .. . and level
2. Where streams of bliss from Christ, the spring, Descend to ev - ery sonl. And heaven-ly peace, with balm-y wbg, Shades and be - d#ws. . the whole!
8. Tia pleaa-ant as the morning dews That fall on Zi-ons Mil, Where God his mild - est glo - ry sbows, And makes his grace., dii - tilL
0—0 ^.X.^_3
R
^i^^^^
^f^^em
J ; ;
p^
!^^g^£g
J J J -• J - - =^- ; ; ; a^^
R^^BFg
V3>^
lilies:
""i^fc'
"^rta^fK^
IJ4
MEDITATION. CM.
V. C. T.
vxm and (•atle. (CBntabll*.)
-K-
^feli^^gS
1. I love to steal a - vvhile away From eve-ry cnrnb*ring care; And spend the hoars of setting duy In humble, grateful prayer, fn ham-ble gratefal prayer.
2. I love in sol - i - ta^e to shed The pen - i - tentiai tear; And all his promis - es to plead, When none but God is near. When none but God is near.
8. I love to think on mercies past, And iu •tare good implore; My cares and sorrows, all to cast On him whom I adore. On him whom I a-dore.
— =r :r>" '^ r=*- "^ r=^ Soli. - - ^ - Tntti. "•^ Riilk
^^^^^^^^^m
a.j.iUL
FT T
i ^i^a ^^
With reTerenee and Utouf^liCfttlBeM*
itttzlr " . - . . .
HH4-
W^^^^^^
INFINITY. C. M.
V. C. T.
/^
■I i
^^l^M^
1. Great God! how inli - nite art thou! What worthless worms are we !Let all the race of creatures bow. And pay their praise to thee. And pay their praise to thee!
2. Thy throne e-ter-nal a^es stood. Ere seas or stars were made: Thou art the ever - living God, Were all the nations dead. Were all the na - fions dead^
8. E « ter-ni-ty with afrits years, Stands present in thy view :To thee there's nothing old appears ;GreatGod!there*s nothing new.Great God! there's nothing new.
1.^.
' \/
WItk AsimatlMi.
WOODRUFF. C. M.
H* H« H*
115
Si^
arprr^:
I^
1. God of our lives, thy va-rious praise Our ' voi - ces shall re - sound : Thy hand di - rects our fleet - ing dajs, And brings the sea - sons round.
2. To thee shall grate- ful songs a - rise, Our Fa-ther and our Friend, Whose con-stant mer-cies from the skies In gen - ial streams de-scend.
T^TS^
:^:t35aESE^
:i-n^
*~-#-T^
' ^ ^ l..^. j^:^ i =T^^ ^ ^
._ J! J J J
J- : J
f^Mu^^^i
il«deraio.
^^^^^fei
BROWNELL. C! M.
Alto be careful not to hurry the sixteenth V. C. T.
notes in the last strain. Rltard
1. And will the Lord thus condescend To vis -it sin-ful worms? llius at the door shall mercy stand, In all her win-ning forms? In
--T-a-JlCTTlg: ^
A -I-
n
^:
m
all her win • ning forms?
/'.Rltar«l/ .... i. .
116
SHERMAN. C. M.
a:dd=p=:i^
t±td^-
m
1. To our Redeemer's glorious name ^--w^atethe sa-credsoogl O, may his love, im-.mor-tal flame, Tune
2. His love what mortal thought can reach 1 What mortal tongue dis- play I Im - ag - i - nation's ut - moat stretch In
ev-erj heart and tongud.
wonder dies a • way.
3. Dear Iiord, while we, a .- dor - in^, pay Our humble thanks to thee, May ev-ery heart with rap- ture say, "The Sariour died for me,"
4. O, may the sweet, fhe bliss - fm theme Fill ev- ery heart and tongue, Till strangers love thy oharming name. And join the sa - ered MQg.
TT
^ 1—
I
i^tifc"
-d.
I
tt^tn:
:az:«=d:
t=:=|:
-.a—et::
I
-L-
w
1
PRAISE. C. M.
V. C. T-
1. O for a thousand tongpues to sing
d.
My dear Re - deem -er's praise, The glories of my God and King, The triumphs of
praise, ine glories oi my lioa ana lung, i he inumpns oi hia grace I
2. My gracious Master and my God, As - sist me to proclaim. To spread thro' all the earth a - broful. The honors of thy namew
8. Jc - sus I the name that oalms our fears. That bidi x)ar tor* rows cease; Tis mu-sio in the sinner's ears; Tis life, and health, ana
t
t—m — I
O^
I
5
-»-g — f
t=x
^s^^
^
i«?i
£±dg
a:
.UJ-4
4
I
^
^m
— -^ J J J j
J.
t
I
^
^ JUNIATA. C. M. (FUGATA.)
Im w^md^rmtm aad eaemei time, dteccato aad avoid a drawling manneir
T:
'::^-n
»4.j-
Oh ! for a cloaer walk with God, A calm and heavenly fVame—
Soli all parts to
:ctz: *!
V. C. T.
117
'^mm
^
A light to Bhine upon the road That leadi me to the Lamb,
Tutti. J
That leaui, &c.
Oh! for a closer walk with God, % A calm and heavenly frame,A light to shine upon the road
tkSA all part* to---------- TnttJk.J
• • • •
That leads, dec.
That leads. &c.
tz|
t
i^g^l
l^^^^^Ee
A calm and heavenly frame—
I
idcf
^— *-^-
E
1,/,
^ 1^
That leads me to the Lamb .
tx
k—^ I— I— -
That leads, &c.
. I f3. ^ ^
:t:^l
GROVE STREET. C. M.
Wltk «b««rfttla«n»^In modlamtlmo.
V. C. T.
fS
Se
1. I love to see the Lord be -low; His church dis - plays his graces But up - per worlds his glo - ry know, And Tiew him face to face.
2. I love to wor-ship at his feet. Though sin an - noy me there; But saints, ex - alt- ed near his teat, Have no as-seulcs to fear.
8. I love to meet him in his court* And taste bis heavenly love; But still his via - its seem too short, Or I too soon re-move.
1
utiz&nC:
r-T-j=z}:
£zig4^jEj^^fezzgjg^
■^ — 1^
■I-
•»---.—
"» ~ .».
FORP. C. M.
-1-^
^-^
^— Jin:=:4
^
* 119
gi
p.
1. The Sa - Tiour 1 O, what end - lees ohanna Dwell in that bliss - ful sound I Its in - fluence ev - erj fear dis- aims, And spreads de • light a - roqnd.
2. Here par-don, life, and joy di - vine, In rich pro - fa - sion flow. For guilt - y reb - els, lost in sin, And doomed to end • less woe.
^^^S
-jr4f-f^^
J._,_j_,j^^J_jJ: -
=12
LLOYD. C. M.
Medivoi Time.
(Suitable for Congregations! Singing.)
1. Ouee more, my soul, the ris-ing day Sn- lutes thy wak-ing vyes: Once more, my Toice, tiiiy tribute pay To him who rules the skiei.
2. Great Qod, let all my hours be thine. While I en - joy the light ; Then shall my sun in smiles de • cline, And bring a peace - fill night
3^^
X
X
\
^ggfe
;
i
T
-O 9-
: ' ■ - — y-o-
_x.^.
m
■ J J J , -i-T-#-i-J-^
J-.J J J J -r^-
J -
lao
MANHATTANVILLE. C. M.
y. c. T
with laftjr Uid la^leatto «S|>restlon> Aadmnt*.
i g-lgg^S
t
I
t^
'^^m
1. Oh rcn-der thankfl, and bleM the Lord, In - voke his ta - cred name; Acqaaint the na-tions with his deeds, His ma teh-less deeds pnM:laim.
1. Sing to his praise in I'of - ty hymns. His won-drons works re-hearse; Make them the theme of your d is - coarse. And sob-jeet of your verss.
8. Re-joiee in his al - migh - ty name, A - lone to be a.dnred;And let their hearu o*er-flow with joy. Who hnm-bly seek the Lord.
LAMENTATION. CM*
^j. I I ■• I ■ •- ■ ^-—J.-^ 1 J-H 1 ■._^ ■ -fc_<| 1 jl.^ 1 j._j ^_j__- 1— — ■• < . "
1. With tears of an - guish I la • ment. Be - fore thy feet, my God, My pas •sion, pride, and d is - con - tent. And vile ia-gral- I - tode.
2. Sure there was ne*er u heart so base, So false as mine has been; So faith - less to its prom - is - es. So prone to eve - ry sin.
8. How lonf , dear Sa-viour, shall I feel These straggles in my breast? When wilt thou bow my stub -bom will. And give my conscience rest?
r^^jgl^^^^^l
J
* III I I >]*
ALBREE. C. M.
ttow Mid dlsttnet. (Alia CtepelU.)
V. C. T.
121
1. H9W belp-Ieft guil-ty na - tara lics» Un - coQ-scioas of her load! The beaitanchangedcaa nev - er rise To hap - pi - neta and God.
2. Can anght be-neeth a power di - Tine The stab-bbm will sab - due? *Tis thine, e - ter - nal Spir - it, thine. To form the heart a - new.
m
mp m
^^m^
r
l^^?=r=*^iH!2^il -"
LA GRANGE. C. M.
FMt.
▼. CI.
l^lrgzpgzzpjziB
t=ti
1. Why should the ohildreD of a Jimg Go moumiB^ ^U thcif dnjsf Oreat Com • fort > er, de - scend, and bring Some to - kent of thj grace.
2. Dost thou not direU in all thj saintS) And seal them, heirs of heavenf ... When wilt thou ban-ish mj complaints, Andshow^ mj sins fitr-nreiil
8. As -sure my conscience of her pai-t In my Re-deemer*a bIood» And bear thy witness, with my neai't, Hiat I am boi« of Q«d. '
-H^-jM-ri-^
t=t
m:
g" #.-i-gr — 0-
I
T
t=i
z*i :3?zz*i :
M^g^^^y
_j.
-^=t
J j i
■ o ■*
E3E?EeE
HS^^^S^^Si
-I -< >- >- J
L J_rj
Sg
± :^J- J. J.± ±' ± ^ J. .n J.
J.
^ rrtf- f tr lL
iiii i.- ...^ . s-srf.-
122
GUILFORD. C. M.*
BBETHOVKlf*
1. Lord! when we bend be - fore thy throne, And oar con - fee - fions poar. Oh
2. Oar con-trite spir-ite pitj-ing see; Tme pen - i - tence ini - part: And
fe^^^
maj we feel the sioa we owtf, And "hate what we de-plore.
a heal - mg nj from thee Beam hope on eve - ry nc
let
leart.
BS^^^Si
HOLLISTER. C. M. (quartette.)
*=t=::l
r i. I Tl r l
^S^
i. And can mine eyes, with-ont a tear, A weep-ing Sa-vionr see? Shall I not weep his groans to hear. Who groaned an^ died for me?
2. Bleet Je-ensI let thoiie tears of thine Sob-dae each stub-bom foe; Come, fill my heart with love di- vine,' And bid my sor^ rows flow.
^^^HlP^i^l
TreMe ^r
5^35
^s
^m^mmMi^
1^;l_-J_^J_J
S ^lir r :£rr=£Et"j!=:tJjzfe g^— i ^
i^*
•All tones in this work npo^fae key of D flat may be transposed to D natural, if the Organ or Piano upon which they are played is not toned upra a lempeiinieAt^
'^o^vtflir to Deader the fanner iiqr agreeable. Bat in no ta$9 wnere this difficalty does noij^bid, would suoh a change be recommended.
CHINA. CM. (OLD.)
■i¥Air.
123
* M od^rato* Im tall tone, but not nolsjr. Avoid a llftlcsseKpreaslon
Hi^Ea
tt
iz:
=S=F
To call them to his aims.
1 . Why do wo monrn de - part-ing frieods, Or shake at death's a-larms? 'Tis bat the voice that Je - sqs sends To call them
2. Are we act tend -ing ap-ward too. To heaven's de - sired a - bode? Why should we wish the hoars more slow, 'Which keep as from our God?
gig M s jl JfagTj+egJJgUt -^'^WI-^
m^
m
W-
This tune has loag been a faTorite with all lovers of sacred song. It is here given in the key of D flat in preference to D natural which is too high for most choiis to sing it in.
CHINA. C. M.*
Hi^«tl«9 in tmXk tone, but not bolstcrons.
Diflbrent version ; old Tenor given as the Treble.
■WAH.
to come; Onr snel - ter from the stormj^ blast, And oar e -
1. O God, oar help ia a - ges past; Our hope for years to come; Our shel - ter from the stormy blast. And oar e - ter - nal home;
2. Be-ineath the shadow of thy thrune,Thy saints have dwelt 'se - core; Snf - fi - cient is thine arm a - lone, And our de - fence ia sure.
8. Be -fore the hills in or - der stood, Or earth re - ceived her frame. From ev - er - last - ing thou art God, To end - less years the same.
L24
^E
E£tEEE±:H
VICTORY. C. M.
^m.
::3iz
M
T
'I
—L.
^^^^
■•(=
1. A -wake, my soul, to Botiud his pnu8«;' A - wake, my burp, to sing: Jom, all my powers, the song to raise, And moraiDg in - ctnse brio^.
2. A-mongtbe peo - pie of his care. And thro' the na > tions round. Glad songs of pmise will I prepare, And there his name re>80una.
8. Be tbou ex - alt - ed, O my Ood, A-bovethe star- ry fnuue; Dif- fuse thy heavenly grace abroad, And teach the world U^ name
Cltond. mritlk -animated expression.
i^gSfe
Intirf— t
E^^-EttEE
LUTZEN. C. M.
IiUTHKR*
m
5
^m
E^
4==t
i
t=t
t=s--
1. Sing to the Lord, ye dis - tant lands, Ye tribes of eve - ry tongue; His new d is - cov - ered grace demands A new and no - ble> song.
2. Say to the na-tions, Je - sus reigos, God *s own al-migh-ty Son; His power the sink- ing world sns- tains. And grace so rronnds his throne.
. « •» .-»
ARTHUR. C. M.
T. C. T.
125
^^^P
PP
gig
F
lii
11
—\ — f
B^
-a-
±
m^
L To thee, mjShep-herd and my Lord, A grate-ful eoDg I raise; O, let the fee -blest of thj flock At-tempt to SDeak thy praise,
i. But how shall mor- tal tongues ex - press A sub-ject so di - vioel — Do jus • tioe to so vast a theme, Or praise a love like thine I
3. My life^ my joy, my hope, I owe To this a - maz - mg love ; Ten thou^ sand thou-sand com - forts here. And no - bier bliss a - bove.
i^sp
^Lecmto. In ■sedlamtfme
ST. MARTINS. C. M.
TANSUR.
1. E - ter - nal Source of joys di-vine. To thee ' my suul as-pires; Oh, conM I say, * The Lord is mine,' 'Tis alt my soul de-sires.
r* f , Soil. ------ 4^ 'Tuttir > ^^ F
^-2- '.»,..;•' - ■ -* • . t . » I"
*•* ^J^siagiflg the SBsll notes in the 2d snd 4th strains of the Base, Tenor, and Alto, coasidcrable variety may be given to the above tunc
.=ix !iJF jpi^-jpji^^. ir r r ^-jg "-^
i
1S6
DELIBER. C. M.
r. o. x:
a
f^
T
=i= ??=*::«=:
1_XL
E tfMfl p^^E^
1. M7 Shepherd will sn^plj mj need ; Je - ho - yah is hiB name ; In pas-tnres fresh he makes me feed. Be • side
2. He brings my wandeqng spi-rit baek When I for -sake his ways, And leads me, for his mer • oj's sake, In paths
Ifae Uy - - inff stream,
of truth and graee.
^P^
P):
t: :dzz
t
m
M
t
t
z
^
^^^^m
ROCHESTER. C. M.
Allefreit*. Cl&eerftil*
<Afl tomfrly lftamaonte«d*>
^m
I.God, my sup- port -er, and my hope, My help for-er-er near. Thine arm of mer - cy held me up. When sink -ing in de - spair^
TIFFANY. C. M. *
Jtlleipretto. Meisa Dl Voce.
t=^T-X
i
If convenient, change the
key of this tune to 5 flat.
V. C. T.
127
l^rzj^
-rzdTnjr
s
Tis sweet to look be-yond my pain, And long to fly a - way: —
Sweet to look up-ward, to the place Where Je*sat pleads a-boTe: —
Sweet to look for-ward, and be - hold £ - ter - nal joys my own: —
1. When languor and die - ease in - vade This trembling house of clay,
2. Sweet to look in>ward, and at *- tend The whis-pers of his love;
8. Sweet to look back, and see my. name In lifers fair book set down;
^ P > ^ mf cj«. =» /
*^^M^^i
m
^^^^^m^Tm^Bi^m^^mm^^.
;.
'■0-
J-:
J .1
ESi
Si^
with Ezpression And Serlensness.
HARWINGTON. C. M.
V. C, T.
1. Op - prest with fear, op - prest with griet, To God I breathe my cry ; ffis mer - cy brought di - vino re - liefi And wiped my tear - ful eye.
2. His mer - oy chased the shades of death, And brought me from the grave ; O maj his praise em - ploy ' ' ' '
that breath, Which mer-cy deigns to save.
':^ «.J
128
BROOKPIELD. C. M.*
Ftorttjr
liritk Uito
1. How Ur be-yond our mor - tal «fbt The Lotd of glo - rj dwells ! A vail of in - ter - pof - ing nighc Hif ra - diant face con-ceala.
% Oh could my long-ing ipir - it rise On strong, im - mor - tal wing, And reach thy pal - ace in the skies, My Sa - viour and mj King!
^ggi^^^gpi^g^^^
SSES^E^
Alleipretto
PEMBERTON SQUARE. C. M.*
Lord, who a - mong the sons of mcu May vis - it thine n - bode ? He, who has hands from mis-chief clean, Whose heart is right with God.
^i^^^^l^pg-g-^^iPii^
^gs^^f^n
J.- j:
■^ "T
OAa^
*EEt
^ / j , J.
JL-I
,-- J.
RT^
CORINNO. C. M. (REstoNsivE.)
SpirttaosOf
V. C. T.
129
liifcJW;
^-i-
l^o:
zf.?=:::irfir|r
*=*
-.^
mi
Hark! the glad sound! the 6av • ioar comes. The Sav - iour promised long! Let e^o - ry heart pre-pare a throne.
And
^^iljlE«Elg^3Epl:i
^^f qf ~r -r fi
muij ^ iux^ ^^^ ^^^ ^m
And eTe - ry Toice a
-/t
J^JLUL^^
^S?tJ3^:
T-V ;- T? i-J-T-i- J-H^f- -T-^---rW Tf'-V^^^?-^
n
Let eTe - ry heart pre - pare a
throne, • .
And
iv« « ry voice a song.
[17—8. M.l
W#«X'"
PLEASANT VALLEY. C. M.*
Allecretto RlAOlnto
:=m.
1 O'er moo Ota in tops the monot of God
8. The beams which shine from Zion*s hill
In lat - ter days shall rise — A - hove the aammiti of the hills — And draw the wondering eyoe.
Shall light-«n eVe-ry land; The King who reigns in Salem *■ towers Shall all the world command.
ing who reign
::■ f
* V g ^
I M ^L^ _ ^ — m ^ ^~-X^ 1. x^
___^ — ^F
J 5 g
P
NORWICH. C. M.*
Rre« Mad easjr ma^cmenty ifrltli plmln artlcialaUon. _ _ _
i
::t=l:
— f-
t
•1^
J^--:!^
t=4==t
trrzi
r
1. My fonl, how love-ly ia the place To which thy (iod re - lort*! 'Tia heavrn to *ee his smil-ing face.Tho' in hi« earthly couru. Tho' in hi» earthly eoartk
8. With bit rich gift* the heavenly Dove descends and 611s the place ; While Christ reveals his wondrons lovc,Aod sheds abroad his grace. And sheds abnMd hb paee.
^ ^ — ]" J J J. J" J" ^ J Ji.^, il Jl ^. ^ J i r V J J j -^ -^ i- ^' J J
j ii-jT-Tr:zr(!L±
spirits
:t^
$=t
1^
L^
ELKLAND. C. M.*
131
m
1. Firm-ly I stand on Zi-on's hill» And view my star-ry crown; No power on earth my hope can shake. Nor hell can thrnst me down.
^*i^
STAFFORD. C. M.
H* H« H*
E
■I h
t: _I_iJ
£3
I
t
^^
1. My Ood, the SDtmg of all my joys. The life of my delights, The ^lo - ry of my bright -est days. And oom - fort of my nights.
2. In dark-est snades, if he ap-pear, My dawn-ing is be -gun; He is my soul's bright mom- ing star, And he my ris - ing sun.
X
-5^— V-^
S^^
t
I
.^^^f^^
i
J , ;^-L J
J
n
^i^^^
t
i± Jj^ $. ^^ ji 4 ,iL^
t
n
:^
iijr u-i i
P
■J-
vXj.
:ii=
J — J-J
pi
132
FLORIAN. CM. double
V. C.T
IB iBMIaak tiiB*, wttk tkovffhtftiliMn. (AflMaem.)
-U-U-L
^^^^m
thoa who drient the uiourner*8 tear, How dark this world would be, If, pierc*d by sins and sor-rows here, We coald not By to tbe#.
t. Oh! who coold bear life*s stor-my doom. Did not thy wing of love Come brightly Wafting through the gloom Our p«ae«-branch ftom aboT«?
^^^m^^^^^m
isa
^ ^mffn^j m ^w^'
J.
J.
1*
f
2. The friends, who . in oar sun-shine live, When win -ter comes, are flown; And he who has bat tears to give, Most weep those tears n • lone
4. Then sor - row touched by thee, grows bright. With more than rnp^tare's ray; As darkness shews as worlds of light We nev - er taw by dny.
gPS^^^l
EMMERSON. C. M.*
1^
-l-j:
tfi—
1
t=t
[ilffii^=1^il^
+:=T:t-I=
±
t:z±
1. O sU y9 landa, re- joice in God, Singprais-es to his name; Let all the earth, with one ac - cord, His wondroos acts pro- claim; —
1. And let bif failh-ful ser-?ant« tell How, by re*deein-ing love. Their aoula ars saved from death and hell, To share the joys a - hove; —
^g^^^EiS3S^gyp5^5^^S
r ^ w r 7 r*
^^ ^^^^nsfe^^g^i^p
■III
M-l
iiir
ClM«vfM aprfiflfttljr moTe«»e»t«
VOLTINO. C. M.*
1. The Savionr! ph' what endless charms Dwell in that bliss -ful sound! lU influence ev*ry fear dis - arms« And spreads de-light a - round.
4. How rich the depths of love di-vine! Of bliss, a bound-less store! Dear Saviour, let me call thee mine— I can - not wish fur more!
^ ^^ ^ — ^ ^ 1 ^ *- — — K L »■ 1 — ^ ^
^^^^■s^pgfl
1^
^-^
^^jB ^liP
.. 4-
^hm
134
MIAMI. C. M.
ModMrmto. UnUk au^sijr* (Bta«oato.;
3»a:
1r=f
l^z^
^si
tf*T=i=Ci=:J?
"f-
I
Mac ihta t«M «poB Bt) or Bb
T. C. T.
p?
]. The Lord our God is clothM with might,The winds o - bey his will; He 8peaks,and in his heavenly height The roll-ing sun stands still.
4. His voice sub-lime is heard a - far, In dis - tant peals it dies ; He yokes the whirlwinds to his car, And sweeps the howl - ing skies.
5. Ye na - tions bend, in rev*-rence bend ; Ye monarchs wait his nod, And bid the cho - ral sonar as - cend, To eel - e - - b^ate our God.
3=?
Medl
SPRINGrFIELlJj. C M. Be c«rerul to keep the time correctly m
the second measare or the third strain.
V. C. T.
I^SSi^i^li
1. I wait-ed meek - ly for the Lord, He bow*d to hear my cry; He aaw me redt-ing on his word. And brooght sal • va - tion nigh.
3. ril spread his works ^ grace a -- broad. The suinta with joy ahull hear, And ain-ners learn to make my God, Their on - ly hope and fe
11.11 av ttsml ClMriHi V_V ^=3
<> TmM.
at
^^-
^m
0:t
JL -J. -JL J.
^mJ^
IM:
ii^^
'^^M
CORONATION. C. M.
Allegretto Blaecato. liritlk atronc aecent vpnn the flret part of the meoeure.
# BenU-choro. #1 Soil. Chorna.lf:
8eml-cl&oro«#:
0« HOIiDKV.
135
in Lord of all. Bring forth the royal di •
1. All hail,the great Immanuel's name! Let angels prostrate fall: Bring forth the royal diadem, And crown him Lord of all. Bring forth the roj^al di • a-dem, And crown him Lord of all.
6. Let every kindred, every tribe, On this terrestrial ball. To him all majes-ty as-cribe, And crown him Lord of all. To him all ma-jes • ty ascribe. And crown him Lord of all.
6. Oh! that with yonder sacred throng,We at his feet may fall ; And join the everlasting song, And crown him Lord of all. And join the ev • er 'lasting song, And crown him Lord of all.
# 8eaal-«laoro.< Soil. Choms.lf; Beml-ol&oro./; Clikoruajr.
^
tq=q=t
I
i^^
# Semi-olftoroyi
Treble and Alto sing the Doeti alternate'y, with the Baa* and Tenor.
Boll. Choras.H; . Benal-ehoro./;
•^ Se»l-eboro.r^^^, f^ ^
L:^ J- J J K J" m Ohomajr. -J-. J^ J
* In other words than those Bet, it may be advisable to sing this tune throughout, in Chofns ; excepting the Duett in the third line.
OXFORD. CM.
HAIXEBTDAAI*.
* &^J^^..^m-»
136
CLEARFIELD. C. M.*
Y. CI.ARK*
Allegretto lllMa«io« la exact Uhf
iJ:i^ ^ f^=f# ^ ffTtf
S«lk
'for a shout of sa - cred joy To God, the sovereign Kinff! Let eve-ry land their tongues employ, And hymns of tri-umph sing.
^m
Let ere-ry
• ^-f-r =tr4 fe:
-t-^ ^ ^ X
land their tongues employ, And hymns
^^^^^^^g^
And hymtis of triumph sing* And hylnns of
' > tr ~ ■ — ^^ --f- -p-
J J-J — M « ^— 1# r , i. L.L..J — fi—
of t^i-uii^ iinf^
Let every
And hymns of tri • umph sing.
Let every land their tongues employ, And hymns of triumph sing;
ft
i
BELLERMA. CM.
137
Oh, luLp'py is tlie man, who hears In-struc-tion^s waro-ing voice ; And who, ee - les - tkl wis - dom, makes His ear - ly,, on- ly choice.
VILNA. C. M.*
e
i^afcfa
1. How pre - cious is the book di - vine, By in - spi - ra - tion given ! Bright as a lamp,
2. It sweet - ly cheers our droop-ing hearts. In this dark vale of tears ; Life, light, and joy it still im • parts, AmTqmflli our ris • ing fears.
3. This latnp,thit/ all the te - dious night Of life, shall guide our way; Till we be - hold the clear ^ er light Of an e -ler-Balday.
-m^t
52* 'S-acE.* «■" *.f'Mm! •««
a ■in nijiii""^*
138
*
RELIANCE. C. M.
1. Be - Tood tb« glittering, star • rj sk^, Whieh God's right hand siu - tains, There, in the boundless worlds of light, Our great ReHleem- er re^
2. The host of an- gels, strong and fiur, In eount-less armies shine; At his right hand, with gold - en harps. The j of- fer songs di - yii
reigns.
Tine.
HOLLIS. C. M.
T. C. T.
1. Fa-therof merdes, in thy word What endless glo - rj shines I For • ey - er be thy name a - dored. For these ee
2. Tis here tlie tree of knowledge grows. And yields a free re - past ; Here purer sweets than nature knows In - yite the
les - tial lines,
long - iog taste.
BERMUDA.
md, €)m mtmMle*
t=t
Tt::
I
^-#-#— #-
E?iS£|i^
1. Oh, that I knew the se - cret place Where I might find my God ! I'd spread my wanta be - fore hja fkce, And pour my woes a - broad.
2. Vd tell him how my sina a - rise, What sor- rows I sus-taio; How mce de - cays, and com • fort dies, And leares my heart in pain.
3. He knows what ar • gu • ments Vd take To wres-tle with my God — I'd plead for his own mer - by'sBake~>lM plead my Sa - TiouHs blood.
^g^f?
SUEZ. C. M.
^n^fPg fe^i£Hi^ g^^ ^Nf'L4lJ-«&IJ^
1. How Bweet, up - on this sa • cred day, The best of all the seven. To cast our earth -ly thoughts a - way, And thmk of God andheaTeot
2. How sweet to be al - lowed to pray Our sins may be for - given I "With fil - ial oon - n - dence to say, " Fa - ther, who art in heaven I"
8. How sweet the words of peace to near From him to whom 'tis given, To wake the pen - 1 • ten - tial tear. And lead the way to heaven I
I
^&i^
r.:
,*. ■'■^. ft.
140
EXHORTATION. C. M.
Lord, in the morning thon ghftlt hear My voice as • cend - iog high,
To thee will I direct ray prayer, To thee lift up mine eye,
To thee will I di-
&!$
t
Lord, in the morning thou shalt hear My roioe at • cend - ing high.
4——»-
To thee will I di - reet my prayei^o thee UH up mine
t ptt z
To thee will I direct my prayer, To thee lift op mine eye.
1^
To thee will I direct my ptkyer, To thee lift up mina ey«,.
WILBER. C. M.
T«>thaewia I,4«.
T. C. T.
rect my prayer, To thee lift up mine eye.
^^^^^^^^^^m^^
1. 8pi- rit of peace, celestial Dove, How ex - eel- lent thy praise ! No richer gift than Christian love Thy gracious power display!
9 Sweet as the dew on herb and flower. That si- lent-ly dis -tills, As evening's soft and balmy hour. On Zi • en's fruitful hiUa.
a. So, with nuld influence from above, Shall promised grace descend, Till u - ni - versal peace and love 0*er a|l the earth extend.
^te4B£^^21i£Jlt^T
SHELDON. C. m:
H« Ha H*
141
-M-tU-»^
f r r n
^fe^^i^^^pa ^Tf^^^ P^^^P
1. Au-thor of good, to thiee we turn: Thine ey - er wake - fiiAye A -lone can kU our wants dia - cern, Thy hand a • lone enp - plj.
1 0, )et thy Iota witb-in ni dwell, Thy fear our foot • steps guide ; That lore shall rain - er loTes ex - pel. That fear all fears be - side.
I f I ' i p f ' f " r
WOODBRIDGE. C. M.
M^dUtmtOh Diatlncty yrlth expresstoni
V. C. T.
t
:t=tt.
•=!-#—# — •— •
7!^id=:iti
iiiiif£fj|t^*!ilgi^lii3§
1. Oh mny my heait, hy graee re-newed, Be my Re-deem-er's throne; And be my stnb-bora will sub*dued, His right ^ fnl elaim to own.
8. Pre-serve me safe from eve • ry siti. Through my re « main-ing days; And let eaoh vir - tue in me shine, To my Re-deemer*s praise.
4. Let live-ly hope my soal. in -spire; Let warm af - fec-tions rise; And may I wait with strong de-sire, To mount a -hove the skies.
' ^ r jt --f r r T
* I f r fc^
■' Tfr^H^pHit^
:3^a»ta.i!!?«
142
GENEVA. CM.
When all thy mercies, O mj God,
Trmniported with the view rm lost In won - der, lote, tod pntee.
3^
When all thy mer • • cies, O my God My ris-ing eottl aar-Yeys, Trana-port - ed with the Tiew^ I'm loet
In wonder, lore, and praiae.
EiEi^353S3f
rft
ISPJi
iCP
When all thy mercies, O my God,
When all thy mercies, O my God,
i«
ti
:*«*t
in won • der. lo?e, and ptaiae.
i^
SUMNER. CM.
Flo'vrlaif BijrlOy e««Atte|| Uuree beat* to a aaeaaar*. Moderato.
V. C. T.
^Si^giessiia
■■^^4r-
W;;_^ ■ -*• ■ i.^_^
1. Oh how I love thy ho-ly law! 'Tia daUljr my de - light : And thence my meditationa draw Di « vine ad - Tioe by night Di-vine ad-vico by night.
2. My waking eyeaprerent the day, To med-i-tate thy word: My aonl with longing melta a way, To hear thy go«-pel. Lord. To bear thy goa-pel. Lord.
Tt^S^tft-; : 0~- j r-f im'. prrrz^-ti;; z#r:#:p?z~: ^uort:*': qt
_j:3jLj^4Ji_i
«5^ti:f
5=:^
I
0Xm
>pf' pr*
i
^: ^^^^..-:^ ..
i i u I r I I i
r r^ jrni i
« •
J
iSt.A^
WALTER. C. M.*
143
M) — ■ ■ — IT ^V " "1 T - " ^
*^m
tI=P
'dWl^^^^^.
1. Oh how I lote thj ho • \y law! 'Tii dai • I^ mj de - light: And thence my med - i - ta • tioni draw Di - vine ad - vice by night.
t. My wak • ing eyei pre • vent the day. To med - i • tate thy word : My aoul with long • ing roeltd a - way, To hear thy got • pel, Lord.
^^iiai="^iil^=iS^^i^^^^^ii
AUegr^tto. VeMa dl voee*
^p££|g[jr3g ^
CRAWFORD. C. M.
^^^S
liOlVBLI. JHASOir.
From the ** Choir/' by permiMion.
^__ ■ ^~_^ L.J_L AJi> .^ t * M. *^ • A* mill ^^ J 1^ 11 i_ 1 I *A ^ n^*ll /"^^J — li^^i ■ t.* i 1a. a
l.Th^re is a house not made with hands, G-ter • nal, and on high ; And here my spl • rit wait - ing stands Till God shall bid it fly. Till God shall bid it fly.
t. 'lis he, by his almighty grace, That forms thee fit for heaven ^ And, as an ear-nest of the phce. Has his own spi • rit given. Has his own spi - rit given.
3. We walk by fluth of joys to come ; Faith lives np - on his word ; But while the body is our home, We're ab-sent from the Lord. WeVe ab - sent from the Lord
^.fz^fepfe
M. (Sing throughout
"* in the noeUUnu.)
fS^^BE
m
<> <> O Solk
<> Taiti*
i^l^'S
tp-fzttiitfctc
I
■^=0.
i^li
tv^.K'->''-.i
•♦. » •;
144
Anm^gmHU. wnok
ELLERY. C. M.
t «m4l ^oi !•• I«vd*
V. C. T
1. Tliou love - ly source of true delight, Whom I un-seen a-dore; Un-veil thy beau-ties to qpy sight, Tl
5. Je - sua, my Lord — my life— my light, Ob! come with bliss-Ail ray; Break through the gloomy shades of night, Ai
6. Then shall my soul with rapture trace I'he won-ders of thy love : Then shall I see thy glorious fij^e In
Thatnt may lo?e thee iDoee.
Aid chase my fears a - way.
end - less joy a -* bove.
HAVEN. C. M.
It* C«1m •■4 g jcpf w i y»
Wordfl and BIwsle by THOS. HA^TIIIOBr-
rrom the <* Manhattan CoU«** by yrmi— toau
1. E^th'i stormy night will soon bo o'er : Tlie rag-ing winds shull cease, Tne Christian's bark will reach the shore Oft
1. E^th's stormy nij^ht will soon bo o'er : The rag-ing winds shall cease, The Christian's bark will reach the shore Of heaven's eternal peace, Of beaveiPs e-t^r-nSl peact-
2. E'en now the dis-tant ra^rs appear, To chaso the gloom of ni^ht} The Sun of Righteousness is near, And terrors take their flight, And terrofs take their Hiflrt.
->■ J J. J- j" ' 1" J.
fWKS ^
1^
-K ^•,.:j.j',p kk-^-J^
Kft»S
P
BARNARD. C. M.
SOLI.
"WlCli Amoll«B a«d deap •olemaltj^, but Moi too sl^w.
IViitCen ezproMlr ft»r tM« wo«U Mi.
V. C. T.
f T t
145
hisFi
m^m^^^m^^^^mm^^^
1. Behold what pity touched the heart Of (Jod'n eternal Son ; Descending from the heavenly court,He left his Father** throne,Descending from hit heavenly couit.He left his Father's throne.
* S. His lif ing power, and dying love, Redeemed unhappy man, And raised the ruins ofour race To life and God again. And raised the ruins of our race To life and God a-gain. "*
Soil. Tutth I f f
t*n:=i
tifcit
^ t
S«lt.
f
fx
m/^ J jOi— .
an (143, Churcn Psalmody,) either to Lutzen, Dundee, or any other tune of like character.
Ji^Jj-J.
I
* Sing the Sd stansa of this Hymi
TORRINGFORD. C. M.
M«dlmna naoT«mesit« CluinUint Stylo.
m
V. C. T.
t— rri--^
t=t
tPi
i
i=ft
m
1. A -gain our eartbry cares we leave, And to thy courts re -pair; A - gain with joy-ful feet we come, To meet our Sa-viour here.
2. Within these walls let ho - ly peace, And love, and concord, dwell ; Here give the troubled conscience ease^ The wounded spir - it heal.
5. Show us some token of thy love, Our fainting hope to raise; And pour thy lilessin? from a -hove. That we may ren-der praise.
C19-«.|II.]
"H
ur^t
t^'i^m - )*
146
MELVEN. S. M.
V. C. T.
Medlvdi aior«ai«Bt<
fe-fei^^l^SE^i
::Cnr_-irx
...p.
gfi^^iflU
1. If, through nil - nif- fled seaf, Toward heaven we calm • Ij sail. With grate-fol hearts, O God, to thee, WeMI owd the fostering gale.
2. But shonld the sarg - es rise. And rest de - lay to come. Blest be the sor - row — kind the storm. Which drives os near - er home.
8. Soon shall oor donbts and fears All yield to thy coo - tiol : Thy . ten - der mer- cies shall il - luiiie The mid-night of the sonl.
4. Teach us, in eve - ry sts^te, To make thy will onr own; And when the joys of sense de - part To li%e by fukh a - 1ob«.
Soil. Tnttl*
Soil. Tata.
aq
m
4---^-J-^ ^ ^ L 1 1 ^ X 1.
^---t^ii^Efiiii^^^^
f" J
ii^
/:^'=r?t
JL
£3
4!2=-J
i
!5L£
t=t
■Kri
I
•^
KINNICUT. S. M.
Ha B. SI*
I
+-H — ^
^1
1. My soul, re - peat his praise, Whose mer - cies are so great, Whose an - ger is so slow to rise, So rea - dy to a • bate.
2. His power sub-dues our sios. And his for - gir - ing loye, Far as the east is from the west, Doth aU our guilt re - mvr^
8. High as the heayens are raised A - bore the ground we tread. So far the rich - es of his grace Our fa^
- est thou^ts ez - eeodl "A
^gagi ^ ^
r
I
J^.J? - J- J - j:.^ p. -J-
•Itr^
U g I
r
UMAGO. S. M.
J47
A eh«rale* (AUa cappellaO
X
■ ::?£t Jr±£iz;t:z±t=St:::l
U:
:jz::
It
1
•11^^
1. Sing praii-es to oar God, And bless his sa - cred name; His great sal - ya - lion, ali a - broad, From day to day pro - claim.
2. Midst heb-then na - tions place The glo - ries of his throne; And let the won - ders of hb grace Thro* all the earth be known.
SHOLES. S. M.
m
^ Tbe Spi - rit, in oar hearts, Is whispering, ** Sin - ner, come f The bride, the church of Christ, procUims To all his ohil - dren, " Oome t"
2. Let him that hear^th saj To all a - bout him, " Come ;** Let him that thirsts for right -eoua-ness To Christ, the foun - tain, oome.
^
t=tl==t
feE azjzazi F I J N J
t
■ji.
-«-
1
t
— ti^-i:*— ^
rnr r r"^ ^^
.^^f^X'isakf&.'
148
ATHENS. S. M.
S«mplto«, IHirmU^ ■•mpre Sotto Vcm*.
Y. C. T.
1. Our heaven- ly Fa - ther, hear The pray'r we of - fbr now, Thy name be hal - low'd fer and near, To thee all na - tkms bow.
2. Thy king - dom come— thy will On earth be done in love ; As saints and ser - aph - im ful - fil Thy per - feet law a - boVto.
db Our dai - - ly bread sup - ply, While by thy word we live ; The guilt of our in - i - - qui • ty For-give— «8 we for - giv«.
6. Thushum-bly taught to pray. By thy be lev - ed . Son, Thro' him we come to thee and say, ** A 11 for his sake be mm.
dhtrl:»:h*r
LEYDEN. S. M*
Aront AcbMit toy R. BBIXAMT*
1. Howcharm-ing is the place Where my Re - deem - er God Un-veils the glo - ries of his face, And sheds his love a - bro«4.
3. Here, on the mer - cy seat, With ra - diant glo - ry crowned,Our joy - ful eyes be - hold • him sit, And smile on all
:S— a
m^ M= ^^ ^^.
^^m
J. J.
-£ i
-X
VERONA S. M.
V. C. T.
149
T
1. Blest Com - fort - er di - vine! Let rays of heaven - ly love A - mid our gloom and dark - ness shine, And guide our souls a - bove.
2. Draw, with thy still small voice? Us from each sin - ful way; And bid each mourn - ing saint re - joice, Though earth-ly joys do - cay.
^^ 1
1^
li^gE^-EiEilEEi^i^E^i
t=t:
^ii^^^^ai
- *i
- 1
Ksdemto. Sini^ the ^f quite sloiv.
I t - ■ ■ ■ 'ir—^^
PARIA. S. M.
V. C. T.
ss§
A charge to keep I have, A Grod to glo - ri - fy; A nev - er . dy - ing soul to save. And fit it tor the sky.
Help me to watch and pray, And on thy - self re - ly; Assured if I my trust be - tray, I shall for - ev-er die.
t-
^
^PS^
LEWISTON. S. M.
r
r
^a^
t=^
i
tr±=t
t+
tm^^^ ^m^i^^^
1. O, blessed souU are they Whose sins are coy - ered o'er ; Di - Tino-ly blest, to whom the Lord Impates their gpilt no more, Imputes their ^ilt no more.
2. They mourn their follies past, And keep their hearts with care ; Their lips and lives, without de - ceit, Shall prove their faith sin - eere, Shall prove their faith sin - cere.
rri I i ij-t
-^- -^^ ^- ~^~ "^F* "^F*
I
m
■«-
R-
^ — H
1
j J - J- J- J.
^f rir r I ->^
-j-^j j i I i f i I i in% =ip| ip ± i
:l J ^ -^ ^j
-j-j jj. ^ J. J. J. J. J J.
— — - ■■ # ■ ■ 'M^i m ■ ■ 11 ■ » I
bullock: s. m.
WAAL. S. M.
^ , . Meddam rtoM^ plala iirtie«liitl»«.
▼. C. T,
151
X
ai:=rz±trdlr*zEzr:
4. M7 gra - eioui God, how plain Are th
3. How per - feet U tby word! And al'
"ir
— 6--?-
^__j
LISBON. S. M.
Allegretto. Cbawtant atjrle.
.il.fctr> L..
t
- I "iff ■■ ' 1 1 I 1^ « »-— —I
^
D. RKAPy New HaTen, Coaa.
1
^^E
I
1. Wel • come» eweet day of rest, That saw the Lord a - rise ; Wei - come to this re - viv • ing breast, And these re - joic - ing eyes
2. Je ' sas him- self comes near, And feasts his saints to - day ; Here we may sit, and see him here, And love, and praife, and pray.
3. One day, a • mid the place Where God my Sa - viour's been, Is sweet-er than ten thou-sand days Of pleas • ore and of sin.
4. My will • ing soul would stay In such a frame as this, Till called to rise, and soar a - way, To ev - er - Jast - ing . bliss.
e*
mf r>- ^=:=r:ill]r>- Soil. -«=c ^•tti./
^k. '-.i
^^w*^p3"'p
16S
BURLINGTON. S. M.
V. C. T.
Ohsral. Stovr, with ravcrcne* aiiA UtongbtftUiie**.
^
■t==i
^M
1. And will the God of grace* Per-pet-uai n-Ieoce keep? The God of jue-tice hold bk peaee. And let hie yengeaace eleep?
^§^^P5
ETIJiE
(The Treble should be Ming the softest, the melodj being in the other ptrts.y
^^^unn^ ^
WATCHMAN. S. M.
1. Let soogi of end-less praiie From eve - ry na-tion rise; Let all t^ lands their trib - nte raise, To God, who roles the skies.
2. Hie mer-cjr and his love Are boundloss as his name; And all e - ter - ni - ty shall prov^ His tmth remains the same.
BUTLER. S. M.
153
In ni«dl«fl& tfiae.
1. Stent " Com • fort - er di - vfael Let rays of heavenly love A - mid our gloom and dorkneta ahlne, ^nd gnide oar sonli a-bove.
^aaBgiipgipii
n
1
^ J_J:
A -J -4 L_.
^
PLATEA. S. M.»
Bfodemto. Stuif tike ^ siaeeato
1. Oh, cease, my wandering soul. On rest-lmis wing to roam; All this wide world, to ei-ther pole, Haa not for thee a home.
S. Be • hold the ark df God! Be •* hold the e-pen door; Oh, haste to gam thot dear a-boide. And rove, my aotil, no more.
8. Tiier«, safe tfaoo skalt a - bide. There, eweet shall be thy. rest. And eve-ry long-ing sat - is - iied, With full aal - va • Uoli bleat.
54
HORTON. S. M.
Ia aMdlvflA ttaMt ivltk ttlitt^rfkl •zpresilMt*
i^
1^=1:
t=t
1. M/ Sa-vioar, and mj King, Thy beaa - tie* are di-vina; Thy Kpa with hlnaainp o - ver - flow. And eva • ry pace u thine.
^"Erfftfrrlr^
CAIRO. S. M.*
ll ^i liM^J^+^^^^'^4^ ^
1. Mr
2. Ah,
8. When
for-mer hopes are fled. My ter-ror oow be .- gins; I feel, a - las! that I an dead In tres-pass-es and sins,
witlh-er shall I fly ! I hear the tbon-der roar; The law proclaims de - Bttnc-tion nigh. And vengeance at the door.
I re-view my ways, I dread im-pend - ing doom; Bat sore ^ a ftiend-ly whisper says, "Flee from the wrath to come."
■ ■■■' ■ ■'■ ■ ■ ^~ '■■ ■ ' ' 1 'I
'^"hftf f~C f-g
it—-
■
t .4
--...r^ V.
PYNE. S. M.
BaSLb.
V. C, T. XO&
^p E^^^ Sl^^^^^^l^gfeEdggE^S
1. u, cease, my 'wanaenng soui, uo resueas wipg lo roam ; ail idib wiae wona, lo eiuier poie, nas doc lor uiee a nome, uat doc lor tnee «
2. Be-hold the ack of God ; Behold the o - peo door ; O, haste to ^aiD that dear a-bode, Aod rove, my soul, do more, Aod rore, my soul, do
8. There safe thou shalt abidet There sweet diall be thy rest, Aod e^ery looging sat -is-fied, With full salva-tioo blest, With full sat-va - tion
home,
more,
blest
EieM
J JJ_J-J J- JJ-i L,^J J -j-j j-.^ ^^} J. ±± ^J-} j^/j J -J- J
I I 1 I
SCOTIA. S. M.
^^^^^
?
I
I o-
P=^=^=^
m
1. Sweet is the work, O Lord, Thy glo - rious oame to siog, To praise aod pray, to Wkr thy word, And g^te-ful offer - logs briuff ; —
% Sweet, at the dawniog light. Thy bound-less loTe to tell, And, when ap-proach the s&des o|p night. Still on the theme to dweU.
IkjP^Li:,. "t ,
r ' r r r i
i.^ £: i i " ^ai^ III jw 111! ■■ " '* *- «
[56 TURIN, e. M.
WItk d«cp ■•UmaltjTy subdued tone, and In medium time.
Er±=uz±:lr=tt3l==t:i:tEt553:t=zir3:
V. C. T.
1. Did Christ o*er sin - nprs weep, And 'shall oar cheeks be dry? Let floods of pen - i - ten - tial grief Burst forth from ere - ry eye
2. The Sod of God in tears, The wondering an - gels see! Be thoa as - toa-ished,0 my susl! He shed those tears fcr thee.
8. He wept — that we might weep/Elach sin de-roands a tear; — In heaven a - lone no sin is foond. And there's ae weep-i^g theroL
«k
w-^ "^ ^ -^ ^ W^, ^ ^ V -^ ^- ^ _ ^ • ^ ^ —
B^i^Sil^ii^g^^^S
J. J.
^-^w-
^fe
1 — rt- t:ti
i_J il
J^
J. J.
i
i_a
-M-
^
i
GRiSECE. S M.*
Con iolemnlte^ C<iulte sl<r«r.>
Eh
■WAXKBai TATU>R.
tt:it=t
^ 3 " -
1^
t
-&~
{:rr4jrrr— rr
■ ' - ^ J -I - ■ — — >
1. Did Cbrifl e'er sin - ners weep. And . shall our cheeks be dry? Let floods of pen - i - ten « tial grief Borst forth from e^e • ry vfrn^^
1. The Son of God in tears. The won-dering an-gel« see! Be thoa as - ton-bhed, O my sonl! He shed those tears for tliee^
8. He wept — that we might weep,Cach sin de - mauds a tear; — In heaven a - lone no sin is fonnd.And there's no weej^ing there.
SSS^
t
gf:=«
--J- '^-5 ^-^ ^
o
1=1
\
— WL.^.^ _ ' jp _ * " *-^ —^ f ■
r T T
g^^i^^^ ^ ^ tel ^i gi^^^
tt:^te
^ _i _».
— * I l u iii ■ !, /
ANDROS. S. M.*
157
WaJentMi Mas th» f ■laeeal«>
»; I sna
i=5ES^^l
S3±U— 5=:t=t
rt
1. The Lord my shepherd »; I snail be well sop-plied; Since he is mine, and I am his* What can I want he-side ? What can I want he -side?
2. He leads me to the place, Where heavenly pasture grows; Where living waters gent-ly pass. And fall sal - va - tion flows. And fall sal- va- lion flows.
— 4 f I. gT* - ■ J- ^ — ^ — #— -~ — ■• z^^0^Lm — m — — 1 ^ ■ •-# j-# — :-# — ^ — j0- ■ g >- '
^SS
-J- ^ ^ I
J. K '»» J —
• «• fi
^ ;g / J
jL
'^t^^s
CHENEY. S. M.
V. e. V.
Jl
fc4
i:
— »-r
11
, L Wei - eomt, sweet day of rest, Thnt saw the Lord a - rise ; Wei - eome to this re - viV - ing breast And these re - joic - ing ejeSk
2. The King him - self comes near, And feasts his saints to - day ; Here we may sit, and see him here, And lore, and praise, ami pray.
158
CALMAR. S. M.
^l^tki slnceiitjr of maanery In u«dlvin time*
Hi
l:hi
1^^^^^
4. My gracious <jod, how plain Are tbv di - rec-tiona given! Oh! may I ne?-er read in vain, But find the patli to heaven.
8. How per-fect it thy wor«*! And all thy jadgmenta jnat! For- er - er sure thy promiee. Lord, And we se-cnre - ly tmat
i^S
HUlJ
^^i^s^i^
MeMIr in tka Itaae.
GLIDDEN. S. M.
V. C. T.
1. HaO to the Sab -bath day! — Tlie day • di - tine - ly given. When men to Gk>d their horn - age pay, And earth draws sear
2> Lord, in this sa - cred hoar, With - in thy eourts we bend. And bless thy love, and own thy power, Our Fa - ther and
to beaTefj^i
our Friend.
J
i- ^-i^ ^i J.J. J. J J .J ^
J
frF=R=
^mm MM^r
ATTICA. S. M .*
m
Bttcltali Theme*
&• WOOD\irARI>.
1^9
~*£d^
m
3^
r:±z:^z:j!!:
^i^^p^slPl^il^l^
1. The Spir-ir, in oor hearts, Is whispering, * sin-ner, come;' The bride, the cbarch of Christ pro-claims To all hift children, * come!'
4. Lo? Je - sns, who io - vites, Declares, *I qaickly come:' Lord, e - ven »q\ we wait thy hoar; blest Re - deem-er, come!
^l^^s^
PLAINFIELD. S. M.
MTUli expression* CheerftU, Intt not hotsterons.
t^iE^
t
m
V. C. T.
I«en«
1. *Tis God the Spir-it leads
2. Sop - port - ed by his grace,
8. *1 is ho that works tu will,
,-> r - I rni i_ *_ L_ r. i^^^ mi « .u :_ _ii u:-
In paths be - fure un -known; The work to be performed is ours. The strength is ail his own.
We still por-Mue oar way; And hope at last to ceach the prize, Se - care in end - less day.
*Tis he that works to do; His is the power by which we act, His be the glo • ry too.
CORINTH. S. M. DOUBLE*
Them* not
•m* not Oriclnaly b«i ait*
•xpwmuiy for tlUa IVorliu
^^
Oh, ceaM, mj wandering lonl, 0« rest-lets wing
to
rosm; All this wide world, to ei-ther pdle, Has not for tlie« a home;
^
On rest-less wing to roam,
IS
I I 'I I I
E giigdfzgiS iii^
■i=i=:
6«- bold the afk of God! Be - bold the o-pen door; Ob, haste to gain that dear a - bode. And rore, fny iovl, no mor«.
HELEN. S. M.
FRATTK SLTE.
161
SlzlJ-tfJlS
f:
— L ' • L rrH-t: r~^ — t — trh '-±^
I
^=^=5=
5=R
-■.<9— ■--
L O, oease, mj wandering soul, Oq rest - lees wiog to roam ; All this wide world, to ei - tber pole,
2, Be -hold the ark of God; Be - hold the o - pen door; O, haste to gain that dear a -'bode,
E Br zg zgz;:-^
Has not for thee a home.
And, rove, mj soul, no more.
f^ = ?
1
^
Sf
U=4s=t:
; ; ; J
^H-^lf-^^/ / *- f -F^F
PADDINGTON. S. M.
i:
■>
C||«rAl. Mt^sUot
t:1t:t:t
I
E:tr
iEtt-ifcpfe—:
:|=:3^--il
Hd endlBif.
r=t
?|?ES
I^I^Si
1. Siog praisef to cor God, And bless hid sa-cred name: Hii great sal - va - tion, all abroad, From day to day proclaim, ' From day to day proclaim.
2. Midst heathen na-tiona place The glo -ries of his throne; And let the wonders of his grace Thro' all the earth be known. Thro* all the earth, &c.
[21.-8. M.l
162
FLORINA. S. M. couble*
Arrutged ezprcMly for ihia work.
M«derai«* 9im§f t^wj ^ im thm piece §tm€€at0*
-'^ ^inn:
1. We lift onr heatti to thee,
8. How beaoteoQs na - tare now!
), Thoa Day -atar from on high; The sun it - self is but thy ahade. Yet eheen both eaith and aky.
r! — How darlc and aad be - fore! — With joy we view the ple»8-iDf change, And na - tnre'a God a-dore.
ji J! J! J! jr^j^ < . ^'^ g
Jl,V-:^_^'.
.a... J
iSl^^^iil^^^^l
i) fl . ■ I -
?!?==
2< (Hi let thy ris - ing beama Dis - pel the shades of nii^ht; And let the glo-Hes of thy love, Come Hke the mom-mgHghl
4. May we this life im - prove. To moorn (or er * rors past; And live this short re-volv-ing day As if it were onr laat.
DAWN. S.M.
V. C. T.
163
GcJiUe aad i^lidlnc M«Ma dl yro^e
^^itpdf^
1. How 0weet the melt - iog luy» Which breaks ap - on the ea
the hour of ris - ing day,
listians u - nite
m prayer.
2. The breez-ef waft their cries Up to Je - ho - vah*8 throne; He list - ens to their hnm - ble sighs, And sends his bless- ings down.
S. So Je - sus rose to pmy Be - lore the dawn of light; Once on the chill- ing mount did stay, And wres-tle all the night.
CELICIA. S. M.*
BukUsK Theme*
IVM. TURKBU.
1. O Ood, to earth in - eline, With mercies from a - bore; And let thy presence round us shine, With beams of he.nvenly love,
fl. Thr*' all the earth be - tow. Thy ways of grace proclaim Till dis - tant nations hear and know The Baviotlr's blessed name.
£=f4 =]jt
* If the tmall notes are uvoig by the Treble and Alio, omit the lai^e 6 before them.
104
ASSYRIA. S. M.*
HVltk platnwe— aad •Impllclijr of style.
i^
:q=t
t
nF=t
^^
With ham-ble heart and tongue, My God, to thee I pray: Oh! bring me now, while 1 am young, To thee, the Mr - ing way
liritk plaltttiire •zpreMloift. (i«li« Uowr
CALLIAS. S. M.
V. C. T.
2. Can sin*8 deceit - fol way
LYCON. S. M.
165
dl c1ioral«.
ggg3
:jiz
1
1. My Mak - er and my King! To thee mv all I owe. Thy fovereign boun -ty is the spring, Whence all my blessings flow.
6. Oh \ti thy grace in - spire My soul with strength <li - vine ; Let ' all my powers to theo as - pire. And all my days be thine.
::it=4
-■-zs*-
1
MARMION. S. M.
1. C^pae, we that love the Lord, And let our joys be known ; Join in a song with sweet ao - cord, AiUl thus sur - round the throne.
Be bftn-iahed from the place; - - - . . . _ .
2. Hie 8or-row8 of the mind
L_i.L— L Z=^
g=:^_ui Li ,j::^-i>j:-p:-ii:
I
i
Re - li - gion nev - er was de - signed To make our plea-sures less.
1^:^=4^14
l^
t
-&-0-
m
•* J J J.
J' J' - " --':^L -l J^ 1 -^ 1,' J
^^
.isijes
166
ELYSIUM. S. M.»
ChanU atria. AIlesvMM.
T+t_^^-- T-|^
ligmi^.
1. How chann-ing it the place Where my Re • deem - er . God Vn • vails the glo - ries of his face, And nheda his lore a - broad!
2. Here, on the mer - cy seat, With ra • diant glo - ry crowned, Oar joy -^fUl eyes be - hold him sit. And smile on all a - q>UBd*
jg^^ t^ ^ xf^Fa? !^^
t#-^
^^^s
^^
t
I
NORTHAM. S. M.
Soil uad s«mtle*
■ ^« i ■'
TTTTTB
n I • "
d=t
i — I*-
V. C. T.
1
1. How charm-ing is the place Where my Re- deem • er God Un - Tails the glo - ries of his face, And sheds his lore
2. Here, on th« mer- cy seat. With ra - diant slo • ry crowned, Our joy . fiil eyes be - hold him sit, And smile on all
4. Give me, O Lord, a place W^itb - in thy blest a • bode ; A^ • mong the chil • dren of thy grace. The ser - vants of
a • broad !
a • rovJNi.
my God.
^^.
ZION S. M.
Im dioral stjrl«.
■mm
X
^=1::
II I !
How hoB-ored is the place, Where we a - dor - ii\g stand, Zi - on, the glo - ry of the earth. And bean - ty of the land!
^m^^^^^^^^^^S^^^^
J. J- J-. ^ . , .
i
:'3S=E3
;P=^^£J£^^
i=d--z
fHi^l^iM^
r -^ . TX - l E
BOWDOIN STREET. S. M.
V. C. T.
M^'tzr.-J. :
:|^^«
g^^g^
1. Sore there's a drend-fiil God Thongh men re - Bounce his fear;
8. His truth transcends the sky,. In heaven his mer - cies dwell;
8. How ex • eel - lent bis Iove,i Whence all our safe - ty springs!
tnp m
His JQS - tice, hid be - hind the clond, Shall one great day oppear.
Deep as the sea his judgments lie. His an - ger barns to hell.
Oh new - er let my soal vemoTe From an - derneath his wings.
m^ssM^s^m
^ii#
t=i^
10^
MIDDLETOWN. S. M.
HVltb ••raest •oaoUoity keeplaif ezAet Untey aitd itot too slow^
/-f%T ' ^ " fn.^.^_,^_ ___„^
« ■ ' >
f Nottee thfl djumle dtrtetlont gtTtn to )
\ the lint emd second ttralna of this tuno. >
V. C. T.
1. Oh for the death of thoie Who ilamber in the Lord! Oh be like theirs my last re-poee. Like thein my last re- ward.
2. Their bod - iee, ia the fproaod lo ai - lent hope may lie. Till the last triimpet'a joy - fal soood Shall call them to the sky.
m (Teaor aad Alto
r (TreMa rmcI Alto the Umdemu) (Parto o««al«)
RotaWI ellBhtlv*
PERSIA. S M.
V. C. T.
Vritlt Mum«stB*M rad «Ii««rftUaeas>
1. O Xiod to earth in - dine, With mer-ciet from a - bove; And lat thy pre-eence round us shioe.With hennas ofheaTenly love. With beams ofhesTenly love. :
2. Thro* all the earth be - low, Thy ways of grace pro- claim. Till di*-tant na-tions hear and know The Sa-viour's blessed name. The Savionr's blese-ed namo. ,'
J 1.-J X-^I. X ^ ^_.
SdU
*i*f:
-^E^^agigg^^
•?r
MERLIN. S. M.
Im «luiBUuit fltrle*
v. C. T.
1<
J
rt
1. How charm-inf; H the plac« Where my Re - deem-er God Un - Tails the glo - nee of his face, And sheda hia ]oYe a - broad.
2. Here, oh the mer - c/ seat, With ra - diant glo - ry crowned, Oar joy - Ail eyes be - hold him sit, And smile on all a • roand.
3. To him their prayers and criea Eaeh cod -trite soul pre • sents; And while be hears their hum - ble sighs, He grants them all their wants.
i%i^j^%pi^^j^i%lT%£g^ij^jpg^tgj1^
LYDIA. S. M.*
Medinm mcrremeitt.
Knglisli Tli(
X BAwmniiito
Hzm^
t=i
zst-
1. Come, Ho - ly Spi • rit, come! Let thy bright beams a - rise: Dis - pel the sor - row from our minds, The dark-ness from oar eyes.
3. Re • vive our droop • ing faith. Our doubts and fears re - move ; And ain - die in our breasts the flame Of nev - er - dy - ing love.
Bl^ppaJgjgslgiJil^^^
— --• — •E?-3-*rE» — ♦ — M: —
-f-5— &•— I— -1-*-+ *—
Z^ZZ
T
f22— t. M.1
i^=^=r=4
J.
n{y
ST. THOMAS. S.M.
A. Mni^IilAMB.
Mj 8a-Tioor, and my King, Tkj bean-ties are di - Yine; Thy lips with bleaaingi o - ver - flow. And eve-rj grace ii thine.
SIMESBURY. S. M.
V C. T.
1. Thy name .ml-migfa-tj Lord, Shall sound thro' distant lands ; Great is th;jr grace— and sore thy word ; Tlir truth for • er - er stands, Thy truth for - eT • er
S. Far be thine Mnor spread. And long thy praise en-dure. Till morning Uight, and eTeningshsde Shall be eichanged no moss, Shall be esehanged no more.
^m
B
J i jij 1 1 J /t^fTTnT ul ^ JTj ^
A»..,. liJ
SPARTA. S. M *
171
:*=«=±=t
i sIHS Ei^
ii
:(
£^J JLJJ'£=£^
1. While my Re-deein-er*ii near. My shepherd, and my guide, I bid farewell to eve - ry fear; My wants are all anp-plied.
2. To Bw ' er .fragrant meads. Where rich a - bundance grows. His gra-cious hand in - dul-gent Iead«> And gaards my sweet re -pose.
8. Deer 8hep-herd, if I etray. My wandering feet re -store; And guard aie with thy wAtch-ful eye. And let me rove no. more.
RACINE. S. M.
>f«der«to« StaeiMto first tvro sindAs.
V. C. T.
iggl^^S
SH
1. If through un - rnf>fled seas. Toward heaven we calm-ly sail. With grate-ful hearts, O God, to thee, WeMI own the fostering gale.
2. But should the surg-es rise, ^And rest de-lay to come. Blest be the sor-row — kind the storm. Which drives us aear-er home.
8. Soon shall our doabts and fears All yield to thy con - trol: Thy ten-der mer-cies shall il-lunie The mid-night of the soil.
4. Teach us, in eve-ry state. To make thy will our own; And when the joys of sense de-part To live by iaith a- lone.
ffll
172
DELOS. S M/
BB«llakTb
All«sr«i$««
^^m
^=1:
PFF=eii
Lai Mngt of end - leu praiM From eve ~ rj na - tion rise ; Let all the lands their trib - ate raise. To God, who roles the ildefl.
1^
g fe^^^yt
^S
NEW BRITAIN. S. M.
Allec'*^^* Void and animated*
V. C. T.
t
# ^
t
tr-ttteJM
1. A - wiike, and sing the song OfMcises and the Lamb! Wake every heart, and everjr tongae, To praise the Savioor's name! To praise the Savioor't
2. Sing of his dying love — Sing of his ris - ing power — Sing how he in-ter •* cedes a - bove. For us, whose sins he bore. For as, whose sins he bdl<e
8. Sing, till we feel on r heart Ascending with our tongue; Sing, till the love of sin de - part, And grace in^ipire oar song, And grace inspire oar song.
4. Sing on your heavenly way. Ye ransomed sinners, sing; Sing on, rejoicing eve-ry day. In Chr t, th* eternal King, In Christ, th* eternal King.
6. Soon shall we hear him say, ** Ye blessed children, come!*' Soon will he call us hence a -way, Tcoor e - ter-nal home, To our e - ter - nal hooitt.
6. There shall our raptured tongue His endless praise proclaim; And sweeter voices tune the song Of Moses and the Lamb! Of Moses and the Lambf
^f^-l fTffi^
ARGOS. S. M;
173
AlleffNtto.
^=5:?::i
=^=^t
^— -^ — ! h
m
+
t
:t=i^
4-
I
111
t
zlOi:
^S
1. U Lord, onr heaven -Ij King, iny name » an di-vme; iby glo-nes roand the earth ar« nread. And o'er the beaYeoi they shine.
2. When to thy worki on high I raise my wondering eyes. And see the moon, complete in light, A - dom the dark -some skies;—
8. When I sar--Tey the stars. And all their shin -hig forms. Lord, what is man — that worth-less things A - kin to dost and worms.^
^^i^ii^^
a=g=g
t
* ^ -f ^T-- -i It •- -h~F^- ' I ■ ^^^ ■ I h — --I hr- -^ 1- 1 ~ - — I- T ^ I T+ I ■- —0 •- -i—P-
JANESVILLE S. M.
*
!_*.y.__l_i#^— <9-'
3
^...-^j_^«-::zi — ,
'-1
ffli::
T
1. Ye trem-bling cap - tives, hear; The gos • pel trum • petsoanda: No ma • sic more can oharm the ear, Or heal your heart-felt wounds.
2. Tis not the trump of war, Nor Si - nai's aw • lul roar: Sal • ya - tion*s news it spreads a - flEir, And ven-geanee is no more.
=1:
-0—m—^-m-^
L^lli
X
— m — o-
\
:itj
•j^*- ^"
i
^^eS
J J J
BLADENBURG. fi. M.
1. Ek • sh the LonI oar God, And wor • ship at bis feet; Hit u - tare it all ho - U -
4. Ex-ak the Lord oar God, WhoM grace ii atiU the aame; Slill he'a a God of ho - li -
, And oner - c j ia hii aeaL
, Aod jeal - ooi for hia aame.
i
BiPSi
LUXTON. S. M. .
THESSALY. S. M*
Frooa an Bnfpltela Cluuit*
175
1-1 ■] 1 1 J- i-J»i _ -j n 1:1 — ^iqzcrrzi-ziz:! i — i r
1. ^e • ho-rahj God most high! Thoa art the God I own: O let my inp - pli*- ca - tmg cry Be heard be - fore thj throne.
;— n:i:q:
^3^si=^iiipiiil^is|
•f • r* ^ r -UJ
r^i
I^EiS^i^S
■J-r-J.
5^1?
^ 1-
CYPRUS. S. M.
V. C. T.
HII
IK I
Doiee. uritk IbrroTy mmA ImpMsloAed vttenuiee.
m»-«=t=t
itpic
1. The Lord my ahep • herd ia; I shall be well sup-pHed; Since be it mine, and t am his. What can I want be -side?
2. He leads me to the place, Where heaTenlj pas -tare grows i Where Ut •> Ing waiters gent \y pass, A»d foil sal - ts - tion flows.
^i^^M; affiS^^yg
rpi^trtqr—pti
±
S^iiSi^li
StolL
TotlL-
RU
§Epl^^l^l^S|
t=t
i>J i
4 -^
•g*— ^
JJ— UT I i ll- -I tH-ibgzz f^— — f
^*'— '-^^i.» •
He
BEMIS. S. M.
T. C. T.
rwUh
1. The Lord mj shep - herd is ; I , thall be well lup - plied, Since be if mine,
Wbmt can I want be - side.
^^^^^mi
S«li. nU pnrts,
^^3:
r^-rz^-
lEttr
t=(=
^^m
i^ ^r^^jja
wf
#- -3-
and I am hii,
<22TP:
^^fe
S
1
1
2 He leads me to the place,
Where lieaTenly pasture gronsj
Where living waten gentl/ paM,
And full salvation flows.
S If e'er I go astraj,
He doth my soul reclain :
And guides me in his own ngbt way,
.For his most holy name.
4 While he affords his aid,
I cannot yield to fbar ;
Tho' 1 should walk thro' death's daik
My shepherd's with me there
5 Amid surrounding Ibea
ThoQ dost mr tijUe B[^read ;
My cnp with bieesinfi OTejflowa,
And joy exalts my nead.
6 The boonties of thy loTe
Shall crown my ratnre di^ \
Nor from thy house wUI I ruBOVi^
JNor eease to speak tbj pause;
ATHOS. S. M.
V. C. T.
^oml. WlUi solttoinltjr.
S^frti^
tzfi
t
t
±
t
p
t=t
v=t
t=x
tl=t
1
T=t:
t=1:
177
m
I saw, be - yond the tomb, The aw - fal Jadge ap - poar» Prepared to icaft with itrict ac - coant, My blestinp wafted here.
fvtpplleatorjT* Tender and patlieile*
VALLANT. . S. M. (Quartette.)
V. C. T.
EE^^f
:*-fe±f
t
'T
Z
i
t
m^^
w-
t
t
^m
w
-^ #-
t=t
t
2gp
1. Have mer - cy, Lord, on me. As thoa wert ev - er kind; Let me, oppressed with loads of gnilt. Thy wont - ed par -don find.
4. With - draw not thou thy help, . Nor cast me from thy sight, Nor let thy Ho - ly Spir - it take Its ev - er - last - ing flight.
6. The joy thy fa - Yorgiyes, Let me a - gain ob * tain; And thy fVee Spir - it*s firm sap -port My faint -ing soul sue - tain.
AUm.
J r-
» - >■ '•'
[23—8. M.]
il78
Ckoral* until majestjr
ST. HELEN'S. L. P. M, or L. M. 6 lines, (^ew ABRAROE>f«KT.)
mm^^mm^M-i^mM^m
1. Let aU tlie eaftb tMr vol - «•• raise* To Mag a pulm of lof- tjr praiae,To ling and bleia Je - lk>-vah*8 name;Hu glo - ry Iflt Uie
kaowp
m ' cre«. :=^^n\f
EBRO. L. P. M, or L. M 6 U
Hirttli sofemitltx* CDotoro«o;>
T. C. T.
His woiMlan to the na-tions show, And^ all bis sa • Ttng woiiks proclaim* |
1. TUii^iinkMy Gsd, <Mi fee-ble man.How f«whubonra,howihorthuipaa!
:zb-n---n:i^.z^z-rrjzirmrizMi!ti:t::=t'-r—^-
'^m'^^^^^^^^^^m^
Short from the era - die to thegrave; Who can se-core his* vi - tal breath, A-gainst the bold demaods of death, With sliiil to fly-— or power to
f^PP^JppPPP^^^^
ifeii^^isi^y
ARREGON. L. P. M. or L. M, 6 lines.
CKc«rna. Chantant style, and tlnir ^^^ ti^htht tUccato.
V. C. T.
179
»/nvvniu. vnanuunc iiyie, ana tinn me etrmMmt ■taccaco.
[ifesi
1« I lore the vol-ama of thy word ; Whit light and joy tbo^e leaves aflbrd To lools be-night - ed and dittreMed! Thy precepta gaide my doabtful way,
^^^
^^= ^i g- r- r-
c:t=tUrt
iS^S^SiifesS
PROVIDENCE. L. P. ftff or C M, 6 lines.
Kodemto. Boll* V.C.T.
H^ fear for-bida my feet to itray, Thy promiae leada my heart to reat.
m
^
J.
#•
« ■ » ■
L-^J^J.JLi^^M
Tattl*
m^ .
w
1
:i^rz=i::p
+
-?«— 2
4-
It
t=t
^^
1. The Lord my paa-ture aball prepare, And feed me with a ahepherd'acare;
S«li.
Hb preaeooe ahall my wanta aop-ply. And guard me with a
Titftf. ^ ^ _ _ _
watchfnl eye: My noon-day walks he shall attend, And all my mid-night hoara de - fend.
a|El5?=?
:^il3fe
m^
180
i
U - UU .-J - ;ri
NICHOLSON. L. P. JM. Or L. M. 6 lines.
r-t-r
I
cz|=|irt::i U-L4
I
9 — •
rt
I love the volame of thy word ; What light and joy those leaves afford To souls benighted and distressed I Thy precepts guide my
y doubtful way ; Thy ieiur for- Cms my
CREATION. L. P. M. Or L. M. 6 lines.
j fii ' dgJ jJ I J P=J^UU =J4J;jJt
SlUhtly Faster tkan Mediam.
HATDlf,
£dt to stray ; Thy promise leads my heart to rest
^-.-^~i
With grateful hearts, with joy - ftil tongues, To God we raise u - ni - ted songs; Hit
«—
^-^
^=i
^-T
power and mer - ey we pro • claim : Thro' ev • ery age, O maywe own Je • ho - yah here has fixed his throne, And triumph in his mighty
fc
r^-
-0 ■ g
^—O'
•0—&'
^^
i
-4t-!-— Ir-d -r-t-TJ^'gyr-yj-lrJairJT-l-r-TTH- ^ lr-| ^A: ^r^-w^-r4^4A4-J -^r-\~\
»- ^
^
Al]e{pr«tto» TlgomM.
tn
CARLTON. C. P. M.
V. C. T.
181
: y^D::E2|::ia:qziiizzz[Trinzqz::i
:3;
:-2=)-
/
zilxdix-.—*— pi3-T^KqEi:
I
Gfhm
-h
■^' ^
?=f
1. Oh, coald I speak the match-less worth, Oh, could I sound the glo-ries forth, Which in my Sa-vioar shine! I'd soar, and touch the heavenly strings,
m /
zi ^-fr--f^jr1^ -' ^IS5|o I J lg~l; £zz£ 3-C: ^ap:gzrg=P
^^
^i^i^^^^^^^-^^ii
:t ?-t ;-r-r
Rt.
^1
And vie with Ga-briel, while he sings
In notes al-most di-vine.
In notes al-most di-vine.
Re
•
2 I*d sing the precious blood he spilt.
My ransom from the dreadful guilt
Of sin and wrath divine:
I*d sing his glorious righteousness.
In which all-perfect, heavenly dresi
My soul shall ever shine..
8 I*d sing the Tharacters he bears.
And all the forms of love he wears.
Exalted on his throne:
In loftiest songs of sweetest praise,
I would to everlasting days
Make all his glories known.
4 Well — the delightful day will come.
When my diear Lord will bring me home,
* And I shall see his face;
Then, with niy Sifviour, brother, fiiiAid,
A blest eternity I'll spend.
Triumphant in hb grace.
182
SANFORD. C. P. M.
'Wltlfc Mumest •zpreMloA. AIl«crctto«
C C i Jich fa^ntif,'' Bj. IC».>
V. C. T.
*fc
I
ggi^^iS
ScHftl Ck^nia.
T«ttl./
T'i «Mr and t6«cli tb«
Ob, could I 0peak the matehlen worth, Ob, could I Mand the glo-rtei forth, Which in mj Sa-^ioor shine! I*d aoar and tonch the htaYeBljatrinci,t|e
^. . r'\ ^-w w—T— — 1- -r ■ -r -t- ^i -r rH^ ^ ^-r-f ^— r*-J ^^ 1
f^^^^^^^^m^^^^^^i
X^— J
' ..j: . J , J.
! ^ I
■J.,J^.^.Jr^
I
■^— *•
H 1-
^iJ-
I*d soar and toach tha
heavaa-I J etrinp.
^ii-M^
bearen-lj ttrings. And Tie with Ga-briel while he sings. In notes al - roost di - vine,^ In notes al - most di - vine. In notes al - most
n^
I
trt=--f=S
^T^^~i^ i ^ '=£fj -J-; J ~J
Tni9* *
•Crings,
Wt
t
t
J1.J.11 !i
53
RAPTURE. C, P. M.
HARWOOD.
183
AUemPo* DeelitiiiAado* la ezaot tia ict and ataeotto*
&
X-L- - X .TjL lJ f. L
^ 'gtm, msf Mol, th'ez-ah - ei lat* L«t efteh en - rap
a - rap - tared tfao't o - bey. And praiw u* Almighty 't Mme : Lo! iSayen and earth, and 'ifeai and tkiet.
.^^m
;bs e=^^^
%♦
mil(
i^ FALCET. C. P. M.*
Sing the Eigktkn Staccato.
Ib one BM-io - diooa con-ceit riM, To swell th'm-ipir-ing theme. 1
-♦¥
ni r^Vt i l ?
* The fes-tal mom, my God, has come, That calls me to thy sa-cred dome.
Thy presence <o a - dore j My feet the sum-moos shall at-tend, With willing steps thy eoarjt» ascend, And tread the hallowed floor, And tread the hallowed floor.
::J^i5x
'^J^*'^* ^T'^r*" -EliaWPS
lU
\
:«t^t
rrf*— ^c-
1 1 r nT~i"~~"w'
t
Pii=i=p---zP
£H
MARIEN. C. P. M.*
i^i:zt=1:T=!=ii^T:i-il=l-
r^Slilllliiilgl^
O thou that he^r'st the prayer of faith, Wilt thou not save a soul from death That caata it - aelf on thee 1 1 hare no ref - nge of my own,
pd=ii|;:nJ=r:tisai:nt:d:
^ ^r^fF^g
^m
■.-j~=t
DALSTON. S. P. M.
In medlmn time. Staecato.
A. vmXIAMS,
Bat fly to what my Lord hath done, And auf - fered once for me.
^^^^^^^m
m
The Lord Je - ho - Tah reigna. And roy - al state main-tains.
^^ii
^^r^'*"""n^%' ^~ ^"^^^ ^^^""^^
m^^^^m^^^
Hia head with aw - ful glo - riea crowned ; Ar • rayed in robee of light, Be - girt with aove-reign might, And rays of ma • jes - ty a - round.
7
gj^l^
•^ — ^-
t
m
^ ^ — 4
tP=4=
,«**.-i
.aLTORIA. s. h. m.
T. C. T.
183
^s
t
■G
tn
p
tzi
3=it
ggg^
t::
1
ge^
1. Friend af - ter friend de - parts: Who hath not lost a friend ? There is no nn-ion here of hearts, That finds not here an end: Were this &ail world onr
-j^-v—'--^
z:t^:::3-
t=
iii^H^^
HASTINGS. C. L. M. or C. H. M.
]>lodc/tito Con Rxpresslvo. Messa dl ▼<»««•
' THOS. HASTINGS.
From " M«iftluiiUu& Coll." by permission.
fi - nal rest, Liv-ing or dy-ing, none were blest 1
~«^q
tot:*
fj.
t=l=^T=W
1. How calm and beab-ti - fal the rnorn That gilds the sacred tomb. Where once the Cm-ci -
fied wa« borne. And veiled in mid-night gloom! O, weep no more, the Sa-vionr slain; The Lord
is rb'n — He lives a - gain.
»ia^ -^rtr^ -n
<««P!
ZERNO. H. M.
T. C. T.
a: -.a— I:
1. To God I lift mine eye«, From faim is all mj aid; Hie Gk>d that bailt the skies, And earth and na - ture made : Ood Is the tower To wttieh I
-z :r \—M — \-i-z—0^-r. ^ -Hrvl-^ — h h-
flj: Hisgnuse ia nigh In ot - ery hour: His graoe is nigh in ev - ery hour.
Sftr H-i^
If
VITTORIA. H. M.
With Feellac mnd ft^tomttltr.
T, €. X.
i^^i^fcg^^ m^
Where can the mourner go, And tell hb tale of grieft
Soil. I — ^^
Soli. ""-^
M
m
Ah 1 who can soothe his woe, And give him sweet re
weet re - lief? Earth can -not heal the w
Earth can - not heal the wounded breast, Or give the trou - bled sin-ner
Tatti.
Tattl. I
Wltk SerlvasBMty sad aot too loud.
1. Where is my Sa - viour now, Whose
1 t f- ■ U — u
BmileB I one
WESTON. H. M.
1!^
once possessed ff Till he re • turn, I bow, By heayiest grie:
ri^ oppressed : Mr days of hap - pi -
rt^
f->
HAYMAN.
* From here. Treble and Tenor maj change parta
«
V. C. T.
teSE
- iMH are goat. And I am laft to weep • - lone.
tztf
*=i!=i
H. M.
If-^
^fe^
-^
Lord of the worlds a - boye^ How pleas -aoj and how fi^r
Tba
—s^Jll A , gj
d^eUings of thy love. Thine earth- ly tern -pies, are! To thine a- bode My heart as-pires, With warm de - sires, To
^^^
UU . I I
I
— — J I Ir
^mmm
ii' f^i
188
PALMER. H. M.
i^
!■ ft tofly ABd majMtlc Manmer. (D«elamaiidoJ
r
:i^
t=:iiz*
.^_i
T. C. T.
ziy.z:ri=i:^ zj;L-J ? L-[ ! ^J_|..»-4* -^^ .
i?=U=4
< —4-
To spend one sa • cred day Where God and saints a - bide, Af • fords di - vin - er joy Than thousand days be - side. Where God re - sorts, I
Sell or Semi-Choms. T«ul. J^ * N ^ J JN 1^ !^ N w I f_ f. f. ? Vi
1 f r. =r T^~r~ Tg=^?=p3:y^^:J^
loye it more To keep the door, Than shine in oourts. «1
1§ feg^
HADDAM. H. M.
EnslUb.
-^»— I ■■> ■ »»-^»aM^
^- nfzzffzzft
lIl I r
The Lord Je - ho - yah reigns ; His throne is built on high; The gar-meots be as-
I I
i i
:p^
t
m
E rt-T- | -i
^^^^^lin
t
T*-
H
e
I
siimce Are light and maj - es - t7 ;'* His ' glo - ries shine With beams so bright, No mor • tal eye Can bear the rigiC?
tT} tf~7=tf^^ff=7=if^ r~^'f ^ -
WARSAW. H. M.
Wimthvt Fut. 8tmeemt0»
^9 CLARK* KBclaad.
batraBumtel B«m hj the Editor.
-^
X
t
m
p;::t
189
1. To God
lift mine ejes.
From him
The God that built the skies, And earth and
^ ^^
3~j> 'iJf i ri
m
t=t=-'
t
^ ^ k ^^^^ ^^^M^
—Z^tzOi
tzzl
4-T-
M::-5tiS^::
-d— d-
«T
I
z*zid
rrp:;
r=Ff^^
t=ti
:d;
na - ture made: God is the tower To which I fly, "Hh grat^e is nigh la ev - ery hour.
I
t
list:;
'^
V — u
t
m
Soli
■^-c-
Repeat in Core.
lESfe
I
tirSTTEI
Hi
tr*
ti
trZ^lrS:
rt
t
^^^^^^0
«i5ZiJ#-'^-
g
1
i
'^gf "Tg'T'y
^
'.ir-1. ->■* a. , *x.
2. My feet shall neyer sUde,
And fall in fatal snares,
Since God; my guard and guide,
Defends me from my fears.
Those wakeful eyes, Shall Israel keep
That never sleep, When dangers rise.
8.^ No burning heats by day.
Nor blasts of evening air.
Shall take my health away.
If God be with me there.
Thou art my sun, I To guard my bead.
And thou my shade, | By night or noon.
4. Hast thou not given thy word
To save my soul from death I
And I ean trust my Lord
To keep my mortal breath:
ril go and come, I TQl from on high
Nor fear to die. Thou call me iKune.
i.'^b£JE^
' mp^-i
"sm^^mBmmi
190
ROBERTS. H. M.
▼. C. T.
ISgi^^Sl
d:
:t
^
k V im m
ll»««
1. Ye tribes of A -dam, join Witii heaven, and earth, and seM, And of - fer notes di- Tine To jonr Ore - a - tor's praise : Te bo - Ij throaf^ Of
'^[ ^ I T 'f
X
t
t=t
^^^m
tF=f=f
BLOOMFIELD. H. M.
angels bright^ In worlds of light Be - gin the sootf » In worlds of Ught Be - gin the song.
< ■> ■' . ^. -I -I j-i^rt^^r^^^ • "- ^ I ■ '
?j=^;qpl
Si
1. Join all the glorious names Of wisdon^ lore^ and
m¥^m
hk£=i=n
^^1^^^
as
dtt
tfztfr
t
t
power, That ev • er mor - tals Imew, Or an - gels ey - er bore : All are too mean* to speak his worth Too mean to set the SaTionr
f5:
t
f1 >
CURTIS. H. M.
19L
^^^^^-^m^^^^^^i^=^-^^^
1. A - wake, our drowsy souls, And burst the sloth -ftil band; The won - ders of this day Out' no -blest songs de-mnnd: Ans - pi • eious moTD, tli#'
^^^^^m^^M^Mnu^^M^^
f
TRIUMPH. H. M.
^^n^fj^
SBBiPM
192
•*»-->«-'<:Mik ' -^ ^
FROSS. H. M.
▼. C.T.
(=PQ
:t-
BRIMFIELD. H. M.
In Choral Style. AUeffretl*.
Welcome, de - light - ful mom I Thou day of aa - erad
S3
^^^^ii
rest; I hail thy kiod re • turn ; Lord, m^e the«e moments blett. From low de-lights and mortal toys, I wait to reaeh..
^4=n~
■■ ^^^-
t^u-^
5 CYr
ii^
WARRINER. Tb.
V. C. T.
193
Cliondl. ]II«««Um««
t=t;
t=f
-+
I
t=t
1==t
i^
t*=fe
Ei^
1
1. On thy charch,0 Power di - vine, Caane thy glo-rioos face to thine; Till the nations from a - far Hail her as their gni-ding star.
2. Then shan God, with Uv-ish hand, Scat-ter bless-ings o*er the land; And the world *s re-oiot - est boaiid With the voice of praise re-io«nd.
NEBRASKA. 7s.
1. Who, O L6rd, wheD life is oV) Shall to heaven^s blest mansions soar! Who^ an •^r - er wel-come guest, In thy ho - ly plaee shall rest!
2. J9e whose heart thy love has warmed ; He whose will to thine con-formed. Bids his life mi - sol • lied rmi ; He whose words and thoughts are one.
194
BEAUMONT. 7s. 6 lities.*
Allefpro noderato. B old m»d cbeerftel
AiT«ttC«d flrem RBAUMUATy
Bxpretily ft>r tkh work.
^^^^1^
1. Cbiift wkmt glo - ry
>ark and cheer • lees ie the moro.
Vis - it. then. thia soal of mine.
fillii Oif tjiiee, Cnrist, the true*
^^^-S^f^i^S
the on • \j Kght, San of RighteoviBewj
• -
the morn. If thy
of mine, Pierce the
light
3^
it hid frora me; Joy-leM if the 4v*>( ^ ' ^^^
gloom of sin and grief; Fill me, ra-diani^nn di - vine!
Truimph o'er the shadea of night: pay - spring f^om on nigh, be near; Day •« star, in .
Trinmph o'er the shades of night: pay - spring f^om on higl* be near;
Till thy mer - cy's beams I see; Till thy in - ward light im - - part,
Scat - ter all my nn • be - lief; More and^ more thy - s«^lf dis - - pt^y,
Crcs. - - - - - r - < <
Day •• star, in
Glad my eyes
Shin • Wig tQ
■ w > II— 4f' ~ " ■ — *~ ""' — ^ — *"- II 1. 1 1 .n i l ' « ^ ■ — —
t
t
my bear! ap-^Muv
and warm my hearl|,
the pet •> fept day.^
'M-umph o*er the shades of night:
Till thy mer - cy's beams I see;
Scat- tfr all my nn - be - lief;
a • a a •v ^^ a S ,._ ^ . a
Cvee. , , ^ » - - - mm
I f ^ » ^~^'f ►— '^-» • L-^— A S=L_-X — f
' f ' ' ' ' ' iVeWe tlBx words onder r
Day - tprinf IK>m on high, h^ near; Day-star ia my . Ileart ap<i.|
Till thy In - ward light im *- part, Glad my eyes and warm my h«iii
More and more thy - self dis - play. Shining to the per - feet daj
m ore iny - s
V5 — ^-^-
. TeB«i^« Ban un&BT Alt*.
^s
•i
DEVOTION. 79, 6 linos; («et w ^b. or eH.)
■rt4f
XodMmCu. Con Kioto* H
■ — — |-^ — ' — ■«' ii~-^n^— ^^ 1"~~''"'"'^'''^^T '
V. C. T.
19S
/^
2-
PvvwvA S ^* ^ow, from la - bor
this eaJm, Im • pre« • sive hour, Let my prayer as • cend on
With Jhis mom - ing'a ear . \y raj^ While th'e shades of night de
and from care, Eve • ning shades have set me
all my earth - ly
t=|:
m
sq_j_^_
-h
±
5i::=1
pzipz
t
I
£S
high;
part;
free;
joys;
God of roer - cy,
Let thy beams of
In tlie work of
P^aught can charm me
God of power,
light con - vey,
praise and prayer,
nere be • low,
> * ercik - - - - - diim
t
J<^
-~fi:
n-ix:
'^<^i"
Jr
^
f^
-■ !■ »^^ ■
Hear me, when to
#oy and glnd - neaa
thee
to
I
mi
1 — r-r
il^s
_ „- _ „ ...r heart; Now o*er all my steps pre
Lord, [ Would con - verse with thee;* O, be • hold me from a
cry, Hear me, from thy lof - ty
lean
hee ,
But my Sa - viour'a melt - ing voice; L^, for - give; thy grace rt
i
throne,
side,
bove,
store.
For the sake Pf Christ thy Son.
And for all * my
Fill me with a
>fake me thine fbr - ev • e^
wants pro - vi<jh».
Sa - viour's love.
more.
ij^gs
^^^^m^^^^
dim. <> p riCnr«L<>
^^^^I^hS
196
WARNING. 7s.
V. C. T.
1 1 !l "
now, with
»'«ry "With Muratcst uid •atreatlAC expreuilon. Sing the Eiifktk$ ttaccato, and be cureftil to obeerre the dynamic direeticNM throofhonl the piece.
1. Haste. O sin-aer. now be wise; Stay not for the mor • row's sun: Wis-dom. if vuu still de - soise. Hard-er is it to be won.
1
1. Haste^O sin-ner, now be wise; Stay not for the mor • row's sun: Wis-dom, if you still de - spise, Hard-er is it to be
2. Ha^te, and iner*cy now im - plore ; Stay not for the mor - row's sun j Lest thy sea* son should Be o'er, Rre this eve-ning*! atage be
3. Haste, O sin-ner, now be Meet: Stay not for the mor - row's sun ; Lest thy lamp should cease to bum, Ere sal - va - tion's wMk if dont.
run.
^^I^^iiii^
WILNA. 7s.
Ijorcbett«9 OllaMuado. Ba carsAil to make the aetes In the triplets of equal leBftb.
AToid singing this tune in a li^iess and drawkn^ man-
ner. Obeerre ttricUf the dynamic charactera given it.
ifemf^E^S^Is^^
V. C. T.
tizzt
|i
1. Thou that dost my life pro - long, Kind - ly aid my morn-ing song; Thankful from my couch I rise, To the God that rules the skies.
2. Thou didst hear my eve • ning crv} Thy 'pre - serv-ing hand was nigh *, Peace-ful slum-bers thou hast shed, Grate-ful to my wea - ry head.
3. Thou hast kept me thro* the nignt ; 'Twas thy hand re - stored the light ; Lord, thy mer-cies still are new, Plen-teoua as the morn-ing dew.
BRINLY. 7s. (FUGATA.)
V. C..T.
197
Bold and nu^stlc.
iEf|
-1_ W -1 1_ • I 11 w^ • ^»
J=i
t=t
Ig^l^^
m
::f*
=^
^1
I. Praise the Lord-— hit glo - ry bless — Praise him in his ho - ii-ness; Praise him as the theme inspires, Praise him as his fan<e re-qoires.
4. All who dwell be-neath his light. In his |>raise your hearts u-nite; While the stream of song ispoured, Praise and mng-ni - fy the Lord.
BELLEFONTE. 7s.
'WtU& spirit and animation
iS^4S
1. Children of the heavenly King As ye jour-ney, sweetly sing; Sing your Saviour's worthy praise, Glo - rious m his works and ways.
2. Ye are travelling home to God, Tn tlie way the fa-thers trod; They are hap - py now, and ye Soon their hap - pi - neits shall see.
4. Lord,sub-mis-4ive make as go, Giad-ly leav-ing all be -low; On •> ly thoa our lead*er be. And we still will fol • low thee.
198
KINGSLEY. 7s. double
SloiTy and aimg myfry ^ mtmrly mm tliori as a jf. Sotto Toee.
Zt-^ --^
By
U-li..^ 1 1 ^—
1. Lamb of God, who thee re - coive, Who io thee de-sire to live. Day and night thej cry ta thee» As tbon art«, so let us bel
8. Dost and ash-es thoagh we be, Full of gailt and ' mis - e - ry; Thine we are, then Son of God| Take the purchase gi thy hkod.
?*p=e
2. Fii— H»h fii onr wa?ering mind ! To thy cross onr spirits bind : Gladly now we wonld be clean ; Cleansaaqr honrts fVom every sin Ckeanse ear hearts from every sn|i
4. Sin-ners who in thee be - lieve Ev- er- lasting life re- ceive; They with joy behold thy face, Triumph in thy pardoning grace. Triumph in thy pardoning graces
^ Sati. ----- /^
S^ii^§@^^^^s
1?
-<&-
f>
H
Nift^GARA. 7ft.
▼. C. T.
109
^^^^ ^
.JL—^i.
£
1
t=^
t
- 4^-J^
i-5f
er come.
1. Corner said Je - sua* sa - cred yoice. Come, and make mj tmUiB your choice; I will guide you to your borne; Wea-ry pil^grimB, hith
2. jSth • er come; for he is fuund Balm for ey- ery bleed - bg Wound, Ffeaoe wliich ey - er shall en • dure, Kest^ « > t^sr - bill, Kjet - tted, sure.
B2^
fcEfi
;3:<
H — ^^ --5
I
f.
LERNA ISLAND. 7s.
T. C. *.
— a--
1. Praise the Lord ; bis fflo - ry bless ; Praise bim ill bis ho - li - ness ; Praise htm as the theme in - spires ; Praise him as his llune re - qvim
% Lst the trumpet's lof - ty sound Spread its loud - est notes a - round ; Let the harp n - nite, in praise. With the la - ered mte • strd's layi^
200
In m eloM eoam^et^d stjrle* CCantablle.)
8«lk
1. Je - mi,
2. 0th - er
DmJBLE
V. C. T.
r/
Tnttl.«/
Sa - vionr of mj tool, Let rae to thj bos- om flj; While the rag-ing bil - lowi roll. While the tempest itiFI b Ugh;
ref - age have I none — Help - less hangi mj soul on thee; Leave, oh! leave me not a- lone! Still aup - port and com • fort me.
±
ii^P
m
ncid:
:t=rtr=t=t
tJ
m ^rnW
All mj tmit on thee it ■ta3red;All my help . from thee I bring: Cov-er my de - fenceleas heed With the tha • dow of thy wiiig,>
Hide me, O my Saviour! hide, Till the itorm of life be paat; Safe in - to the ha -ven gaide; Oh re - ceive my soal at last*
mwm^^^Bmw^
Tniti. tn
^^— — f--—
t
iipE-Xu
- '-#-
?
3SE
- — a.., pE.
3:
^5^:
• df
■f=-—
1 1-
-I 1
-I h
SP
* The D]mamic directions given to this tone apply only to the words of the first staasa.
» -t »■ —
ELLINGTON, la*
201
Tfttli •olttButUjr* Doloroflo.
Sin - ner, art thoa still se - care ? Wilt thou still re - fuse to pray? Can thy heart or hand en - dare. In. the Lord's a - TeHg-ing day ?
At hjj presence na-tare shakes, Earth, af- fright-ed, hastes to flee; Sol -id mountuins melt like wax, What will then be-come of thee?
Lord, prepare os b)b thy grace! Soon we must re - sign our breath; And our souls be called to pass Throagh the i - ron gate of death.
ORANGE, 7s.*
AUecretto. ' Pl»tai Mrtte«l»tlon, and amtlier slaceato
1. High in yon-der realms of light. Dwell the raptured saints a - bove. Far be - yond oar fee-ble sight, Hap-py in Ino - man-aert love!
8. Hap-py spir-its! ye are fled. Where no .grjef can entrance find. Lolled to rest the a-ching head. Soothed the an-gnish of the mindl
4. 'Mid the cno-nis of the skies, 'Mid th'an- gel- ic lyres a- hove, Hark ! their songs me - lo- d ions rise. Songs of praise to Je-sns* love.
4
[26— s. M.]
E^-H"f?^ ^ ^-b4^
308
MILO. 7e.
tl«wl7i With FmUbc
▼. C. T.
^^
■^ -
H--4
V--:t
9^
I
I
9 ■— ^ •#-«- •*
Soft - \y now the light of day ; Fades up - on our sight a - way, Free from eare, from la - bor free, Lord, we would oom - mune with theis.
j. .1.-3-1
4-r^
J 1 =nj.. Jl-i
^ ' I — T " ' ' ' T""
::^Jz ^z=i^ -li'fFH
' . 1 , ■ — , ^/ — ' i
J — i
r J- -/
:£ iJ: £j-^.JIi
CONVICTION. 7s.* (Same tune u TYROL.^ L. M., page 63.)
Am*aMtm UrUtlg, uid •»« BteeMtto
1°. l>«|Rh of ner^l — ca* there be Mer-cy ilHl re-Mrred for me? Can my God hh wrath Tor - bear ? Me. the chief of aiiMieN spare}
t. I have leng frithateod hk grace; Long proroked him to bis face; Weold not hear hit gracions call*; Oriered him br a tbonaand 6lta.
<. Tet bow great hia mercies are! Me he still de>lights to spare; Cries, "how shall I give thee op?" Lets the lift - ed tbau-der drop.
4. Je - SOS, asHnrtfr Arem a • bove: Is not all thy ua-tnre love ? Wilt thba not the wrong ibr - get? — Lo, I - /all he - fore thy feet
5. K«w incliae me to n- pent! Let me now my fall la . ment! Deep-ly my re>Tolt de - plore! Weep, be-lieve, and sm no moM.
AVERY. 78 & 68, or Ts, 6 lines.
jB« JH* Ha
1^^=
fa
fSPT^lSrZ
t
pgEt
4 1-4
-I — ^-H—
— " "g u tf"" ' '
■^-
$
1. Biu>kl from yon - der mount a - Hm Notes of md - nea»— Je - tns dieat On the cross the Lord of
2. *'Mor - tal, for your guilt X ' die,— Quilt that dared jour God de - fy; Blood for you I €ree - ly
lords
give.
ftoi
tiz I .J I ) ■ .1 I I ■ !
^ — ■? ■ #
' — I: ^" '■~fl' '•"^ 5 — i^ —
Love for guilt - y man ' re - oonls ; Sin - ner, sin - ner, Sin • ner, sin - ner. Hear your dy • ing 8a - Tioior's words.
Death I taste that you may live; Will you, sin - ner, . Will you, sin - ner, Free sal - va - tion now re - eeiTeT
r f f f
fM
ADVENT. 78.
V. C. T
SiMri(«» Wmd,
1^^
Bright and jo j - f al is the morn, For to » a Child is bom; From the high -est realms of heaven Ua - to as a 8<Nl it grren.
Bright and jo j - f ol is the mom, For to as a Child is bom; From the high -est realms of heaven Un - to
J J V J V J J, J J.J il J j„j.»' *.-^: J 4 ■^' ^- -*-^ -^
^
•bf I. I
^1^
^^^gti
VENICE. 7s.
'Sloir, trlfh. expressli
r-rTi^Jr^
Stroag aecent vpon the fuartert f and the Hfktks very light { with phiin artlealatioa.
V. C. T.
1 1 1 1 tP* 4 — ^
I
1 — -I I —
:zzz-3tt-
:tt=^=^
t^r^
Lies* lays, Warble their Creator's praise ! Warble their Cre • a • tors pnSil
appear ! Hark ! the birda, with artless lays, Warble their Creator's praise ! Warble their Cre • a • tor^ pi
[ see : Ah ! my winter has been long.Chilled my hopes, suppressed my sonff.Chillod my hopes, suppressed i
1. Pleasinff sprins again is here ! Trees and fields in bloom
S. Lord, af • ford a spring to me! Let me feel 4ike what i see: An: my winter oas oeeniong.i^nuiea my nopes, suppressed my sonff.L;hiiioa my Dopes, suppressed my
3. How the soul in win-ter mourasy Till the Lord, the Sim, re-turns ! Till the Spirit's gen - tie ram Bids the heart re-?nre a - gam I &ds the heart re - ▼!▼• a - gain.
mo • • • <> <>
^pig^ a^^as^^i.
m
<>
rn
mf <> f'
<>
I ^ I I
HodenUot Aflfetwoso. 'IiAmMitoTole.) /^
INPUS. 8s & 7s. DOUBLE.
V. C. T.
205
:l — rt'J
i^J^^gl
1. Caste, je moernen, cease to languish 0*er the grave of those job Ioto; Pain, and death, and night, and anguish,. En - ter not the world a • bove.
2. Ligjhl and peace a( once de - riv - ing From the hand of God most high, In his glo - rioos presence \W - ing, They shall nev - er — nev - er die!
8«ll.
a^*£SS^333
^izd^zil^:
2. While our si - lent steps are straying. Lonely, through night's deepening shade, Glory*s brightest beams are piny - ing Round th' immortal spir - it*s head.
4. End - less pleasure, pain ez - clod - ing, Sickness there no more can come; There, no fear of wo in - tiud -ing. Sheds o*er heaveif a moment's gloom.
^Soll. -----------------
¥
Tnttk
Rail.
b=
^ —
I
4- '•
ffs
SEfe
, It \t\ I mrm
T+
I
m
W—r.
I — ^- .
J. J^
iTi^i^^Ji^^^l^g
t
■4- ^-
t
■^'
J. S JL
- ■=. =v_^
:p:tp=pzl|uzirzdr
^
^m
FENNEL AND. 8« & 7s. double.
8plrlt«ofl«« Bold and loud* No ratpenalon of time at the double ban.
T, C. T.
1. Lol tto- L6f4 Jt-ho^vali Ihr - eliil H«'smy rock, I UMshie momj H6, my God, Ml - tm • Hoft |i¥ - ett, AH fi lNiai,«k*tll
3. Qhu Ma Oil • « • liyoa ok > alt « ed, OfoatRe « doem^or !^«*m« bim tfse! *tM by powett af hril aft * ladlt - ed, OoA Mip fiXti lihii l» Iho aki^a.
Jlj' j - b ' ■'
1^
^
^^1
' ■ I »~» — m-irm "i — * ' n
r=±:U=:&5ti--^-^-.'!?d±:z£r J lf I f
2. God, Me« •Hi - th'a canae maiB-tain-ing, Shall hla righ-teous throne ex * tend : Cef the world the 9a-tioor mghingf tuVh ftfa&ll it hla ^>oliltb6l btwL
4. ie*io«, \ii]! enthroaed itt glo - ry, tliere for - ev - er to a - bide$ All the he&ven-ly boet a - doHl the«, Seat-«d ftt thy ftther^ kidoi
J
WILTON. 8s&7s.*
207
On the tree of lifb e - ter •* oal, Oh, let all my bope4 be laid! This a - tone, for-eT-er t^ - nal. Bears a leaf that caa - not fade.
3:
ite%^^-J^^^ fe^=F# y^^^-^^
^tWfh"iri
Allecref tOy Steeeato. No iwpeiMtoB of time at the Double Ban.
SoU.
£?5^
ELVAH. 8s&7s.
l*iittl.y
V. C. T.
I. Hark !-*wliat aean tbocft koly voicet, Swee% toondiag thro' the skiea? Lo ! tb' an • gel • ic boat r9 - joie • et ; Heavenly hal - le - lajalia rise,
le - In • jahi rise.
ft. Hear tbem tell the wondroaa atory, Hear them chant in hymns of joy , " Glo-ry in the highest^-glo -
A Hiito, 7« mortala, to adof« him ; I^arn his name— and taste his joy} Till in beaTgn ye sing be - fore
ry! Glo-ry be to God most bish ! Glo • ry be to God most high
him, Glo-ry be to God most high ! Glo - ry be to God moat hi0i
l"
MOULTRIE. 88 & 7s. pMioies)
1. OlorioQS thiDffS of thee are spofken, Zi - on, oi • ty of oarOod; He whoee word can ne'er be bro - ken Chose thee for his own a- bode.
i the Rock of A - ges found - ed. What can shake h^r sure re • pose f With sal - va • tioo's wall sur - round - ed, She can smile at all ber foea.
8. On
fe^^^^5^3
=I.-Z=ll=!l
agJGJU
u./ - ^,>
TJ — J-TP—^-Tg-Tf
J„i.L_jJ^J_Jj.
t
- /■> ■ /■B k
lJ3ljU-_4-bj ;4
I^Sf^
^F=X
■ V-^ « ^w> >
■^ ^-rf 'fc'
2. liord, thy church is still thy dwelling, Still is pro • dons in thy sight, Judah's tem-ple far ex - eel - ling, Beaming with the gos • pel Uglit
4. 8««, the streams of liv - ing wa - ters, Spring-ing from e - ter • nal love. Well supply her sous and daughters, And aU fear of want re • moTt
CAMBRIA. 88 & 7s. double. v. c. t.
finite ilo-VTi In a rtibdacd mannci'.
309
-^-4-1-*
1. Sweet the momenta rich io blefsing, Wliich be -fore the cross 1 spend; Life, and health, and peace poe - seeaiog. From tht sia -iier*s dying Friend
8. Love and grief my heart di - vid - ing, With my tears his feet 1*11 bathe; Constant still, in faith a - bid -ing. Life de - Ht - ing from his death.
c»qf;p:{
t±l
t=tJ
m
X
2. Trn*- ly bl&ss-ed is this sta-tioa. Low be -fore his cross to lie; While I see di - vine com - patsioa Beaming in his gracious eye.
4. May I still en - joy this feel -ing, Still to my Re - deem- er go; Prove his woands each day more healing. And him - self more tr« - ly know.
210
AMAZON. 8s & 7s.
lIoA«imto» Glifltaado*
(SEi^f^
TSt-tf-f-i — rzh — r-
r=:F
m
t
t
itrrttrtrrqi
4
RV8MAH AIR.
^S
P^*:3tt:
1 Light of thoM whose drea - ly ' dwell-ing Bor-den oa the thadei of death! Rise on us. thyself re- veal - ing, Rise, and ehase the clouds be-aeelh.
S. Thou, of life and light Cre - a - tor ! In our deep - est dark - noss rise } Scat - ter all the night of na - ture, Poor the day ap • on our ejrcs.
tiJ^tE
*rrt=l
+
5
m^
t
■:ir
^;
^^mm
PHARSALIA. 8s & 7s.
Larghetto. §osteAnto. MTiUi te^Ung and expression
IVorda bjr HTJTTOR.
V. C. T.
«r^t
X
t
t
1. Cares and toils of earth
2. Here en-ga^ed in sweet de • vo-tlon, How our hearts their woes for-get!
3. Prayer our in -most thoughts re • fin-ing, Roiseth our de -sires on high;
4. Thus in prayers and hopes u
. Here our souls have sa • cred rest ; Jovs at heaven-Iv sDrincrs nar - tak-inir. SDrinn which cleanse and soothe the brsast
for - sak-ingy Here our souls have sa • cred rest } Joys at heaven-Iy springs par - tak-ing. Springs which cleanse and soothe the brsast
—• - ■ ' ff^Q world's coni-motion, Hushed the mur
Dis - tant far
Du - ty, hon
mura
S, Koisein our de - sires on nign ; uu - iv, hon - or, bliss com-bin-ing, Strength-ening eve « ry
, While wc pmise our Fa-ther's love, — By nis word of prom - ise light-ed, We ad - vance
of re - gnt
mor • al tie.
to realms n - bove.
+h4 1 —
•• With exvreaaiaB
ERITH. 8s & 7s. double.*
•^ — ^-
The beautiful mciodj of this tune it from the Spanish, and baa ^2 1 1
toe9iAi|tofore it is believed, been published in its present form.
m^£^
d=ax=r»zi»--rrt=t dirij
mm
-h—\-
1. 8aT - ionr, aoQfce of eve - ry blessing. Tune my heart to grate -ful lays; Streams of mer - cy, nev - er ceas-ing, Cull for ceaseless songs of praise.
8. Thou didst se«k me when a stranger. Wandering from the fold of God; Then, to save my soul from dan - ger, Dklst redeem me with thy blood.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
^m
Qf'ZtrB
f^^^'i
O
^
2. Teach ::]e some me - lo - dious measnre. Sang by mptured saints a - hove; Fill my soiffwith sa-cred pleasure, While I sing re-deera - ing love.
4. By thy hand re - stored, defend - ed. Safe thro* life, thas fur, I'm come; Safe, O Lord, when life is end - ed. Bring me to my heavenly home.
212
Rsthcr Fast.
m
e3
EIUBERT. 88, 78 & 48. *
it
An-geU, from tlie realms of glo - ry, Wiog jour flight o'er all the earth ; Ye, Tt^ho sang ere - a-tioo*a bIq • ry, Kow proclaim Mes - ai • ah'i birth : Come and worship,
3=:^
4- i-
rr?'
t-'TT T
\
r
Come and wor - ship— Wor - ship Christ, the new-bom King.
^ — ^,
^^1
^^fe^
BRINKRIFF. 68, Ts & 48.
SUahlly Fa«ter thmm Medlnm. .
■I —
O'er the realms of pa- gan dark-neas
Let the eye of P^ ~ tj gaie :
mpm^
t
t=±
I
# ^ *
a
ry^.-^^
Wtaoottk and oonneeted itjls.
CORNELLO. 8s, 7s & 48.
Gent -ly, Lord, O gem-ljr lead us, Thro' this lone - ly vale of tears; And, O Lord, in mer - cy give in, Thy rich grace in all ourfean:
tE
hjg-
^-^ N ;^ ' •"--» -■-
ENFIELD. 8s, 7s & 48.
Choral style.
Bnbjeetfk-om CHBETHAM.
m=t:^^
t-tt
m,'*'^ — ^ M ■ ■ — ■ « II , a »>
O refresh us, O refresh us, O re - fresh us with thy grace.
1. Lo ! he comeSfWith clouds descendiugfOnce for favored sinners slain.
3. When the solemn trump has sounded,Heav'n and earth shall flee away.
ig^i^
•€?■
Thoa-sand, thoaaand saints, at - tend-ing. Swell the triamph of his train: Hal- le - la - jab! HaUle - In-jah! Je-aaa comes — and comes to reign,
who hate him mast, con-foand-ed. Hear the summuns of that day; * Come to jadgment! Come to judgment! Cmne to judgment! come a - way.
1
-M Jtj^ l
314
Cm ttt..^
HUBBELL. 88, 7s & 48.
H* B« WLm
^:p — P-
■.\=t
r
t
^
Zi • on itands with hills sur - roand • ed — Zi - on, kept by power di - Tine :
All her foes shall be oon - fonnd • ed, Tho' the world in arms oom-
i I I
( I I
"f
^^sm^m
m
h^p ^r^^
3::
p TT-r — rri -
taz:4;^J::3:ihi:t:
AURIN.
In chantant strle*
8s, Ts & 48. *
bine:
t:3izzJt:
=ri=^ji3:«:*:@3^:*:?iif3 :C
¥i:
"?^^ •-# - '^»-^-0-'-0—0 -'- '-m
5--^=f=
H
O'er the realms of pa-gan darkaess, Let the
1^ I*. I . *• 1^ r; I , ^ ^.
fc4-^
Choral style.
»■ /^
'■ ^ Es§3.
iiffrft::^
eyes of pi - ty gaie; See Uie kin-dreds of the peo-ple Lost in sin's be-wil-^iering mase: Dark-ncss brood-ing On the face of all the
- * '^ I ' w^r * r r trn* r
TT;
^s^^i^
t>-fe
Mi^ifiB
CHILTON. 8s, 7s & 48*
«— « Cd-
i
f-fcii
^
2IS
1. Songi a - new, of hon-or framing, Sing ye to the Lord a - lone; Ail his wondrous works proclaiming — Je
2. Now ho bida his great sal - va-ti<}n Through the heathen lands be told: Tidings spread thro' every na-tion, An
- BUS wondrons works hnth done!
And his acts ' of grace nn-fbld.
^^i^S^^^^^^
BRIGHTON. 8s, 7s & 4s.*
A medlam movemeiit. Tlie Hghiha staceato
mmmmw^^m
1. 0*er the gloomy hills of darkness, Look, my soal — be still, and gase;
^^^^^^^^^^M
^^^^m
Choral like.
t
s.
m
?Sr
t
^m
8m the prom-i - sea ad - vanc-ing To a glo-rions day of grace! Blessed Ju • hi - lee! Blessed Ja - bi - lee! Let thy glo-rious morn-ing dawa.
8ib
"XV Vartad ft*a BIMim «• AllctnM*.
P^.
ZION. 89, 7s & 4.
T. HABTilfOS. By
3^
^ j On th« moutttain'B top appearing, Lo 1 the eaered herald ttaikbt I
( Welcome news to Zi • on bearing, Zi - on, long in hostile lands. \ Mourning captive! Godhimselfshall loose thyWids^Mournlng captive! God himselfshall loose thy bandi.
2^ i Lot thy SUB is risen in glo-ry t God himself appears fliyftiend; )
I AH thy foes shaU i!e« beforethee j^ Here their boasted triumphs end. \ Great deliveraaee Son's Kiqg will surely sand,Great deliverance Zion's long wfil surely stodL
Wftkiaib.
WILMANTIC.
Close.
8s, 7s & 4.
Melody W ROSSINI.
1. Nfay the glorious day of promise Come, and spread its cheer -ful ray, When the scattered sheep of Is-rael ShaIl*no long- er go a- - >tray;
D. a When ho- san-nas. When ho4an-nas. With u - nit-ed voice they cry.
^i^
t=t=tF=l
^m
■tritrt::
tt::^^^
»• J
^-^..I^-r^J-^^
ZENOVIA. 88, Ts & 48.
T. C. I.
217
:t;zt— r-1
t
be cosoeth : ooimtlem trumpeto Wake to life the slumbering dead; 'Mid teo thoueaod saints aad 0Dgela,3(i« their grei^t, ej(a1ted Head : Hal • le - lu -jab I Hal
t
►rCIi-C-liiI<
•U t I
1
►-1
I* I . ' !' iL^ triz:
I I I
I I
I I
1 I I I
:f:g~ira~"fftM-i^ipT.rrl
•le-ltt-jahl
i
«
./t.—-. —
<S—6-V»~ ■ 0~O-^0-
trG
EEEt!?S?EEt^
o—s
IRIS. 8s, 78 & 48.
T. C T* NkMnum Fmlla.
Weleome, weleome. Son of God, Welcome, weleome, Son of God.
±t=±:
±t=rt:t=t=--t::!!=t-t:
r(!:^7#"g::Lf-la-JI?-A:
»:fcfr^zx^
i M^^i^g ^ S
Come, tboa soul-trans-form -ing Spi - rit» BI^ the sow • er and the feed;
^*:#J
■ i i>ii ■i»i »i i i | ■«■■■
pri^aiipriiBZii:
i»_A
t::
1^ t il. •C j 4 -^
» ii#i
PI^^XB
T
§
S — 5»"
g=^pgg
Lot eiMsh heart tfaj grace in - her - h; Rame the weak, the ban - grj teed; From tEe gos - pel. From the go« • pel Now aup - pl^ tba ^o « piM need.
SS
rTi'li '-T
,r.^'T
^T ^^M=^
218
VALLETTA. 8s.
V. C. T.
Kcdlam BK«ir«BMBt.
--^ ^
t
;=trrt
i ^BSg
1. In-spir - er and hear-er of prayer* Thoa Shepherd and giiBrdmn of thine, My all to thy coT-e-nant care mji aleeping or wakij^ resin.
2. If tbon art my shield and my snn. The night is no dark-ness to me; And, fast as my moments roll on. They bring me bnt near-«r to tliee.
^^^33gP # ^^g
AUeiT'^tto
BERTON. 8s.
JlJ J J
My gracious Re - deemer f love, His praises a - lond 1*11 proclaim. And join with the . armies a - hove. To shout his a - ^or - a - ble name.
^jjj i jjrr^^ ^p
g ^^
J-l-4 '
J jri ,j
-c J-
Tj - -f -^-^-^ f f
^^PJFJ
J
OZARK. 88 & 48.
219
I^BI
1. Hark.hark! the i^pel trampet lounds.Thro'earth and heav*n the echo boand8,Pardon and peace by Jeras'blocNl ! Sinners are reconciled to God, By grace divine.
2. Come, sinners, hear the joyful news. Nor longer dare the grace re-fose; Mercy and justice here combine,Goodness and troth harmonious join,T*inTite yoa near.
8. Ye saints in glory, strike the lyre; Ye mortals, catch the sacred fire; Let both the §avioar's love proclaim.Forever worthy is the Lamb Of endless prais«.
'^^^^m^^^^^
i^Mp
' ^ f H^^i^ g | ^ -W~i
BIRGE: 8s&4s.
V. C.T
Modetmttt* (SapplteatoryO MTitH ecintestiaess, not too lond
^^zJEj^/ESt
1. Cre-ate, O God, my powers anew, Make my whole heart sincere and true; Oh cast roe not in wrath a-way, Nor let thy sonl-enlivening ray Still cease to shine.
2. Restore thy favor, bliu di-vine! Those heavenly joys Chat once were mine; Let thy good Spirit, kind and free, Uphold and guide my steps to thee,ThottGodof love.
^^igsn
m)
COREA. 88&4s. TRIO.
IVords bjr MOXTOOMBRT.
^iSE
:t=t
t=:pt=t
'■^'f0
=lT--=tT
rrjzj^rizit
^^l^fei^^l^S
L There if a calm fur those who weep, A rest for wea - ry pil-xrims found ; They soft - ly lie and sweet-ly sleep. Low in the gnv^
2. I iong to lay this pain - fal liead Andach-ing heart be-n«au the soil. To slam-ber in that dreamleM hed. From all my tott*
AII«9MI
flip v^
Baas Soil -'
^^
WlUft aiiiHt.
CARLINI. 88&68.* (PECULIAR.)
^^
tr=t=t.
t
Yfr W^
L Sing hal'Ie - la -jah! praise the Lord! Sing with a cheerful voice; Exalt our God with one ac-cord, And in his name re -joice; Ne'er cease It
sing, thuv ransomed host. To Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, THl in the realms of endless light. Your praises shall n-nite. Year praises shall ii»ni^|
FLORENCE. 7« & 6s. pbcitliar
WiCH iiMU»c, Intt not too lovd or flut.
1. Why siaks mj toal, de - sj
V. C. T.
n^
l^^gi
jjtf III ^^ II ■ I !■ |_ ^^ M *' I^P
trcrip:
I
t
■t*-
HzzJiita
de - spond - ing ? Why fill my eyei with teara ? While Da - tare all aar - roandtng. The smile of beat - ty wean:
1. The pleas •«• that de -celTedme, My foal m» more can charm; Of reat they have bereaT'd me. And fill'd mo wUh a- Urm»
i^^^^^H
gaB^sa
mtsHr:
hb:
t
+• — t-
l. f . I i-t
g|
:{:
H 1-
t
^-l«
r r lip
Whjr bnrdoa'd still with lor - row, Ii eve - ry lab'ring thought .' Each via - inn that I bor - row With gloom and nd - IMM flaigbt t
The ob-jecta I have chedahed. Are eiop*^ •* tht wind; My earth -ly j»y* are periahed. What earn -fitrt abBll I find?
^^^^mm^^^^^^^^^
s^^^^^^m^^k
r-^-
^22
AliVA. 7s &, 4s.
llIodeflmi««
T. C. T.
I - ■ y ^* - I I I I lit ' ■ I ^ mm^m^—Jm A
t=f
1. When the vale of death ap - pean, Faint and cold this mor - tal chiy. Kind Fore-ran - ner, looth mj fean. Light me throngh the daiksome waj;
^iBi^i^^i
i._,_a-w_j.
J-
^^ij^
Break the aha - dowi,Break the aha - dowa, Uah - er in e - - ter - nal »dBj.
f^*=^ Crc«» - - - -
:=t
^^^m
t==t
m
I' ■^,'^ i -^-jj—j L^ — j-^. /.j; j^-j — j-T-j-r-
2. Upward from thia d jmg atal*
Bid my waiting aoal aaptre.
Open then the chrystal ga|e.
To thy praiae attune my lyre.
Then tfiamphant»
I will join the immortal choir.
8. When the mighty trumpet blown*
ShaH^ the judgment dawn proclaim;
From the central, horning thrpne*
Mid creation'a final flame.
With the ranaomed*
Tho« wilt ^wn mf wortUen
HALSTED; 7s & 6s. PECULIAR.
tAMedl
(Allegro fliodctiitoO
V. C. T.
223
1. What ai^t on earth more hlin - flil, Thaa that do - met • tic scene,
2. There du - cord it a itran - ^^ There tthre can nev - er come ;
S^ And there how tweet and pre • ciout, The grate - ful aong to raite,
4. In aoch a hab • i - ta- - tion, May we be eT - er
^-I^E^^i^lf^^igl
Where un • ion, pure and pcace-ful, At tun - lit clouda at e'en.
And many a fear and dan-ger. Are ex - iled frt»m that home;*
To Him ao kind and gra • cious, Who claims the high - eat praise ;
found y Where wa • tera of aal • va • tion, In heal • ing atreama a • bound ;
<:
gS
S
J.
^^ .^^-^
I
t
~':ilT~^~'f^
t=jr
r: nirr*— i^zzit: "=^i
Each kin • dred heart en - light - ens,
While in •> do • lence and fol - ly
With glad har - roo - nious voi • ces,
Af - tec • tion's voice to chide us,
1
With many a heaven-bom ray, That ev • er shines and bright-ens, <' Un - to the per - feet day.
Are ban - ished with their train. And con - verse pure and ho • ly, Ex • erts her gen - tie reign.
Pa • rents and chll-dren join; While ev - ery heart re - jnic - es, In bles - sings so di • vine.
When - e'er we go as - tray ; And mer - cy's hand to guide us, A # long the nar - row way.
Crce*
m
SEfc
m^
.»-• » » -
mi
ALISTER. 68 & 4s.*
1. Child of ain and aorrow, Filled with dianaj, Wait not Ibr to-moirow. Yield thee Co day. Heeren bida tbee conf , While yet there 'a room : Child of «ia aadeoneiWyHeexapd obey.
S. Cfaild.oi ain and aoiTow,Why wilt thou die? Come,while thoa canal borrow, Helpftt>in on high : Grieve not that love, Which ftom a b e w , Child of ain aud aetrow, Would bring thee nigh.
s^l^^^pplr^^^^
an~r"xd
I.^— Jf-Li
> h
iiSilSii^iii
jL .j: . ,L
.JJUL.
m^^^m^mm^g^m
ITALIAN HYMN. 6s fc 4s.
olutimn.
VnOi «k««tAilB«n, and ia cxmet Make. RecMando.
I I f
lT-.-t
r::«=tpq
^^
1. Come, thoe almigh - ty King, Help ua tf^y name to ain^. Help us to praise ! Father all glo • rioaa, (Ter all vie • to- Hona, Cnme and reign tft^r va, Ane
i, Jeaaa, our L«ord, a - rise, Scatter our en • e • mies, Now moke them fall! Let thine dmi^-ty aid O^r sure defence be madeX>araoula on thee be atay'dX
3. Come, thou, in • carnate Word, Gird on thy migh - ty sword } Our prayer attend ! Come, and thy people bless, Couie,give thy word success ; Spirit of Wineaa;
v^— • r "^5 Semi dMraa* -»---------- TnttL _^
Ancient of Ditypa.
Loid,hear <mr call!
,On oa deaq^nd !
gS^fe^^^g^
E2
-♦— < 1-
iiQg ^^ piir -fJTf: rjTj^^
e^-t i
SMPpllcittary* Moderato.
LUMAN. 6s&4s.*
z.tzf.z±-:x.t.-^zt:t^ E-j:-'SEzztzltzztih:^zf±'^.zft-t:zT.iT:z^~\z±'z:t-3^^^
dz;
225
:rtt.*5f^5^-
1. Low-ly and lol - emn be Thy children** cry to thee. Pa - ther di^vioe, A hymn of suppliant breath,OwQing that life and deoth A - - like are thine.
2. O Fa-ther, in that honr.When earth all helping power ,8hail dig - a -vow, When gpearfandahieldiaod crown Jnftiintneu are ca*itdown,Su«-tain na, thoa.
8. By him who bowed to take. The death-cnp for odr sake,The thorn, the rod, From whom the last dis-may Was not to pass u way. Aid ai, O God.
4. While trembling o*er the grave,VVe call on thee to aave, Farther di - vine:Hear,hear oar suppliant breath ;Keep as in life and death, Thine on - - ly thine.
ti.M.:Mzz0t^z±iz3z±Mz-Jz::4i^:z^j±z^^
mm^^^^^m^^^
^i-^zzjz:^-^
-X
It
I — !~t
.J_j.
WILLARD. 6s & 5s. (peculiar.)
Soft aad gcatl*. '
\=3^'
1 . Through thv protecting care,Kei>t till the dawning, )
Taught to draw near in prayerTOmit .... ]{ Heed we the warning,0 thou great One in three,Gladly our souls would be Erermore praising thee,God of the mom - ing.
8
mp
^^^^^^^Mm
2. God of omr sleeping hours, Watch o'er us waking, )
AM our imperfect powers [Omit (In thine
^fM^€^^^^§
ine hands taking: In vs thy work )'ul - fil. Be with thy children still, Those who obey thy will Ner-er for - sak - ing.
cav-a. BU
m
-^Eztrtmt::
■i — l^-l^
■ ,*«• *«.
BAVARIA. 58 & 10s.
ViROiL C. Tatlok.
Bolt, l4mrlictto, CaaCii^Al,
1. No war Bor bat-tie loand Waf beefid the earth a-romd, « No hoo»tUe cliiels to (k-rioue eombat ram; Rat peace-ful wai the
Soli, LArsli«tto, Cantabllo,
In which the Prince of light Hif reign of peace up - on the earth be - gan.
Sou. PPTnftl. <> crew > Ri.
2 No conqueror*! aword he bore,
Nor warlike armor wore,
Nor havghty pessiona rooeed to eontcst wiU.
In peace and love he caine»
And gentle was his reign,
Whit^b o*er the earth be spread bjr iafloMM milil^
8 Unwilling kings obeyed,
And sheathed the battle blade.
And L*alled their blood jr legiooe firom (be §Mt '
In silent awe they wait.
And close the warrior's gate.
Nor know, to whom their homage tinn thej yMd.
A The peacelhl conqu'ror goet.
And trinaiphe o'er his fcree^
Hie weapeae drawn rrom armoriet a*)OV«.
Behold the vaoqiiished ait^
Sabmisaive at his feet,
Aii4 strifii ftii4 hate ace chugged ft
i
' it
i
WEBB. 5s & 12b.
B. C. W
M7
-■_j_j_^-j — ^ — ^ — p^-*-^ --\ — • — # —
1. Come, let us a - new, Our joor-ncy pur • sue — Roll round with the year, And nev-er stand «till till the Mas-tcr «p - pear.
SL His a- dor - a - ble will Lotus ^lad-ly fui - fill, And cor t&l-ents im - prove By. the pa-tienoe of hope, and the la-bor of love.
MONROE. 6s.»
Ia Ckaatant Bijrle, Dtotlaet.
^^iiSSii^
i, Flanff to the heedless winds. Or on the waters cast,Their ashes shall be watched. And fathered at the last, Their ashes shall be watchM, A nd gathered at the last
a. And ifromthat scattered dust. Around us and abroad. Shall spring^ a plenteous seed Of wit-nes-ses for God, Shall spring a plenteous seed Of wit-nes-ses forOod.
a Je^Ms hath mim received Tbeir lat-eat living breath ; Yet vain is Satan's boast Of victory in ti^ieir death. Yet vain is Satan's toast, Of victory in their death.
4 6tUltiti<<lAlM'dflad«they speak. And triampb-tongaed,proclaim To many a wakening land The one availing Name,To many a wakening land The one aviailing Name.
^jTfgffep pj^-a^j,
•«/
Soil.
Tatti*
^^^^m
:t
tr.
i
4..p:iL.9).
;=i^^
:fct;
-J-
J.
228
CHURCH STREET. 6s & 4s.
1. To • day the Sa - viour calls : Ye
2. To - day the Sa - viour calls : O,
wand - Vera, come ; O ye be - night - ed sonls, Why long - er roam ?
hear him now ; With - in these sa - cred walls To Je - bos bow.
THEBES. 6s, 8s & 4s.*
B«ld and HiJ««tle.
I . Yes God himteirnath twoniyl Vm his oath depend,! thaII,on eagle's winss upborne ,To hear'n ascend-.I shall behold his fkcej shall hia power adore,Aiid siii|^ the wonders ofhls grmte Forevermon.
i. He keeps bis own secure;He guards them bj his sidejArrays in garments white and pure His spotless bride: With streams ofsacred bliss, With grores of liTing joys, With all the fruits cMTParadisey
[HeatUlsopplies.
3. Before the great Three,One; Tbej all exulting Btand,And tell the wonders he hath done Thro'all their landiThe listening spheres attend^And swell the growing fame,And •inffyhi aongs whicn »eT>
[er end, The wonaroos Name:
*3«
^m^ ^ ^^
^stmt
^pfe
I I
(inlte S1o%r i Dl«tlnet« and In steady tin&«
t« ana in sMaajr <
ILL8LY. 6s & 10s.*
2^
i. ThoOyWho didit ttoop below ,To drain the cup ofwoe^And wear the form of frail mnrtality /Phy blest'd labors done, Thy crown of victory won. Hast passed from earth,para'd to thy home on high.
2. It was no path of flowers,Thro' this dark world of oare^Beloved ofthe Fa(her,thou didst troad^.And shall we,in dismay .Shrink from the narrow way, Wnen clouds and darkness are around it spreadf
J^-MiT-J
^S:£-:
'^ '^ ^ JLJLT ^ '
-^i^iw
I I
I
'Wttla tendcmeMi and emotion.
WARDEN. 7s, 6s & 8s- • (TiiepgaimtgtiHy.1093.) v. c. t.
— 0m -.0m-.
i
t
tzM
1
1. Brotli - er, thou art gone .to rest; We will not weep for thee; For thou art now where oft on earth Thyapir-it lonjjed to be
2. Broth - er, thou art gone .to rest; Thine is an ear - ly tomb; But Je - bus summoned thee a -way; Thy Sa-viour called thee home.
3. Broth - er, thou art gone to rest; Thy toils a ncl cares are o'er ; And sor - row, pain, and sufferinfir, now Shall ne'er dis - tress thee more.
4. Broth - er, thou art gone to rest ; Thy sins ar«» all for - given ; And saints in li?ht have welcomed thee To share the joys of heaven.
5. Broth - er, thou art gone to rest ; And this shall be our prayer — That, when we reach our journey's end, Thy glo - ry we may share.
=fl=fl:=i:
U^ii^^it^^^^i^si
<> m
^^^m^^m^^^^m
Rail. - - -
s^PPt^^iiE
fm
Sail. Maderat*.
CEDRON. 8b & 63.*
Ifrords by RST* •• F. SIRVH*
Tnttii
1. Beyond wnere Cedron'a waters flo;vir, Behold the Buffering Ssvioor ^o To sad Geth>sero-a - ne;
2. He bows beneath the sins of men ; He cries to God, and cries a-gain, In sad Ceth-sem-a - ne ;
3. With gentle res-ig - nation still. He yielded to his Father's will, In sod Geth sem-a • ne ;
4. The Father heara ; and angels there, Sostain'd the Son of God in prayer. In sad Geth-sem-a • ne ;
m
g^aa
n
^ M M M M M m ^ ^ V
Sou. TIJ5^^* ^ ^^
-.-'>-
tq^3
His countenance is all divine, Yet grief appears in •▼••ry Kne.
He lifts his moaraflii eyes above—" My Father, can this cup fMiKivef^
Be-hold me here, thine only Son -, And Father, let thy will be dos*."
He drank the dreadful cup of pain — I'hen rose to life and joy a-gaio.
it:
TbuI*
J> I r I ^ I . / N ^ ^ ^ TattL 1^ J J I
r^ I (^ J ^ I ^ — N
TattL
'^111
-J^ J-li
r I I ^ — ' r r I I I «
RESIGNATION. 8s & 6s.* peculiar.
OeAtle and trsutquU
I=t=--t:5
:t
t
J. My God, my Pa-ther, while I stray, Par from my home, on life's rough way, O, teach me from my heart to say, "^Thy will, my God, be done."
2. Tho' dark my p«th, and sad my lot. Let me be still, and mur-mur not, A nd breathe the prayer divinely tanght," Thy will, my God, be done."
" " ^ - Sub-mis-sivc still would I re- ply, ** Thy will, my God, be done."
on - ly yield thee what is thine ;*^ Thy will, my God, be dome**
m
3. Whattlio'in lone-ly grief 1 sigh For friends belov'd no lon-ger nij[h ; St
4. If thoushouldstcall me to re-€ign WhatmostI prize, — it ne'er was mine, — I
JEWEL. 8s & 6s.*
331
'
DIoM amd slMlM style.
iil^^^li^^^^
1. Blest is the hour wh«ii earet de-part, Aid earth-Iy scenes are far; When tears ef woe for - get to start. And gent- ly dawns up on the heart De - Yotion^s a« • ly star.
2. Blest is the place where angels bend To hear our worsliip rise, Where kindred UioUs tlieir musings blend, And ul the souPs af>fection8 tend Beyond the veil'iag skies.
3. Bie^t are the hallowed vows that bind Man to his work or love •, Bind him to cheer the humble mind, Console the weeping, lead the blind, And guide to joys a • hove.
m ^1=^- Dim* ^ ^
'?"-t-J>8t.UJ^-J-Pt-J-Jt-J-J
SfeSi
^&B
-^
i^ ^ ^ ^fe^^^?^pE
*»
NASHUA. S.H. M.»
i^M^^^iS^s^
pun — -ptt- ^^^ ^
1. Faith is the ChrkUan'ij>rop, Whereon bis sorrows lean: U is the sulMtanccofhis hope. His proof It is the anchor of his sool Wheli teoipests rage aodTiUows roll.
2. Faith is the polar star That guides the Christian's way,birects his wanderings f r(im ofar/l'n realms of endless dav ', It points the course where'er he roam,And safely leads the pilgrim home.
3. Faith is the rainbow's forra^ Hung on the brow of heav'n,'l'he glory of the passing storm, The pledge of mercy girSi} It is the bright,trittmphal arcli,Thro' which the saints to glory march.
mf
^ ^ ^ I* I t • ^ i ^ r-#~J-/ j jj ^
izriipi^dtzLc: zirziz!:: aitpdfct tip: its:: is
J
-^«::=}
^
>
^-^ TO -^-
550
232
SHERMAN. S8&9S.*
A llttDB flMter tluin mcdlvia.
zfzdE^qzz!3:zzfz*ziSiUrU::it— U=U=x tzztr:;;^fc±j?zl±=:U=t^t=-ii^!?=i: L:r.%-_ Tjzz:^ S
1. Weep not for the saint thr.t as - cends To par - take of the joys of the iky ; Weep not for the ser-aph that bends With the wor-ship-ping cho-rns on high.
2. Weep not fur the spir-it now crowned With the gar - land to mar-tyr-dom given; O, weep not for him: he has found His re-wnrd and his ref- nge in heaven.
8. But weep for their sor-rows who stand And In - ment o*er the dead by his grave; Who sigh when they muse on the land Of their home far a - way o'er the wive.
4. And weep (or the nn-tions that dwell Where the light of the truth nev - er shone, Where anthems of peace never Swell, And the love of the Lord is on - knoWn.
Vweu. ----------- :::>- rn Dim«
^^=^
:^
Aflbtvoso* IMetlncty but not too londt
w^m
KINGSTON. 8s & 7s., peculiar.
V. C. T.
I
i-A 1 , 1 1 1
1. O, lay not up up - on this earth Your hope, your joy, your treas-ure; Here sor - row clouds the pil -grim's path And blights each opening pleasure.
2. Earth's joys, like dew-drops, fade a - way; Life's clouds its vis - ions van - ish, A - hove, no night can chase the day ; Those joys, nochange can ban-isli.
8. All, all be - low must fade and die; The dear - est hopes we cher - ish. Scenes touch'd with brightest ra • dian-cy, Are all_dd-Creed to per-ish,*.
i
If •dloiii mo'TCBieiftt*
WESTCHESTER. 6s & 5s.,' pecuuar.
233
]. When ihall we meet a - g^in? — Meet ne'er to sev - cr ? When will Peace wreath her chain Round at for - ev - er ! Our hearts will ne*er re - poee
H^iS^s^^a^^f^giEiii^fe
S*li.
Tutil.
^^^^
^=0^=m=^
t=^.
t=U==l?-i
^g^ ^-aisiBs
— ^ f ''
±
^
t
m
±
t
^
^
f--- rT-rr* — *
JU_J.
.i
g
^
Safe from each blast that blows In this dark \'a]e of woes, Nev-er — no, ncv-er!
f ^ > Cs
When shall love freely flow
Pure as life's river?
When shall sweet friendship glow
Changeless forever?
Where joys celestial thrill.
Where bliss each heart shall fill,
And fears of parting chill
Never — no, never!
Up to that world of light
Take us, dear Saviour;
May we all there unite,
Happy forever:
Where kindred spirits dwelL
There may our music swell, .
And time our joys dispel
Never — no, never!
834
CONCaRl>. ee, 8b k 4i.*
Hzb
'Witk lift Mkd aaimatla
tU::it:=J
#-- ■-#—♦- ■ •H^- -m — •-- ^
1. Yet, God him - Mir hath tworn, I on hia oath de • pend, I fball» on ea-gle*fl winga np-borne, To heaven aa - cend: I ahall be-hold hU face,
S. Tho* natorePaatrengthde - cay. And death and hell withstand. To Canaan 'a boandi I urge my way, At hia coin - ma nd ; The wa-tery deep I paa».
h?ff^^W'^#fe
c c cc
^ic_cJ-y si^
I ahall hia power a - dore. And aing the won-dera of hia grace For . ev - er - mere.
With Je - eu in my view. And thfo* the howl - ing wil - der - neaa My way par-eoe.
3 The ffoodljT land I ■••,
With peace and plenty UmI,
The land of sacred 'liberty
And endless -rest.
There milk and honey flinr.
And oil and wine abound,
And trees of life forever groW|
With mercy crowned.
4 There dwells the Lord our Khif ,
The Lord our Righteousneaij
Triumphant o'er the world and im:
The Prince of peace,
On Zion's sacred height,
His kingdom stiH maintains,
And, glorious with his aainU in liglH
Forever reigns. .
.::j
- -^ ■ i - T
WUM splHi and r«tolmUon.
HADLYME. 7s & Ss.*
235
1. Onward speed thy conquering flight ; An-gal, our ward speed ; Cast abroad thy radiant Kght, Bid the shades recede ; Tiead the i-d(^ in the dust,
^^
^^^^^^^S
i^ ir ?3^^ isi
Heathen fknee de-stroy,
Spread the gospel^s ho • !y trust, Spread the gos-peFs joy.
M i l' r . B::
E S^pai
3 Onward speed thy eoaqiieriiig fliglil;
Angel, oDward haste;
Quickly on each mountain's height
Be thy standard placed;
Let thy blissfnl tidings float
Far o'er vale and bill,
Till the sweet-ly echoing Bote
K^ery bosom thrill.
4 Onward speed thy coaquering^ fltgbty
Angel, onward speed;
Morning bursts upon our sights
Tis the time decreed:
Jesus now his kingdom taket^
Thirones and empires fidK
And the joyous song awakat^
" God is all in aU.'*
236
DUST AN. 78 & 8s.,* peculiae.
Wltl^ distiact vttonuie*. CBatlier Staf ciito.>
^g^:^Ep3^^^| :g ^ggggg^ ^gj^ ^E3^^^^3^g
1. Lift not Ihou the wail-ing voice ; Weep not ;*tis a Christian di - eth : Up^where blessed saints re-joice/ Ransomed now, the spir-it fli-eth:
2. They whc die in Christ are blest: Ours be, then, no thought of grieving: Sweetly with their God they rest, All their toils and troubles leaving:
r^^r^rjrjz^ ^jijpi;^
High in heavenVown light she dwelleth ; Full the song of triumph swelleth: Freedfromearth,andearthly failing, Lift for her no voice of wailing.
So be ours the faith that sav-etli, Hope that eve-ry tri - al braveth, Love that to the end en dur-eth, And, thro* Christ, the crown securett
LUTHER. 8s & 7s.,* peculiar.
ParUv A«n HANDBU
237
cAm. "With aw« and MlcMBlty.
^::1ri:
S^^^S^::^^
1. GreKt God, what do I see and hear ? The end of things cre-a - ted : The Judge of man I aee appear. On clouds of glo-ry seat - ed : The trumpet aoundt ; the graves restore
2. The dead in Christ Ishall first a - rise, At theJaat trumpet's 60unding,Caught up to meet him in the skies, With joy their Lord surrounding : No gloomy fears their souls dis-may }
t=l:
^^
m
:j=it:
zMzi 3tr^ :
t=il:
•**^
rtnt
i
The dead which thev contained be -fore: Pre-pare, my soul, to meet... him.
His prea-ence sheds e - ter-nal day On those prepared to meet... him.
S But sinners, filled«with guilty fears,
Behold his wrath prevailing;
For they shall rise, and find their tears
And sighs arc unavailing:
The day of grace is past and gone;
Trembling they stand before the throne,
All unprepared to meet him.
4 Great God, what do I see and hear!
The end of things created:
The Judge of man I see appear,
On clouds of glory seated:
Before his cross I view the day
When heaven and earth shall pass awaj;
And thus prepare to meet him.
238
t I r u-
(Safialy tiirough another ireek.)
1. Safe-tj tfarovgfa an - oth - er vreek ; God haa brought na on our way ; Let ua now a b^saaing aeek. Waiting in hia courta to - day^
3. Here we come thy name to praiae; Let tta feel tiiy preaence near; May thy glo - ly meet oar -eyea, While we in thy house ap-pear;
nip m/m - *^
Day of all the week the beat, Emblem of e - ter - nal rest, Day of all the week the best, Emblem of e - ter - nal reat
Here af -ford na, Lord, a taate Of our ev - er - last - ing feast, Hereaf-ford ua, Lord, a taate Of our e? - er-laat-ing huL
1
MOORFIELD. 8s & 4s.*
y -
iinh(
iff-place
4. O, let,th«toul it* •loDibersoreak/Aroiwe itt
1. A-lat! how poor and httle worth Are allthose
9. Our birth ia oat the atartioff-place; Life ia the
PM?
MnOk pftUtoa.
CONSOLATION, lis & 10s.
V. C. T.
s^s e
'nft
*H^
shrine of God J*erTentJy kneel;
,^ , ^ „ , , J I; Here bring your wounded hearta.hcre tell your anguish*, Cartnhaa no sorrow that heav':
%. Joy of the comfbrtlest, light of the straying.Hope when all others die/adeleaa and pure, Here speaks the Comforter, in God's name saving, Earth has no sorrow that heav'n caRBOt cu
3. Here see the bread of life$ see waters flowing Forth from the throne of God,pure from above; Come to the feast oflove} come,ever knowing Rarth has nc^ sorrow but heaf'n can remoTe.
fcsiigi=^^
mp
- - - - - Crent - -
^^^^^^
*J"*:;
m
&
>u&^^M
240
.— •VK^^Vfl* ' Cj-*. -•*
HINTON. lis.
Th« Lord i* mT Sh«ph«rd;Do wantiballl know: I feed in green partorw, safe fold - ed to rest; He lead • eth my (onl where the eliU waters flow,
t=t
i
^—
:t-
r
o-
tWL mA »— —
t:=t=t
f^^^ f^^ ^ ^-tf^P
Be-ttorcs me when waaderiog, redeems when oppressed.
• GALLATIN. lOs & lla. (6 lines.)
Qaite Fast, exact Time, and Staccato. • •
j z^ij zpi:: - #--^ —^74
' Ilouse of onr God, with cheerful aothems ring, While all our lips and hearts his glo - ry sing ; Hie openiqg
P3[;
^=^
©—
g^^
^^l^il
c:'
«zil=iti
1 ( 1 h-.- — I-
trr-n.
^-#2
year
his
graees shall proclaim, And all its days be vocal with his name : The Lord is good, his merdea never end - ing, His blessings in perpetual showers de • soeod - ii
I I
^MiiJLi »
gi ^j-io-a
lite Ml I
^^^
t^^
TRIUMPH, lis.*
341
Bold muA eiiergetle.
-t'±
1. Daughter of Zion, awake from thy •adneuj A • wake, for thy foes shall oppress thee no more j Brfgbt o'er thy hills dawns the daystar of gladness ; Arise/or the ni^t of thy torrow isomer.
^ *~* * ^ Salk -.^. Tnltl. f
f Sail. Tnltl. r
■la-i
tx
XLi-Lx
^^^m^^mMmmm
±J'A ^.i -^ _JL -^.-J^^ J j-^v/ J a
THE LORD IS GREAT, lis & 8s.
Allegretto. Wltl& aai^lesty
Froas lloetom Aeodeoajr** CoIL
by peraaleeloMu
it ii'
1. 'rhe Lord is great ; re hosts of heaven a-dore him. And ye who tread this earthly ball ; In ho - ly songs re-joice a-lond lie - fore him. And shoat his praise who made you all.
2. The Lord is great } his maj-es • \y how glorious ! Re-sound his praise from shore to shore ; O'er sin, and death, ami hell, now made victorious, He rules and reigns forevermore.
mf m m f SI ^
91
842
BURLINGTON. ISS, lis & 8s. (Worat bj Re^. ■. F. SmUlft.)
Allefpro. Wltlt boldness and sublimity'.
Prom tlte Bost. Aeadeasy's CMli
by permission.
1. 'Phe Prince of salvation in triumnh is rid-insr. And irlo-rv attends him alons his briirht wav: Thi
^^'m^^mmMm
'i&-
1. 'I iie Prince of salvation in triumph is rid-ins, And glo-ry attends him along his brii^ht way; The ti-dings of grace on the breeses are gliding, And nstiont are owning bis swa^.
t. Ride on in thy greatness, tliou conquering Saviour ; Let thousands of thousands submit to thy reign, Acknowledge thy goodnes8,entreat far thy ravor,Aiid follow thy glorious train.
3. Then lend shall ascendf fmrn each sanctified nation, The voice of thanksgiving, the choras of praiee,And heaven shall re-echo the song of aalvition, In rich and me-lodions lays.
mi Crem.
'^VwSma*.
Jill J. J. ; V J
ti
^
M-fi'Jf-
-'I — 1— t-
I i (
Slewly, and with stMnc mreent*
HIRAM. 128 & lis.
S— ^#- 0-0-0- •« — ^-tf- -rf**
£
^h^ i^'**^
■LiFttE:
• ■©-I
U-irnH-ii^
«
iE!Sir*3rt?
1 . Hark,8inner,whjle God frum on high doth entreat thee. And warnings with accents of mercy doth blend; Give ear to his voice.lest in judgment be meet thee; "Thy harvest is pau{ng,thy sUDimer will end.'
a. How oft of thy danger and guilt he hath told thee ! How oft still the massage of o^ercy doth send ! Haste, haste.while he waits in his arms to enfold thee; "Thy harvest is pas9ing,the sw miner wfflend.*
^
«— ^^^
tip
a-^-r'-dript
HztHdzirn
iff^3aiS
U
S-0-
-J J IJ J ,J^J^i J; _ j J JJ J J
-jJiJJ-L.
11
MONTGOMERY. S. H. M.
243
mntlt deep eolemmlijr.
1. Thii place is ho - ly ground; World, with iti caret, a - wny; A ho - ly, boI - emn atill - neas roond Thia life - leaa, moal-dering clay;
S. Be •> hold the bed of death. The pale nind mor - tal clay; Heard ye the sob of part - ing breath ? Marked ye the eye't last ruy?
53s:e3=;ee:i
1
-^ -^- • • ' -0- -0- -•
1— -jrt
m
^mmm
fei^^^P
-^,4-4
f;*
Nor pain, nor grief, nor anz - ions fear. Can reach the pea(^ fnl sleep - er here.
|<Io; liii» ao tvreet - ly ceased to be, It lapsed in im - mor • tal - i - ty.
s^^si^iiES^^r^^^ilEli
m
Crc»
!iia=:it::
/_,.
J. JiJ-J"
3 Why mourn the pious 4iead?
Why sorrows swell our eyes?
Can sighs recall the spirit fled?
Shall vain regrets arise?
Though death has caused this altered iiiien«
In heaven the ransomed soul is se^.
4 Bury the dead, and weep
In stillness o'er the loss;
Bury the dead; in Christ they sleep
Who bore on earth his cross;
And from the grave their dust shall
In his own image, to the skies.
244
HAWLY. C. H. M.
V.#. T.
::^^
1. O, what is life? 'tit
2. O, what ia lifeT 'tia like the
3. LordyWhat ia life? if tpent with-thee
4-
the lovely tlow'r away.
To-norrow it nay diaappear.
life and all ita joya are paat
S«li. Tr«Me
eMeorAll«« TbuI. V ^tj^ Tfl Crw. - - - !:>- mV ^ m WLmlU
• > r T L r '' ^ n I J J' ^ J. J* J* J"! J' J
^ 4
^ r I
^p^^^^
£?W^X
I !
MESSIAH C. H. M.
'With aolMBuaitjr. <Com KzpresalomeO
^^^^
V. C. T.
lA8«rlb«d to O. F. R.y V«w-T<
1. He knelt; the Saviour knelt and prayedA^hen but his.Father'a eye Look'd,thro'the lone
S. The ann went down in fearful hour; The heav'na might well grow dim,When this mortality had pow 'r To thua overshadow him; That he who gave man'a breath miffht know Tbe'veiy
[del *
On that dread agony: I'he Lord of all above, beneath^Waa bow'd vrith aonow nrta
[dMdL
v«
deptka of hvawa
>J^i»9f^ atorw pwtieuUrlj to thm 2M tUau.
.-.>ji
HARTFORD. P. M.*
U5
n
:t£EE
■«:
giiii^&i^JilgSM
1. Vi - tal ipark of hesTenly flame, Quit, O quit this mor-tal frame; Trembling, hop-ing, liogeriog, - fly - ing, O, the paio, the bliM of dy-iog!
mp
m
i?^g
*f
,Xk
tf
— r 1"-^
-qziit: ::
ii^ii^^^lg^^^BB
; I I _j__ j_ J J JL _J-_ -J- -JQ_ P^ _p- -J- J i]_ g J _ I J J ' I :r^
.r^
t=i*
i
^lEg g g g i^^
S2EagEa
-:zst
Cease, food na - tare, cease thy strife. And let me Ian - guish in - to life.
t I
i
J JL ^ .;.
t
t==t
3-
1^
i
2 Hark! — ^they whisper; angels say,
'** Sister spirit, come away;"
What is this absorbs me quite? —
Steals my senses, shuts my sight,
Drowns my spirits, draws my breath?-
Tell me, my soul, can this be death?
3 The world recedes; it disappears;
Heaven opens on my eyes; my ears
With sounds seraphic ring;
Lend me your wings! I mount! I fly!
** O Grave, where i? thy victory?
O Death, where is thy sting?'*
I
246
FALLSrON. P. M.
V. C. T.
AilesrMt** With aalamil«a<
^
m—0m- -H — 1-^ ^ — M — ■—J -
r'i=l=q:fr-L |.^ -ir — r T 44-*-^
1. Let eve - ry beart ro-joice and aing; Let cho-ral an-thema riae; Ye reverend men and chll-dren, bring. To Gud yonr aac-ri-fic«;
For he i« good; the Lord is good, And kind are all his ways; With songs and honors soand- ing lood. The Lord Je - bo - vah praiee.
2. He bids the aan to riae and set; In heaven his power is known ; And earth, snlidued to him, shall yet Bow low be • fore hia tbrdbe;
Fur he is good; the Lord is good, And kind are all hia waya: With songs and honors soand-ing load. The Lord Je - ho - ynli praiie.
^pilii^Pl^i
While the rocka and the rills. While the Taleatind the hilla, A glorious anthem raiae; Let each pro-long the grate-fol song. And the God of onr fatheta praiM.
While the rocka and the rilla, &c.
SAVANNAH. lOs.
AllesrcUa* SUec«to»
^
m^d^^^E!^^
irt^z^it;
f* r* P'f'
^^s
fctP;::^
Froaa Jetsel root, behold a braach tfiae, Whoae Mored flow'r with fragrance filla the skietj The tick and weak,the healing plant ahall aid,From stornw a thelter and from heat a shade.
■lew. Ckaatent.
DANTE. lOs.
V, C. T,
^^^^^^
1. Along the banks where BabeFi current fkrwa. Our oaptive bands in deep despondenee strayed, While Zion's fall in sad remembrance rose. Her friends, her children, mingled with the dead.
2. The timeless harp, that once with joj we strung, When praise employea, and mirth inspired the hij, In mourful silence, on the willows hung, And growing grief prolonged the tedious day.
r^^ii^-^5E||^:
p^=l=^
^Si^
=f
i=p
ti
1.
1
■9-
?3
tei^y
I l l . I
t4=PP
1
«
t
X.Q — S
"^ZZ^tll
t^ix# _^-.^z^r2?-_:^iz:
1
fr i Tj j i -ffi i -
5^^iB
J ujj, J J yj- J_ J. J J J- J J__--''-^_j ^_ 1- J J J J «jj j._j
m.
38^
k^*«i^MW«
^^fe^^fe^
,-i_JJJ_J_lJ^
CLARBL ^ 6s, Ts & Ss. peculiar.
f f
Hark 1 hark, a Bhout of J07, Th« world, the world i« oaU- iog, In east, in weit» in north, fin, soath, Se^ Sa-tin't kipgdom
^g^
v^
^^^^^ig^^^^^
1— I— t
i
Hark 1 hark, a thont of joj,
ri-r-j
^^
Harkl hark, a shout of J07, The world, the world is call- ing, In east, in west, in north, in sonth. See Sa-tan^s kii^dom
f f
fall - ing. Wake 1 wake, the church of God,
f f
And dis - si - pate thy slumbers; Shake off thjdead-lj
1
t
E
il^^E^s
ap • a - thy, And marshal jdl thy nombariL
rzns:
2^-
x=\
\
^■9t
tldi:
^^mm
^risr^^
£sll . ing. Wake 1 wake, the ohureh of Gk)d, And dis - si - pate thy slumbers ; Shake off thy dead - ly np • a - thy, And marshal all thy ni
f f • *
-^
Mi
RAtter Fait.
FOLSOM. lis & 10s.
MOZART.
249
St
j=t
t=:4=t
UJ-L-|_-|-4
:T=::r|L-U -l^44 -J -4
■« — «-
«■
i^rzE: Btraznc: :dzztizr:a~wzj
I
H
:(ir.[=±
Brightest and best of the sons of the morning, Dawn on our dark-ness, and lend ns thine aid; Star of the east, the ho - ri - zon a-dom>ing.
4=*F=r^F
p~zp=t.
wt-M:
■O — 6-
F=F
leiig
:i--#Fx:22
I — ^4* — p — •-
P=^
P^
1:
■!—•-■«
J
t
^^
Qnide where the in - fant Re-deem -er is laid.
£S^
i=£:
MONTAGUE.
Faster than Uledium.
10s & lis.
From *^WLUVL, CaU.*»
The God of ^^ry sends his summons forth,Calls the south nations, and awakes the north ; From east to
J.
i^-« — m-0\ o —
-I^ »-L-l
t
i«
^e
te-^-^H
t
:^q5=^
t
JrT"^
west the sovereign orders spread, Thro' distant worlds and regions of the dead : The trumpet sounds ; hell trembles ; heaven rejoices ; Lift up jour heads, je sainta, with aheerfol Toioet.
rfTiTF
250
LYONS. lOs & II9. 4 lines.
Allenratto. St«e«alOy with •tronc aeeeat vpoa the first part of the ■»<
l-q^r:dF3in=J;nnd;3F=r|z=|iilir:l
^^
:t*:^
^ig
CrtI
Jrit:*
HATVK
Lj-J-i | i-4_-L:LJ g
^^g|
Oh! pruM ye the Lord,prepare a new song, And let all h» aainU in foil concert join ', With voices a - ni-te8 the anthem prolong. And show forth his praises in ma-eie di - vine.
£3
i^^^^^p^^l^pSi^^Bp^l^l^S^p
ifoii. m
Tntti*
RImrdk
ggj^g^^^^^gfg^^
i__j,j_;_i J
s
;s
'•'1
^
ADMONITION.
lis.
1. Delay not, delay not ; O sinner, draw near ; The waters of life are now flowins for thee ; No price is demanded ; the Saviour is hers ; He-demption is purchased, salvstion is free.
9. Delay iot, dday not ; why longer abuse The love and oompassion of Jesus, tny Ood ? A fountain is opened ; how canst thod refuse To ni-ash and be cleansed in his pardoning taiood.
gp^g^^g ^a-^g #:SM^g^
^^^^^i^
g ?£ P CT m K =
j_jL_j__j_g
t=x^
a—MjKi
^
J ^ J^J^ ^ J-.J_.-uJ:i-^iij-i.X-^.^
^i^i^
#- ^ — m^' o-
■wt
EASTON. lis.
T. C. T.
251
^^m
l^=flT:il
M'M
+- — I-
^^^^mmm
The Lord is my Sbep • herd, no want shall I know ; I feed in green pat • tures, safe fold • ed I rest ; He lead • eth my
^^^pi^^^^^^m
-H-H-'
■o«l where the etiU wa • ten flow. Re - stores me when wan-dering, re - deems when op - pressed. Re • stores me when wan-dering, re-deems when op • pressed.
Tvtti. tnf mp "^sm^ f
252
CALIFORNIA, lis & 8s. double.
V. C. T.
^ggg a3 p ig|^:pg^'^^PPPPg?j3p^ggg^pSP
1. Othoa in whoMpreMiicein7MNUtakMd«-light, On whom in af-flic-tion I call ; My com • fort by daj, and mjiong in the night,Mj hope, mj tat -Ta - tion, mj all.
E^pgEi
^S^^EiSil§
:-J_J
g^ q i_lu- au 3^=i-fT-^
■^T
I — I — t
rrtip
^
i:3:t
SEt
H^-
^
■oil.
now.
ig^^s'
Where doat thoaat noon-tide re-«ort with thj ■hee'}).
Soli.
^mm
l-t^— XA
S^i»
Say, why in the val • ley of death ihotild I weep,Or a - lone in the wil-deraeaa rove ?
^^^^^^^^P^^^^H
To feed on th'e paatnrea of Ioto. ^ttk
Soli.
m
Where doet tbodat noon-tide ra-aort with thy aheep,
90IM MM
Slow*
m ^t^^^^^^^M
J.
VISTULA, lis & 8s. DOUBLE •
253
All«|nr«tto Aniilanllno. Declamaiido*
V — *
i^
1. SUndvp
heraldf , your miMion proclaim, And wide be yonr banneri unfurled ; Declare to the heathen, Im-man-u-el'a name, Speak,apeak to a per-iah-ing world.
UaJs^ns*
m^^ ^^^ ^imm^^
t
ws^s^
i^i§
t
Bi-.
See millions unnumbered in darkness profound, Still groping their des-o-late way; Unheard the mild accents of mercy*s sweet sound ,Un9cen the bright glimmerings of day.
'^'i^JlJj^ !! il u ]^ ^z MJjiIJj ±i:^^^
m
It;
=t
«
:rpzi=z(i:=ir3zit:i±
t
^:^^§S
.i^""^
it* rVtoi*
to
: TH** ^ ^^l. to
- ^e <e:^l^.^i^e-
feS
I? to mmmm •• « IhMt) Qa«rt«t» ar Chonu*
"The Widow and the Fatherless."
^^
■.zt=:^.
■*-!-•
:=!:
;:*3
:fc=t
V. c. I. fSOO
&
WImb thf harrest yields thee plea-bure, Thoo the golden sheaf ehalt bind ; To the poor belongs the trea-sure Of the scattered ears be - hind : This thjr
^?Sa#^
F^S^f^r^
u.
I U i
11
^-#-+ *-=-#-j5r~l^4^
f-P*-4
(^j^.4--j =:g=^jr: j^n^ =pi^^
F==t:^=FtF
«
Jizartrzz
3e
" my soul, what means this sadness T . ^ ^^
PS
O mj soul, what means this sadness f Wherefore art tiiontiins oast down t
i*Hl
T
■at-Ji^rji:
ta
Jdgz kjl.J-ZItZB
/^
Let thy griefs be tamed to glad - ness ; Bid thy rest-less fears be gone ; Look to Je • sos, Look to Je - sos, And re - joiee in his dear name.
^^^^^
St
O Ood, in Zi - ca.
ANTHEM. "Praise waiteth for thee."
And un • to thee, and
And un • to thee, and nn • le thee shall the tow be per • form - ed,
&:im|^-f!r
gj i JiC-i/Jli-J^
O Gk>d, in Zi - on,
1.. 1 1
f [f Ig
IT
T"
^
And mi - tothea^aod
cm - to thee ihall the tow be per - form • ed.
O, tboQ that hear - eet prajer, un - to
l=j::=t=|:
^
m
:=t=5
•^ ^^'
te:;
::==3
i-^
un
- to thee shall the tow be per - form - ed.
^-^
O, thou that hear -est prajer, mi - %»
"Praise waiteth lor thee.'^ coNTiiftjED.
25T
1— -^-F
pE^
1
3:
— -h-^
thee shall all flesh come,
2^
P
j:
=t
;:£=*;
1=£
J
fzdzt
s
15=it=il=:
ia^^^S^^
Id . i - qui- ties pre - vail a • gainst me, As for our trans - gressions, thou shalt puige them a - 'Whj,{
thee shall all flesh come,
_j_jL±^±-jp: .f-;
m^r^
m^^
t
3
S58
** Praise waiteth for thee." concluded.
Anecro cea Syliit*.
H.H. II.
We Bhall be sat - b - fied with the good-nese, with the goed-neie of thy house. We shall be eat - la-fied wit& the
{^:=i=
/ / ^
^^-
^Tf
good-nesB of thy house, e • yen of thy ho - ly,
ho -
F5F=:t
m
ly tern • pie, e • yen of thy ho
tem - pk.
1
Mi
^EjT^TTj 3^^
ho - ly tem - pie, e - yen of thj ho
p- ; ■ ; -J . J — jL_j — i
^^m
JL
/
'11
TRIO & CHORUS. THE ORPHAN'S PRAYER.
Alto. Soli. Modcrato AlTetuoso* (Cantablle.)
JOHHCOItB, 0(SA
Words bx KISS CARTBR« Baltimore* JKKif
*1. What tho* worldly frieDcIs may frown. Why should I de-ject-ed be; Fa-ther let thy love be known, Let ttie find my all in thee,
2. Sorrow* i child I long have been. Of - ten for un-kindnen mourned: Friendlena Orphan, poor and mean; By . ih% proud and total - iky teorn^d,
So p ff it y* Soli*
8. Earthly corn-forts fade and die,
Ham. Holi. .^
Sorrows oft oor joys at - tend, Bnt if we on God re - ly.
He will prove onr con - stant friend.
Sg^
b-frr-t rr-t
« p „
t
o-
t
tt
E
i
«:
t
■&■
1
■<:5-
^S
Modemto Andaitiino*
Tatti. I I f ^ f^ f^ f^
r f f r
ig
Bti=t=U:
*Nev-er let my sool de-spair — God will hear the Orphan *8 prayer. Nev-er let my sonl de - spair — God will hear the Or - phan's prayer.
Still to Ood did I re -pair. And he heard the Orphan's prayer. Still to Ood did I re " pair. And he htard the Orphan's prayer,
Tnttl.On him IMl cast eve-ry care — He rc-gards-tlw Orphan^i prayer. On him 1*11 cast eve-ry care — He re-gards the_ Or - phan's prayer.
• 'nii» turn csa be nsed as a 1; double, aad is well adapted to the words of the 466 Hymn ^' Church Psalmody."
260
SENTENCE. - 1 will lay me down in peace/'
V. ax
Clo«« eoaiieetMi stjrl«
Soil.
I will lay me dowo.
I will lay me down, will lay me down in peace, to sleep;
E5
I
i
I will lay me down,
I will lay me down.
I will lay me down in peace, to sleep.
For thon, O Lord, on'- ly mak-est me to dwell safe ly, Thoa, O Lord, on - ly mak-est me to dwell safe-ly; dwell safe - ly.
Mi
" I would not live alway." quartett.
Du mmm H*
261
^^~^
?=^
:&=f=t=*f=i
"I T
m
ii^=^
ztzsi:
;b(«:
s
=f=r4*="-=?ziti*
t
^
1. I would not live al - way ; I ask not to stay Whero stonn af - ter storm* lis • es dark o'er the way ; The
4^ Who, who would live al - way a - way from his God, A - way from yon hea - ven, that • bliss - f ul a * bode, Where
i=S
t
1n3
ESf
m
-i^
i
X
■^-^-d
m
t
Dim.
^=jms
t±zS;
m
:^M:
t
^m
i ; J . J ; J . J J J
J '
P
m
j=:^=S£
J
'^^
^
J^
^
-I J
>
J ^^ — L
Wt^ —p
t\
J
5=5=*^
i-
+
i
:g:
:Mj=M:
+
i
few lu - cid mom-inga that dawn on us here Arc fol - lowed by gloom, or bo - cloud - ed with fear,
riv - ers of pleas - urc flow bright o*er the plains, And the noon - tido of glo - - ry e - ter - nal - ly reigns •
j EE p p^ E^^
P=&=^
t
fEJE:
; ; ; J • J
J
/ ; J
• m.n P — »— P= :— — —
iS-
^=&
J. J ,t|j -^ bJ
^
J- / ■ J ■
. r f^r " fT^^^^"^
^
; J- J
i
i
ii
mm
aea
DUET & CHORUS. "Time is winging us away."
I»» » « t ». OoaHvto.
Alto.
Y C, T
:i*
£
1. Time if wing •* ing ui a - way To our e - ter-nal home; Life ia bat
»at a win - ter*a day — A ioar • nay to Xa tosib:
i^^^i^^^
i
t=Cf
=i1-:
±=ZM
^a^^^^s
<>
^^ •
^irf- — t
la:
^ K-.
^
^3
E^ii
^
p
CHORUS.
i
tmr§Amti». CA.U«tlaalowar thaa t]Ml>«atabova.>
lita
t=U:
t
X
H
t=t
f — ^,
r^^
4=r?:=t::l
»~ry — ^"j T i * I I r I
tzzt
trt:^;
S
^
Toath and yig - or aoon will flee, Bloom-ing bean -ty loae iti charms; All that *8 mor - tal icon shall be En - closed
in death*a cold arms.
268
Hm wai9rr%mk9ntf m. llCtl« Ihster tluui tlie 1st elionu.
=*±:f
Allef^ro, ebeerftU and imytnl. (Oliuto.)
b n-iT ^-r#
CHORUS.
/» J RItard.
iH^iSgiP
:6
But the Christian shall en-joy Health and beauty, soon » above. Far beyond the world's alloy .Secure in Je-sns*love, Se-cnre in Je - sas* love.
fa=rgI3:UTJ_ ^ i J r*-*^T» — T*-=-T?igTr-»-»T»-»T« -iii^-i — rH — rrj— n -^T-J-^rrz^-
iiiimiSEiiglif^|.^^g.
iWi I II a I
iiip^lfisiii
i^^pgil§p#ip^
^ b I I U I T ^
^^^J^l^
SENTENCE. « if a man die, shall he Uve again."
^ Tntti. Allesretto. > f Cresi
\ I 1^ 1^ I • '^ Tnttl. Al
T, C.
pii^z^z^
m—-o—m--o-»-f-
E?^
5
ESE
?»r I ri
t:zf?^
:=t:
If a man die, shall be lire a • gain f If a man die, ehall he live a - gam f I know that mj Re - deem-er liveth, I know that mj Re-deem • er lireth.
If a man die, shall he live a -gain! If a man die, shall he live a- gain f I know that my Re - decm-er livcth, I know that mj Re-deem -er liveth,
L Larc«. ^ /9s ^ Tatti. AUecretto. > t Cres. ^ i^ ' i > V
'*£
3
V=^-
-I-l i-H l-i— — -l-i— — ■ 1 — L, ^-^ ^O *■*
1^ \^
r-ri
^^
1-1-"
t=i
.ZZZZZ I — —^ I
^ RiUrd.
/^
And Ihat he shall stand, at the latter dajr
iSt'i—o—m-'-o
±z^.
T
SS5?ft^3?JE5EE:
^Sf^
1A
Of^
op
on the earth,
in my flosh,
in my flesh shall I see Ood, shall I Me God.
__rx^ x^ ^. jy,rxg-.^gi^^-^gx.g> — X — g^9i .^ L r — w^j.Q _^ r^ _x — .j-jx
1=^
'=t
3
1
And that 1m shall stand. at the latter day, atthe latterday up - on the enrth,aodtliat!nmyfleah,andtlmtinmyfleshshalI I see God, shall I see God.
4-. — — .. ^^ , I. I iV -1 — i-T-i~f*h ~-\ r-jr^-rt-^zj ri.-q V
■C^
^
l:r#::i^
^-^.
And that he shall stand, at the latter day
on the earth,
^fe
in my flesh,
'-r-^rr
"•?_'
4
i?zi^
e-^
e
t
t±
s
-C^ -^-^:i
ID my flesti shall I see God, shall I see Qod. '
Wf¥^
t
-0--i-
-f- f^F^
-tP-
nzt
QUARTETT, OR SEMI CHORUS. " Father, I call on thee." koerner's prayer* 265
Armnited in loor fmrtk for this work.
HodcraUK 'Wttlft 6Ammii ezpressioii
m <>
1. Fa - ther, I call on
2. O Fa -ther, strengthen
: -L-L- {
thee. As I stand 'midst the imoke apd the cannon*s loud boom — Whilst their lightnings are flash *ing all
we — Un -to vie - to - ry lead me; or lead me to death; I'll ac - knowledge thy pow - er to
3. I bow my . God, to ' Thee; When the Autumn's in prime with its grandeur of leaves; As well when its thnoder the
4. Fa -ther, show grace to me; My liftj in - to thy hands I cheer - ful - ly re - sign. Thou re - sum - est thy gift — I
Cres.
ntp Plu ttmrgo^
O
t
■h
of
?ziz5z::bi=zrf
dim through the gloom — Thou rn - ler
my lat - est breath; O Lord, as Thou wilt;
bat - ties, I call up - on
be it done un - to
-^^
thee;
me;
rt
eS^e3eSe3
^-^
■4-
:^:
e:e5=::53
Fath - er, strength - en
1 ' bow my God to
:zjt: — ' """^
Si
me.
Thee.
t
:¥=
bat - tie field heaves; Thou fonn - tain of mer - cy, I bow nn - to
will not re - - pine; Throughout life, ns in death, Oh be gra-cious to
- " ^^..^-^m ^ , ■ I. ■
tt,^
ti
thee; Fa - ther, show grace to me.
me. Fa - ther, I hon - or thee.
Zlt
mm
1^=1^:
3»:
J-
J^ J.=^J-.
r
:t=^
m--^0
f-
t=^^=t^
4-
4-
Crea. -
r
t
^-
J
1kJ__J1
zzzpr: =i=r5Z=i- :5i-=5==Sr; ~
t
t^.
+
, jr .J.
r
t
m.
; ^ \— -
I
r
-i^ — --
4*-
^
* Theodore Koeraar^ author of tbt above words, entitled " Koemer's Prayer on the field of battle ;" a German poet who entered the Pniisian army, and fell at the battle of Ltioaie^
266 SENTENCE. "The Lord is in his holy temple."
BI«<ll«m wmmrmtm^mtf '•rltli mrwm and reverenea*
:|z:d:T-1 — I
SOUM R. DniX)OX.
PfMeatod ibr thli work.
Iintrtritntr.-;
X
t
H-
t
I
The Lord k in hii ho - ly tem-ple; The Lord u in hii ho - ly tem-ple. Let all the earth keep tUlence;
Let
^ r f ' ^ ^ ^ ^ f r ^ r \4^T ^ e r -f t- r f- -r — ^r .
-^1 i%jw«j ''''T'T"
The Lord u in hie ho-Iy tem -pie ; The Lord ia in his bo - ly te.iD-ple, Let all the earth keep ai-lence;
Lit
J.^
«
tr
1^
■^1
J.
J
— ^
c/
J.
j_.j.,j__j.
i^
-^■
4^
4. h
^^^^==rf
all the earth keep si - lence;
Keep si - lence be - fore him,
be - fo - — re
— W-- — ^ — ^-^—w-^-
M—
;^
t
Sw. SI Diap.
PP ^
P^P
^!?j
an tha earth keep si - lence
-i J.
Keep si - lence be - ibre him.
^!
H
t=l
-<^-0-
J-4
be - fo - - - re h»»-%i *
X
t
t
HYMN. " Our Father in heaven."
V. C. T.
267
Hodsnito*
1. Oar Fa - ther in . hea • ven. We bal • low thy name! May thy king • dom ho - ly On earth be the same!
2. For • give oar trans - gres • sions, And teach us to know That horn - ble com - pas - sion Which par - dons each foe;
¥■
-^
*-t
irzrt?:
^
I I
■^4^
B
i:
t
^IITj-M.
f^3^:t:
^
-I — -. —
1
Oh gite to us dai - ly Our por - tion of bread ; It is from thy boun • ty That all must be fed.
Keep as from temp - ta - tion, From weak-ness and sin, And thine be the glo - ry ror er - er— A - - men.
znri I ' (^=:?q -r1 — I — igfzq rn — 1 ~' ' ^ "■ ' '^
±
atXL
f^C^t
EP3;
51^
mm^^^m
t
W?
T
^^^^^
Tntti*
:*zf:
Tiilrrtl^
1^
SE?
t=t
■^^"
^
::J
^ eg . ^■;— ^— j-^— }-g—
i
■ta*
J «< J- / J J
268
m
i
^^
i^g^
•— *:
" Watchman, tell us of the night."
-# — •— • — *^ -E-t— ■— #-
Tenor.
«!• ^la U«
:4 1-
^
gE^^^
5^
Watch - man I tell oa of th« nigbt, What its signs of prom-ise are.
^ Alt«.
Trav* - ler I o'er yon mountain's height, See that g'lo - 17 *
Base.
m
X
ri-+-S
e=^
t::;±^
gjTntQ
last.
f^t=^i
S^^E^3EgE^-az33Ei;
pi
EES
J=^
i
4-i
pit
^^
^
TUTTI.
DUET. SoyntBO.
beam - ing star,
Watcb-mAn, does its beau-teons ray
Alto.
^^m
— I-
1=^^^
Tray-eler, o'er yon moun - tain's height, See that glo - ry - beam - ing star :
m^m
InsC
±1^
rgzzw
x.-=t
-t— — r
i
t
^
^S- — f^
^ ns
J-
^^^
s
L 4.x
irv~^
^
i
pi
/
I
tii
^^'
" Watchman, tell us of the night." concluded.
269
^^^^m
1^^ TtUCT.
A-.
CHORUS. AUecM.
&-J— ^-X,
iP^
Aught of hope op joy fore-tell? Tray-ierlycs; it brings the day, Prom-ised day of Is - ra-eL
Base.
Trar - *lerl • Trav - ler!
Alto.
^^^pil
Tray - ler I yes, it brings the
iniBo.
t
::t
TruT - *lerl Tray - ler I
J.. J. . J.. J.
"P I
t=={^titiz^
t==t
T»-.*-^
^=^^3
T=P:
yes, it brings the day, Prom-ised day, Prom - ised day, i&c.
Proi
t=f
rom-ised day, Ao,
±=t=±
t^
e
+
X
d»3r,
±=t=t
Prom - ised day of Is - ra • el.
Tzri
e
trS
-f-
Prom - ised
F-J^-^
day of
Is • nt
±
J. -/ J:1 ; ^ . J- -Jl :!^ • J- j:
1
T
L
J J
t=t^
^
i i:J.
#-_^ 1 —
eL
^1
4- J J-J-
jM^ it teingr the day, Prom-ised day. Prom - ised day. *c.
ElT
s- .^
270
HYMN. « Rock of Ages, cleft for me."
As sang by the Author's Choir at St. Peter's Church, Niagara Falit.
T. C. T-
sis^
St
From thy ride a heal-iog flood, Be of sin t
^^±4bjJ5^ ^EgarTTf7^5^
Rock of A - gee, cleft for me, Let me hide my - self in thee ; Let the wa - ter and the blood, From thy ride a heal-iog flood. Be of rin t
bz:s=f
^:^b=%f
t
■M^
t:=t
t
t
m
Orgi|n
Let the wa-ter and the blood, From thy ride a heal-iog flood, Be of rin tl
Tolee.
Dim.
don - ble cure, Save from wrath aod make me pure.
Should my tears for ey -^ er flow. Should my seal no long • er knm
X
^^^^
i
don - bl« eore, Save finnnwMtliaiid make me pure,
Dim.
-b b I I il ■ I Pi
I
'^ ' ^"hj^* r r i-Lg ^
" Rock of Ages.'* continued.
S71
€rM.
t
t
I
-# ^
t^
, I _ ,
b zcinni
In mj hand no price I bring, Sim-plj to thy cross I cling,
«
i
t
— — ^ — P — — — — _ — g, ™- — g — ^ -— - — ^^ — — — _ — - p i
— 'L^ — ^._j_^_ ._^ — I — ^p
This for sinoould not a -tone, Thou must save, and thou a - lone. In mjhand no price I bring, Sim-plj to thy cross I cling, Sim -ply to thy
t—r-i-ifi.
In my hand no price I bring, Sim -ply to thy cross I ding, Sim -ply to thy
tz
^'
:p=f^
£
»^\«
I
?
T
'^' r ~r~r i 'n
^d^E^
RItard.
When I rise to worlds unknovx^
febfy^b®
While I draw this fleeting breath, When mine eye-lids close in death. When I rise toworlidsunknowi)^
J-r^T 1 r 1 T-r»fe#-r r h-r-^- -i h-r .-/Ts/?-
S^^=Ee
tt
S^rlwSiid^
nrt^
^
I «itw
bg ^ g ^TT ==?
^
t
t
^iSKf
When J tiae ioirorldsmikiiow%
^^'
" Rock of Ages/' ^ concluded.
And be-bold thee on th j tbroae,
»
Let me hide my - self in thee, Let me hide
my- self in
tiiee.
^-g|g; p |"^T ^ j^J^ ^
Rock of A • ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my -self in thee,
Let me hide my-self in thee.
tei
tz:izr=i
m.
.^ -#^*-#
X
Ad Ub.
3S-:
^^^
And be-hold thee on thy throne, Rock of ^A - ges, cleft for me.
i-t
Let me hide
f
■^^
n=f=Ftf=1=^-ti=F=*=F
^
^
3
my-self in
S.
Let me hide my - self in thee,
CHANT. " 0, let me die 1"
Let me hide my-eelf in
thdc
T. C T,
-r ' I -*-.-p- I r
1. let me die, why cling to life. To combat With its pains
^i^pg:
Solo, Oh, let me die, why cling to life.
To combat with its pains and strife,
To longer grorel here on | earth.
Away from joys of heayenly birth f
Solo. Why seek to rob the silent tomb
Of prey, that fears no more its gloom ;
Bat looks npon its narrow | bound.
With folemni saddened joy profound t
ins and strife. To longei^ groyel here on earth, A - way from joys of heayen - ly biiti
=5-^f F
Solo. Why wish to keep me prisoned here,
Where all is cheerless, lone and drear,
Where sifhs the soul for purer | loye,
Found omy in those realms aboye t
Solo. TIs sweet to think, when ends life's toil.
The spirit, washed from stain and soil.
Shall bask in Heayen's broad blaae of | light»
Undouded by earth** ftomgr nijgfat 1
i ^ ^ ^ ^
SoLa Shall mount on new ezplting thoi]fffat» .
Alone by Heayen-bom muses taognt,
And drink from out those purling | strMBMl
That haunted, oflb» my yision dreama.
SoLa Then let me die— ph, let ikie so,
Where ne'er is heard the wau of woe^
Where spirits pore ean laye with | in
T3ie^l6iii& of lifo^ nnmiiod iHlhihil
SOU). Ilalf a Secoad to a Beat.
SEE, DAYLIGHT IS FADING.
P-H^zJt»;i:qi*=;=ilf«z#r-i#=i=s±zrtilt:z*z*
I
■•-^-J r#-#-# rd — \-
IitfiEEt
' ' J I
,_zif^j^ ■ P- ^^ — ± —
lir
1 . 8c8, daylight is IkJiog o'er earth and o'er ooean, The sun has gone down on the far-distant sea ; O, now, in the hush of life's fit-ful comm otion. Wc lift our tired spirits, dear Saviour, to thee.
i t 1 J I I I . I I I I I I ' — — / .
,9^-
t
CHORUS.
ieigiir^SiiiSi^^
-»-»- -0-0-0- -0-0-0- -#7
^^^^^^^^^
8. Full oft want thou found afar on the mountain, As eventide spread her dark wing o'er the wave ; Thou Son of the Highest, and life's endless fountain. Be with us, we pray thee, to Mesa fad to'sare.
-s3r7
izb^
J J
A
r
^S^SS
tt
t4i^
t=ti
^^
rr-r
«:^
I — ^
3
«
^^
FfP
WHERE THE WICKED CEASE.
£5
CHANT.
f:
?■
*T
*S^
^
I I
2:
T. C. T. Wad! by ADEI.A ADAMS.
:22:
2:
I I
1. When temptation^s darts as-
sail us. When by ciore and sor • row prest, i us, And all within de
S. When the friends we love so ) Touched by death, turn from us
) When the world is dark around ) How sweet, to muse witti joy- {
void of rest — ( ful faith. On the mansions — of the blest, |
I 'Tis joy to think we soon shall meet > '* Where the wicked cease
dearly. And in whom our fond hopes meet, | early. And leave us for their heavenly seat, { _ them in heaven, and be with them a guest, )
" Where the wicked ceas9
from troubling, And the wea- ry are 14 rert P*
:ki •
3. When the wv of life is end-
) 'Twill be seraphic bliss to nse,
ed. When i]^ toils and. .... cares are o'er, ) view,^ And we the tide shall stem no more, j And receive the crown of the ble»t
^ b^M
^.
Ei
«
When earthly scenes recede from
■ we
U
1$=^
^
I I
.1
^
from troubling. And the wea • ry are at rest f*
** Where the wicked cease
from troubling. And the wea -ry VB at rest!"
jO.
i ^fir ! i^i L
274 ANTHEM. "He shall como down like rain."*
The Sjmpboniai in the Daet, together with mmaj portioni of the Chonl part oftbU pieee, have been added to the onginal by the Editor, ezprettly Ibr this woik
Alto. tell.
IP*
t=t
:i^:
:=r.
1.
t.--
He ihall oooie dowa like min op - oa the mowngraie.
He shall come down like rafai up - on the mowv gn
fljraou
|^.1gg?-T ^g^
Aa ahow'ra that wa « - ter that wa - ter the earth.
In hia days ahall the righteona floi
C-N <>
g: &r-^-trfc ig.
*^ "-■ v> ~- — ^ ■ ■ I 4— t ^ . — --I^ ^
^
f^
tS?-
^^E
^
-
^ i ■> ' ■
27a
— &■
- ifh.
-(S>
4i
t
:?«
-1+
In liif doya ihall the right - eons flour - ub.
4- —
tit
-SEE^^
1^=ii:.
fct^rzt
t^^-^T^-tf-Sfe:-.-:^:
P#-"-J— «i=l
^
«
15--^-
■~N/^
-f^T
m
I
<s»-.
1
^
&
-!-J^ — £ :
1=d^:
Chmwnm»j
■^
t=:1^:
t=t
;=:t
j^^|::g=i&^;Jzgr--r- r
:d^:=1
S
r-i — u-
.— *^
/,
r-^ — t
-—I-
fcfz#:
/,
:rt:
:»=*:
And his naiAe shall en - dare, shaU en - dare
for - ey - - er, And bis name shall en - - dure for - er - - er.
m
H \-
I
m
In
276
w=w.
■i^-
s
^
•&■
zz
±-t
4-1.
■^^
It:
3C
rEEit=i=a=^
-jrrrnt;:
*zi:??»;
t=r—
ii:::^^
:n:di=d^
■ K i 1^
t
£
S
t=^
r /• V ^ -f-."-J
i
-r-/-
ri
3^^
=t
J- J.
J.
I
-k—
►rrrU
T"^
^
hifl dayi shall the right - eoM * flour - - bh. And hb name ahall en - dnre for - « ev — - er. In hit dajTf ahall 1
a£' — r — f — J^ -f — f
■^-
MvHtrtuto, ynUM Cmreiit expression. XantebUa.
Boll.
HYMN. "O weep noi for the joys that fade."
V.
c.T. 377
Jl
1 <i ■ I { w jm. — _JI , .. W — J. _ . . JL V i ^ — Jl _ .J , 1 ■ »JL 1 ^ ■ ,XL- — ^ I ^jj^ ^1 J
1. O weep not for the joys that fade. Like eve - ning lights a - way, For hopes that like the stars decayed, Have left their mor-tal day,
2. O weep not for the friends that pass In - to the * lone - ly grave. As bree-zea sweep the with^erd grass A - long the rest- less wave;
Sou.
Tnttl.m
±1
-0-m --G-
^ I "I
=wt=i=t
-<s»
-~m — »-4
z:X---=X-f-
Ht
■G-
4
-ZX-
^5:
tjt=tt
-o-
^=:X
X
- -1©-
itTzqrqp3::qjir=zzifii|^Trf-Tr-t2::j:T^'VlT~ri^
Forclonds of sorrow will de - part, And bril - jiant sklcd be given. And tho' on earth the tear may start, Yet bliss awaits the ho-ly heart, Amid the bow'rs of heaven.
For tho' thy pleasnrer may de-pait. And iiiourn-ful duys be given. And lonely though on earth thou art. Yet blis^ awaits the ho-ly heart, When friends lejoice in heaven.
-b I — li. — (- TT I w — 4 — iT- — I 1 - J_4— m -,— II— I— X-4^ — I — X- J — ,^-Wt —mi- il — ! i T ^ -1^ ^ >^ i^ T . -jT ^~ |TI ^i [ — liI
ftJmn tmS&:
378
WHO ARE THESE IN BRIGHT ARRAY r—Anthen.*
ti odfrm.pik^-^DMcatmnem u.)
KcT. Tii. a 14, IS, 16, 17.
i^^^
TUTT I-
?s4::i^^
3H2^H
jyTTi.
T. C. T.
-=»-P—
Who are these 7
TUTT I
Who are these 7
TUTTI.
Who are these 7
TUTTI .
Who are these 7
Who are these 7
Who are these 7
TDTn.-(Milo< ir <w TVnor and Att6.)
T hese are they who've washed their robes
TUTI'I
in theTl
S^^
^m^
lood of the Lamb ; These are they who have washed their robes in the blood of the Lamb ;
g^^gS^ ^4Tiji_grJ^ ^ij^i^-l3
rayl These are they who've washed their Yobes in the blood of the Lamb ; These are ttiey who have wished their robes in the blood of the Lamb;
Are they before fly
^-*^ J TOTTI. ' ^J. J. J. ^
Are thay before
■fT t r "-i
■P-^
*^^
f^
'^
T
^
:^
T
TiMwan tlMT.fte.'
* CteizB dsalriBf aseketieB oTptoesB Nssmbltaif diis. an raftrrsd lo M Tkylor^ Choral Aithsas.**
ff
BASSR9.
Thers-lbra ais,
. f^i -^ ./. iJ
^^1^
;*:
WHO ARE THESE IN BRIGHT ARRAY— Continoed.
X—i!S^ , P . p Ml-i
:pqc»
279
^^m
m^^
I
throng of God, and serve him day and ni^ht in his tem - pie.
f /?v SOLI — Slo w and distinct*
For the Lamb upon the throne,
te3|p^^
throne of God, and S3rve him day and night in his tem-ple. They shrill hunger no more, neither thirst an- y more, For the Lamb upon the throne shall feed them,.
, dOLI— Sloiv aud dlstinof* i^ I i^ < ^
J f /^^ ,S_J ^1 N__J g_ J -P ^ I ^ eOLI-Paatogale.
I dOLI— Sloiv aud dlstinof* N I N i «
£
T
J
r
^^1
ffi
Ipiiip:
I
^m
^inTI—llIo4«imto*,
WHO ARE THESE IN BSMHT ARRAf — C«Mlai«4.
m
E3?^
'-t^-rpi-'P-;^
=-~ ^ Bal l. <»l<rw«r «iMI — IU ta~
And God shall wipe a - way all teara from their eyee, And Grod shall wipe a - way all tears from their eyes, all tears
m _ >Tv R»ll
from their eyee.
I^Spl^Egi^^
,-!■
m:
■M^~J
^^^^P^mM^^m^.
An d G od shall wipe a - way all tears from their eyes, And God shall wipe a • way all tears from their eyes, all tears
from their eyes.
J. .j: r-j. j: J. j:
^^ i^Ttf^ -f^
J-W-ri f-i-.-
Rail..
r
^ I
I ^ \^ Btue hold ifteir^oUtJlrm without ^anget^f I
L^M^
/■^
HYMN. <♦ The LonI our God is clothed with miffht."
V. C. T.
I II l =r=&
rqpii±^=:j^i^z::f!p1=q:f-r=:^i-==il^i.-:t;--i:iz:i:i:--pz
j^ — J. J 1 — J>
Th« Lord our God is clothed with might, The winds o • bey his will ; He sfiealu — and in his heaven-ly height The roll - - • ing son atands
— -'-TV*/ ^ f ' " 1 " 1 1 < i^-r -i-T ■ — T— i •. — I • '^ ^ -I ' 1^ T 1 h ¥ \ hi 1 ^-i — ^**^ — ff ff-fr
::l=:^
'-Mi0- -mi ^
The Lord our God ii clotlxd with migbt, The winds o • bejr his will ; He speaks — ted in his heaven-ly height The roll
- inff' Bun stands
=&iiE
!:*^
Unkoi
h
*t
E^^g
-t-
I la ■
&^fiis
•_j_ J. j^. i. J.
■
Jl. JL jL J.
/
d^
Re - bel, ye waves — and o'er tne laad
f
• -sr; — t: l^rzi.
Re - bel, ye waves — and o'er tne land
— ^ r « ^ T^ ^tH— -r — T — H-T—
With threatening as-pect * roar I Tne Lord up - lifts his nigb^ haod^
:zzltizJE£r=JEfz!lT3ziqi^z:^^3z=:zzz:=tt^
ifo
With threatening as-pect roar! Tiie Lord up - lifbi > hie mighty hand^
^=Z Z f €r««.
^ > J
Srtiu
13!=: fczz«z: :*zz:tt -^ to^-feiirESz; i-ira^. :zz ;jS -rzzrdOT^ifcj^^ atefc—
With threatening as-pect
roar,
ftf:
tzcrt
•4
ut
rc;
-^-:
eee:e3
:!£
1==ti::l
»!■■■» ■ * 1
*— tafez?
■■ ■ ■ 1 >>— ♦■ — mm,. .
lip^iiiiiiEii^Eiiiiiiij
£hto
chains you to the shore.
f^:^i:irz±r:J-n^i:iTr
liians
f-T 1-
Howl, winds of night
mf
t-
yMir force com • bin« ! With - oat hU high be • hast, .
i_,:j.j:.,£^ ii_^_i
=1;-5:=
£::
282
Te thtll not, in the moon-tain pine, Dia - tnrb the tper- row's nett; the qiar- row's nest.
*^^:^
Hii Toice sab -lime, is heard a - far, In dis - tant peals it dies;
J' pp . ^ r
He yokes the whirl -winds to his car,
•/Alii
--^^fq^^
, J A,-j_j
Itif-
'III " wtt 1^
eii
:*:=i==t
^
flweept the howl-lim^ ridet, And iweept the howl- iflg ikiei.
Te na - tioni.
^ CmI— ne»
^is^fel
+
Kt-^:
*
^
Pi^
^
t:
1
t
T
— —
q:
I I I ^ V / -.. X
bend— in reT-ereneo bend, Te mon - archi, wait hit nod,
And bid the cho '• ral tong aa • cend To eel - e - brate
I. f_ f. Cree. - -J - - - I /J^
oor God.
vrr-tfiH^
.^
ANTHEM. "I will sing unto the Lord."
SohN TreMe •!> Te«^
ii^Sgi:
-<!:?-
/DMlamando. > >//>
I will ling, I will ling on • to
te Lord.
Sym. m
for ho hath tri-amphed glo - nooi-Iy,
5iH»E
^WP-t
he hath triumphed glo - rioua-ly,
«?=«<=«t
»ir5
he hath triumphed g|o*rioin^
H — «►-
4» — h
- f .-:
■* — f-
The Lord la my atrength, my atrength and aong 3 my aong, my aong, And is be - come my aal - '
^ va - tion.
He ia my God,
frtr
'i ^11
ex • a - •
ex ' alt him,
285
BE35B
Sing, iiDg, ting, Sing ye to the Lord; Sing ye to the Lord ; Sing, ting. Sing ye to the Lord; For he hath trinmphM gloiioai -Ij, for
aE^S
f
Siitt, flag, slug, Bing ye to the Lord; Sing ye to the Lord; Sing, ling, Sing ye te the Lord; For he bath trinmph*d glorioae • ]y« lor
« ^ \ 4 1 '4 4 ijj Li^ fji n
Singi ewg, ling, Siog^yo to the Lord; Smg ye to the Lord ; Sing, siiig, Sing ye to the Lord; For he hath triamphM glorioof - ly.
rgg-rgggr^l
4444-
ESE£
he hath trinmph'd gloriont - ly, He hath tri - amph*d glorious -ly; Ha bath tri - uioph^d glorions - ly, lie hita tri - uaipb*d gloriooa - ly.
he hath triam|ih'd gloriotu - ly, He hath
tri - umphM glorious - ly, He hath tri • ofnph*d glorious • ly, He hath tri - ninph*d glorious • ly»
rt
r=;t=:-
ziJ^Jzrr.
4.—^— In — , — 4 — i~p — x.{_ — i — J — -__^ — •*• '■ ■ -^
glo • - .«- - rioils-iy« He hath
^
tri - nmph'd gtorioua • ly. He hath
tri - wnphM gloriona - ly, Ho hath . tri - umph d glorious • Jjr*
fes^
■4-— •
?==t
-<S^
i
Sing, BiDgy Sing ye to tho Lord, for be hath triomph'd glorious - ly. The Lord shaU reign
The Lord nhall
t>
Sing, ting, fiing je to the Lord, for he hath trinmph*d gloriooi - ]j, The Lord fhali reign for - - - ot . - - er»
If 1^ j> IV 1% J ^ ~ ^"
I
•I ■ t
Sing, ling. Sing ye to the Lord, for he hath trinmph'd glorious - ly. The Lord shall reign
for - - - e? - • - er,
The Lord ahall
I I
•^-^-
^^1
H V
3Bt]B
/^ 1^1
for - ev - - - - er,
-- ^-..
r
^rI^HE33S
The Lord iball reicn. The Lord tball reign For-ever, and ever, for-ev-erand ev - er, Amea, Aine»
_! I I fl I f II f r V t> ,
W-&-w~
r(=^:rCi:-st:;pr*::j;:
ITSf.
"N
The Lord shall reign, The Lord shall reign, For-ever, ana ever, for • ^r - er and ev - er. Amen,
H»
■G^
— " r
t
|:i:^xz:4^x=i^x
r r 7 :;:
* J
:r-^7
r
^ YmTmm»
^t
■♦
tit
^
K-^r
Hj * ■
MOTETTE. "Thou wUt keep him in perfect peace." Cfor four voices.)
ASAIUCL ABBOT, ir«w.Tork
.28t
Mo4l«r«tOy 'vrltli •xprettion*
2d Trn«#.
8d Trnmt. /^
»■
; -1 — | -r r[— -| :t -j — |
1=:tT
^
Thoa wilt keep him in per - feet peace, Thoti wilt keep him in per-fect peace, Whose mind b stayed on thee;
lat Tca«r« ^ ^
Thoa wilt
Mz: :z2
t
It
S
Thoa wilt keep him in per -feet peace, Thou wilt keep him in per-fect peace. Whose mind is stayed on thee; Thoa wilt keep him, Thoa wilt
Ait*. _ _- _^.^ ,.
^i^
-i—J-^
J^
4^
Thoa wilt keep him
J. •-«"
■^-
^
/?s
=E
■4-
e1&±
t=t::£t=
I
^1^^
keep him, Thoa wilt keep
1:
g^iiig^
him in per - feet peace.
Thoa wilt keep him in
rt
t
t^
keep him, Thoa wilt keep him in per - feet peace, Thoa wilt keep him in per>fect, per - feet peace,
Thoa wilt
i
t
rr
tztni.
'vrf^
Thoa wilt keep him, Thoa wilt keep him in per - feet peace,
^^Mi:^§
Thoa wilt keep him in per - feet peace,
Thoa wilt
\zxz-^=r^iz
^^^^^m
Thov witt keep bio. keeo
bim^ in per - feet peace, Thou wilt keep hira in per-fect, per - feet peace. Thou wilt keei^ hin^ ^«>-
t
per - feet. p«r - feet peace, be-canse he trnit-eth in thee, he trait-eth in thee, he trosteth in thee, be tmel-eth i« tine.
ke^ him ia per -feet peace, becaose
he tnut-eth * in thee, he trost-etfa in thee, becanee he trnat-eth in tliele, he trunt-elh in tliee.
t=
heap liiiD in per - feet peace,
J
per-feet, per^feet
f&:2zJ:=i
be - Qanae
^
trust - eth, trotteth in thee, became he traat-etb m thee, he tnut-eth ia
he
.0 — 5 — #_,- r — 0-J — «-, •
_— ^ p r T"y^ TT'
peace,
in
peace,
IB
per -feet penc e^
&ar|fhettOy Scnttmento,
ELEGY. '* Rest m peace/' auARTETT.
llTordt from ttkm O^nnmn, V. C. T.
>_
aoS
Rett in peace, rest in pea(!e, thy. pains are en - ded, Rest in peace, real - in peace, thy
paina
are en
ded,
Gent - ly flowed thy aoul
a - way, thy eoul, th
may,
a • way.
sh
Gent - ly flowed thy soul a - way, thy loul a - way,
t
Gent - ly flowed thy soul
37
Gent - \y flowed
thy BOtt
ly flowed thy loul a
/.
art-ing hour at - teo - ded
f^l^i^JE
led, Tean, the part-ing honr at - ten • ded.
Bat we atk not for tliy
_ I f <:z> y-g^d J^ > T' J I r^Sl_ Rititr
Tean, the part-ing hour at- ten - ded, Tears, tlie part-inf honr at - ten - ded. Bat we aak not for thy
^^ _ -^ ^ / J L X f_ L L <^:=^ ^ H _ Rill
r r -/- 7- 3" r r- _' -^ r '^ r r r r ^ - -^ ^
Teara, the part-bg boar at - ten - dedt Tears, the part-ing hoor at - ten - ded, Bnt we aak nut for tlnr
f
%
«=*
^ Accelerando*
/
tr:
t=l
Stay, But we aiik not for thj stay, Loosened from the clay wfiich bound thee, Joy-ful
soars
mzBZ
-t-
■tay, But we aak not
.T. P. /.
rar \hy stay, Loosened from
^^^3
I I ^.-T-
ly spir-it bright *, Joy - rai
-.^_i
ti
the clay which bound thee, Joy-flil soars
Aoe«l«nusdo» y j^ j
thV tpir-U briiSt ; Joy - fWl
stay, pat ^ ask not for thy stay, Loosened from the clay which bound thee, Joy-ful soars toy spir-it hpght ; Joy • fa| sosrs thy sp
m
ig
t
£
1.^ L
— I — ^~^'~r — ^' — — ^3 1*
3Rfl
-pr.
i=P-
An-gelt ofheav*nare roand thee;
He, the Lord !■_ ^dow thy light.
:m
1^z=j^:
Ir=ti1^:
Pi^=i;:
All-gels of hear*ii are roondtfaee; He»the Lord is
m
DOW
Ihy lifflt
Ihy
L»-^/='-:at
±=W=i;^i
fr^^-fczj
light. Angels of beav*il are round
1 — '•^r ^ -^
Dim. Att-gelfl ofheav'nare roasd thee; He, the Lord, ii
m.J .J I" f"
±^F-^:
ictfilrl I
T
f^^f-ff-^
ligkt. AiigeU of hear*!! MO roimd
An-igels of heaven are round
Cret.
^I^
thee ; He, the Lord k now
■low.
Ihee; He« the Lord is now thy light. An - gels of heat*n are round thee; He, the Lord
Cret. .........
J _N ^ ^ J
M>w thy light.
SlOWy
7 ^ 'f. ^""
f^
thee; He, the Lord is new thy light An - gels of heaven are ronnd thee; He,
Crefl«
Lord is
low thy li
t •
- " — | | f 'n — ■ '"• -^ ^ — w . ■ ■ *• ; ' r— — ., . , 1 ,., I — ^-
An ^flfrii ^ fc w W*a «m romMl ihee; H%
now
81«w.
light.
::gj=r:g:|=^
ilM Lord
is
BOW tliy Ught.
<
«92
WLmXkmr flwt«r tltmn medloml
SUtfi UALLELUJAH.*
(fbr 77kin4»r<9<ii#, Dedication^ butallation, or Coneertt.)
Lord, praise the Lord, praise, praise, praise the Lord.
fe^
FMtfill.
^=?z^g^p
Sing hal - le .- lu • jah. Praise the Lord, praise the Lord, praise the Lord, praise, praise th
^^
5r
a, praise tne Liora, praise me JLiorci, praise, praise th
Lord, praise the Lord, praise, praise, praise the Lord. Sing liaile - lu - jah, Sing hal - le • lu - jah, Praise the Lord, praise the Lord, praise the
^ M^ r ^ -?^ "^r r/ f r r t\' : : ^ 1 I l^^r^t
the Lord, praise, praise th
* Tor pieces of similsr ehancter %» tliis, ior Concerts, 4te., sss ** Taylor's Chorml ^nthens."
><
I
I
8IN6 HALLELUJAH— C«atinaed.
.
- ■ ■■
1 1
. —
1 1
— ^^ ■■
^nfcmsHf^ toofmn.^
#
' 1
■*
■i
^
^
^
^
^
^
^^
" ' 1
«-
1
•
^—
1 1
1 .
1 ■' 1
.
/^v
A11esretf4»«
1 "1
*-
#
•
^
II 1 ■
^
hi
^
^~
^
^
^
^
^
^
^
^
^
tm
^
*-
Allegretto
^i=^^^=^—
^Ritard
» /* »
W:
•rn^JJ-^ U_U U ^
Sing with a cheerful Toice,
^^^iii^sis
^Efe^^EESa
Allegretto*
^ilf^^^P^
e — =j.
->r-«<.— f^— f
«
-j^-
Si
czdndzKr-q-zip:
i
Ex - alt our Grod
with one ac - cord,
Ex - alt ouF Gk>d,
And
'^^^^m
.?q_p.
::*=
Sing with a cheerful voice, Ex-alt our God
J_ f i 1 ^ r ^ ^ I ■ S-^-.
^^--
^^^
with one ac - cord, And in his name re - joice, and in his name rejoice, Ex - alt our God with one accord. And
^~~^
=i-=i-
t t ^ ' -p—U u u
-=t-p-
Ex ' all our Ood.4e.
i i
^
wtw
!<94
siSfi^ lAueuuiii— CMtioMd.
^E^E^M
:=:^r:p:
in his name re - joice,
And in his name re - joice, re - joice, re - joica. .
NsVr ceass
^^saa^z
in his name re - joice, Ex - alt our God with one ac • cord, And in his name re - joice, And in his name re - joice, re - joice, re • joice. . .
i^^S^^
mm
t
srxj
£
t"-\ J \' i
t
Ef^.E^^^^S^^
sing,
ye ran • somed host,
^^
-mp
_!r •
?tn
:zr-::.
and Ho- ly Ghost, Till in the reaimaof end • lose ligh
X.
ye ran - somed host,
a^-:=3^.-:^_J|^^Fic:^
ye ran • somed host. To Fa - tber, Son, and Ho - ly Ghost, Till in the realms of end - less ligh
mp
»^^
f
r
^l^El
•
{Lefi hand.)
-4=
m
I
:^'^:^:zz^
/ I -i- ■4t- ^- J- c
l^momam to siDg^ .......
•^•roatM to
s-
igii^aii
SUK} IIALLbXi7AH-4;«Mlal«d. ^^5
IJL w J -- \ I ' - LZIE ZH ___-
prais • es shall u - nlte, Your praises shiU u « nite ; TIU in . the realms of end - - less light, Vour prais > es shsll n - nits, Your praises
prais - es shaU u
g^^^^^i
nlte^ Your praises shall a • nite ; Till in the realms of end • less light, Your prais - eS shall u - nits, Vour praises
i- ! :
shi
I-
J-
?^
w I 1 — T — r
J.
all u • - nite,
thall u • nite ; Till In the realms of end - less light, Vour prais • • - es eh ill
u
fe^
g^^jfc£_:g_
- nite, shall u - • nite.
shaU u.- nite; Till in ths realms of end - less light, Your prais - - • es shall u • nite, shall u
nite.
Hi I
f-^*— ^
Wi
■u
tt=e
/^ »low«
fl«w.
i^r^iS
996
mp m
HE THAT EEEPETH ISRAEL— Seitence.
mf m
j^^ ^^^f^ i^^jEji^^^^^^
V. C. T.
From ** 2^/or^ Oktrml Atuham,'* S^ I.
^ Xdui ^
He that keepeth Is • reel, He that keepeth Is - rael,
mp m
He that keep-eth Is • rael, shall not slum - ber nor sleep, shttll not slumber nor sice
llfnd..99i «m/* •»! A I »n Aa lib* I.'
E^
m mf m ^^ i^/L^Z^'Si^?? Ag iiu _
Carefut tin*
'9'
BtK, tut tot loud.'
'— <5-
r
ibzaz;
llib?
^i^
SENTENQE. " From the rising of the Sun."
Solo.
V. C. T.
From the ris - ing of the Son,
.Jk^
From the rii • ing * of the Son,
Solo.
0:h_ftm^
V
Soil.
:533J3E
Even nn - to the go - ipc down of the tame. Even on - to the so - Im
Soil. . ^ "
=z=:£— 5£
T-
« — h
1
./
::1±S
|Ki
£
I
t
■^
fc=:*
§:bz*:
My name ihall be great, shall be great a-mong the Gentilei;
Choras. /*
mU4i^=^
And in
eve - ry place, 'm-cenae ahall be of-fered «ii ^
::^-;
8 ha
down of the aame. My name shall be great, shall be great a - mong the Gentiles;
ckoms. f r f
And in
i±3^e3
i=g5E?-i
p
=:^
eve - ry place, in-cense shall be of-fered ui - !i
r
My name shall be great, shill he great a - iiiong the Gentiles; And in eve-ry place, in-cense ' shall be of-fered vn*
be:
-*-,_2_.
g gE^
to my name, and a pure ofT • 'ring : and a pure ofT-'ring : For my name
stJaU
f f
t
-r-
■SM-
C^::z:1:::dz:=t
be great a - mong the hesthen, Saitli the. Lord, Saith the Lord of hosts.
to my name, and a
, Sai
t
pure oiT - 'ring : and a pure ofT-'ring: For my name shall be great a - mong the heathen, Ssith the Lord, Saith the Lord
f f ffl^ f f f
of htMlS.
i
to my name,
i>\\r h I
%) si
and a
J
pure oiT • 'ring : and a pure ofT-'ring : For my name shall be great a • mong the heathen, Saith the Lord
,Saiththe Lo«d of hosts.
^A
\ — ^
-^
f f
E«
298
Allesi«tt«9 R«cltamdo^
HYMN. "Remember the poor."
DESIGNED FOR CHARITABLE OCCASIONS.
'W*r*s kjr K«r. H. O. BARRVB. y^ C. T.
-^jr^r-r^l
, the •toro} windi are ^rear. No itar ridee arloft th« thick durkness to cheer ; The etreete are de - eert - ed, — no trsTeller in eight, — But
/The
*5
-# -*- T^ • -f- -^ . ^ .. _
temp<^ 11 howling, the itorm winds are drear, No itar rides a-loft the thick darkncM to cheer ; The iti eeta are de - lert - ed, — no trareller in eight, — But
^ ^ ^
/ The tempest is howling, the storm winds are drear, No star rides a-Ioft the thick darkness to cheer; The streets are de - iert - ed, — no IraTeller in sight, — ^Bni
* . i ^-^i
Alleipretto/'
3Et£EEtSS-
Yew will dare hrave the datk tem-pest to-night Hark! heard ye that sigh? From yon-der hov-el it came; The home of a widow, —
iTew will dare hrave the dark tem-pest to-night Hark! heard ye that sigh? From yonder ho?-«l it earoe; The home of a widew, — (a
fc- ^ ^ _ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Allcarcllojj
■»»-H-
r
few will dare blwe the dark tem-pest to-night. Hark! heard ye that sigh? From yon-der hov-el it came; The home of a widow, — (a
4-
!^
i
t
^ :'==f^^^^i,^^
► ■ ■<■ ill! I 1^ I ■ ■
TheVe, dea - o - late, looe-ly, and worn down with oare, &be thinka of bar. oInMmo* «iMihi«athaa^3lliei prayer. O
II * J I I I I » « ^
home but ia name;) There, dei - o - late, lone-Iy, and worn ont with care, She thiaki of her chil-dren, and breathei oat her prayer. O
f l T^ r->r -T-H 1^ — :-T 1 t — I 1 1 -t — ^^t — r — I «^ T-^f f- r-T — I 1^ — m 1 — Ji
F -j— I— I
f-
hj ■ r ^ < ^
" ^-ti^ ^ r ' r r r r r
home but in name;) There, dee - o - late, lone-Iy, and worn out with care. She thinka of her chil-dren, and breathea oat her prayer. O
^W:-4iPz
-i
'i-u-,-1
J J- ^
'ti
79 — r~-i— J .1 „3
:=1^=^
j_l l_ :
Qod, O Ood, thou hast prom-iaed the wid-uw to bleaa. To care for the fa-ther-leaa child in dis-treaa; RelieTO thou thia bo-aora o^ei -
God, O God, thoQ haat prom-iaed the wid-ow to blesa. To care for the fii-ther-Ieaa child in dia-ttess; Relieve thoa thia bo-aom o*er -
dod, O
^^^-t
£
+
m
f-r
z
r I :■
4 • r^^ nrp*T=T^y==g
God « thoa haat prom-iaed the wid-ow to bleaa. To oare ibr the fa-ther-leaa child in dia-teeaa; Relieve thoa thia bo-aom o'er-
±J^-L.^
K'&.i'^muimm
S90
lip
iEEEgg
Teart, the part-ing hour at - ten - ded. Team, the part-ing honr at - ten - ded, Bat we a
we aik Dot for tbr
Twn, the part-iif hour at- tea -ded, Tean, tlia part-iog hoar at - ten - d«d. But we aik not for Oij
-#- T /" -C ?" 5^ ^t i^ 5^
^■^■f-f
Tean, the part-bs honr at - ten- ded» Teari, the part-ing hour at - ten - ded. But we aek not for thy
staj, But we aak not lor Ihy stay, Looaened from the claj which bound thee, Joj-f\il soari thjr tph'-it bright ; Joj • fel scare
g^v 3at n^ ask not for thj staj, Loosened from the clay which bound thee, Joy-ful soars toy spir-it bpght ; Joy • fol aosrs
§
m
:=-_rp::
H «--
-^
'i^
1
j^iS^S
iEi^
3Rm
.pe<
An-gels orheav*nare roond thee;
He, the Lord ii_ ^now thy light
5-~F-
lz=^zi^:=:
t
An-geU of hear*n are roond thee; He, the Lord
m
4-T— j [» p- I^T ^¥1-H ^- f^T J f-
now
light. Angels of hear*2l are rotrnd
•rm/
Dim. As-gels of heaven are round thee; He, the Lord, w now .... thy lig^ AogeU ofbear'n ttf^rooftd
thee; He, the Lord ii now thy light An - geli
Crea.
r-#-
I
09
v:
m
.M.
^-fc^
^^
■^0h^
/—T3^ — N
now
Sl*w»
I — ^ y# 1 • •■ — * ' ' ' .! . * ' '
■M romki thMi
U% Um Lord
BOW tbr Ught
S9S
MMtMmr tutmr Utaa medium.
SiNfi HALLELUJAH.*
IPor Tfiankggtving, Dedication, butallatkm, or Coneertt.)
# r ■*>;.
^ii
Sing hal-le - lu-jah.
^
^^
i_^.
T. C. T.
^=f^:
Sing halle • lu-jah,
Praia
Prnisf
AUt
I ••••I U .31
Lord, praise the Lord, praise, praise, praise the Lord.
t
pe
?
FastfiCj
!rjt=t
-d—d
Em
s;
■Mzzl
Sing hal - le .- lu - jah. Praise the Lord, praise the Lord, praise the Lord, praise, praise the L
Lord, praise the Lord, praise, praise, praise the Lord. Sing halle - lu - jah, Sing hal - le - lu - jah, Praise the Lord, praise the Lord, praise the Lord, praise, praise the L
>A. I ^ 11%, 1 r-, , F*»ter, I t!lJ^ i^ J^. ^^ ■ -! ^^^- J H^ ^^^^-JL-B^i$mriUJi
* For pieees of simikr chanctcr %» thia, liMr Conctrts, Ae., ses ^ Taylor's Clioral ^ntheins"
U".! '
8IN6 HALLElUiAH— €«ttaiiaed.
I*
/fiL
AIUcretto->< fiol fjo/art.)
Alle gr etto.
^ISi^ili^^p^
^^
ETI^
I^^^Sli
-5q— p-
£x - alt our God
with one ac - cord,
p^pi^^i^s^^^^^^^
Ex - alt our Gk>d,
And
Sing with a cheerful voice, Ex-alt our Qod
with one ac - cord, And in his name re - jolce, and in his nime rejoice, Ex - alt our Qod with one accord, And
Ood.
Htm liLLELnfiH—CMtiBMi.
^_.PL
in his name re - joice,
And In his name re - jolce, re - jolce, re - joica. .
Na'er cease to
SJ'^^lfS
i-
-=J^
•w*
in hii name re - joice, Ex - aJt our (3od with one ■€ • cord, And in his name re - joice. And in his name re - joice, re - joice, re • joice. . .
(^^fe
15=3
'M
^
'^^
— # 4^
^ta
zt
fit
sing,
ye ran - somed host,
li^=
mp
:!irrz\
■'^=-
and Ho - ly Ghost, Till in the realms of end- loss lighl
f ^ m
^^
ye ran - somed host,
-^^^m^^^m
ye ran • somed host, To Fa - ther, Son, and Ho - Ijr Ghost, Till in tlie realms of end - leas ligf
mp
JIj^ j J I J ■ J i 3-
=C-
m
fe
J-xJ-^
^ f*
r J J \ m r
am HALLL1iUJAII-€«Mlad«d.
^5
praifl • es shall u - nlte, Your praises shall u - nite ; Till in . tho realms of end - - less light, Your prais - es shall a - nits, Your praises
ii^^^^^§3^=fe
^35=B-
nlte» Your praises shall u -nlte; Till in the realms of
end - less light,
Your prais - es shall u - nite, Vour praises
: : : r -^-j
_-8_iz|^-;ii.--JLrzi:: — : ztj — zni
shall u - nite ; Till in the realms of end - less light, Your prais - - - es shill
1-
■ • • •
u
- nite, shall u - - nite.
shall u.- nite; Till in the realms of end- less light. Your prais • -
es shall u • nite, shall a
nite.
^Pl
r
^wa«c and Ttkoaghittd»~'ia tmpUm. i
tnp m
HE THAT lEEPfiTH ISRAEL— Sentence.
mf m
Careful hrrt
s?
SENTENCE. "From the rising of the Sun."
Solo.
V. C. T.
From the ris-ing of the Sun,
• ing * of the Son,
Soli.
}3^J3
•0 — #
E*^|=rli§Ei5-|^^ifei
Even nn - to the go - uig down of the fame, Erea on - to the goj
Boll. . ~ '
-(«-•—••
^m^w^^^wm^^m
k
./
297
1:5
P^
t
X
S5^
X
tz=t
bz*:
My name ihall be great, shall be great a-mong the Gentilea;
chorus. P
^^
And in
:^-
£
down of the tame, My name
Cnoms. P
IhaW
$:e^^;::
• I
be great* shall be great a - mong the Gentiles;
f f
eve - ry place, 'm-cenie aba)! be ef-fered «ii -
And in eve - ry place, in-cense shall be of-fered nn «
#-^^ — # — j — #~- -g- — g — #-■ -^-i — f^ — JI-« — ^- ^-—^ — ♦— -r — F
.^^m—M — L_^ *._4._c ^ ^ — ±_0-^_, — -'-^- — #-•*— p- ?-- ■- • # — -■•-f 1—
My name shall be great, shall he great a - iiiong the Gentiles; And in eve-ry place, in^cense "shall be of-fered vn*
'M^^
i^^
to my name, and a
^^■^JA*
:j - 4-ffr-l^
^t
pore ofT • 'ring : and a pure ofT-'ring: For my name bmU be great a - mong tlie heathen, Saith the Xord^Saith the Lord of hosts.
x:
4-
-^h
#-#■
W^:
dzzt:^
to my name, and a pure oiT • 'ring : and a pure oiT-'ring: For my name shall be great a - mong the heathen, Saith the Lord, Saith the Lord
mv name shall be crreat a - moncr the heathen. Saitn the Lord. Saith the Lord of huTla
P—
I ^
T
pure oiT • Ving : and a pure ofT-'ring: For my name shall be great a - mong the heathen, Saith the Lord, Saith the Loijd of hosts.
?^-r
^±^
^
£
PvsBoea
d98
Allesi«tt«9 lUeltamdo^
HYMN. "Remember the poor."
DESIGNED POR CHARITABLE OCCASIONS.
"W^HU Ibjr R«v« H. O. BARRVt. y^ C. T.
iasi
/The tempett m lnwUDg,UM«tariq wnuU ate drear. No star ridet vlon th« thick duritaeaa to cheer; The atreelaara de -aert - ed, — no traveller in aighl, — BM
f The temp<^ u howling, the itorm windi are drear, No atar ridea a-loft the thick darkncaa to cheer ; The ati e
£^^^
atieetaarede - sert - ed, — no traveller id eight, — Bot
^f^^^^T^
/ The tempeat ia howling, the atorm winda are drear. No atar ridea a-loft the thick darkneaa to cheer; The atreeta are de - tert - ed, — no IraTeller in ught, — Btti
Vnia*Bs. ^ .. . . J* f J^ • UaUoma. ^
tew will dare hrave Che dark tem-peat to-night Hark! heard ye that aigh? From yon-der hov-el it eame; The home of a widow, —
■Gh
^^^^ ^^
'^^^b^h^iaH^b
■A—^irilaMaHa^
^^
tern will dare hrave the dark tem-peat to^nicht Hark! heard ye that aigh? From yon-der hov-«l it earoe; The home of a widow, — (a
brave the dark tem-peat to-night. Hark! heard ye that aigh? From yon-der hov-el it came
II C ' ^ C
^^
Je
Th^, dea-o-late, looe-ly, and worn down with oare, &be thinks of hor. ohiMpeiit «ndhi«athM«3lhef prajer. O
— — J..
hame bat 'ia name;) There, des - o - late, lone-ly, and worn ont with care. She thinks of her chil-dren, and breathe* ont her prajer. O
jfe r^ --fc. r— I ^ r-^ ^— 1 1 1-^-* r— I ^— ,-^. h T-T-^^-f*— r-rf— /t
rb - •
s
^=t
f-^--
home but in name;) There, det - o - lite, lone-ly, and worn out with care. She thinks of her chil-dren, and breathea ont her prayer. O
^^
Qod, O Ood, thoa hast prom-iaed the wid-ow to bless. To care
the fa-ther-less child in dis- tress; RelioTe thou this bo-aora o^i -
6od« O God. thon hast prom-ised the wid-ow to bless, To care for the fit-ther-less child in dis-ttess; Relieve thoa this bo-som o*er -
300
Allef^etto.
burtheo'd with grief, /jid send thoa, O lend to my children re • lief,
AJIegretto.
burtheird with grief, And send thou, O send to my children re - lief,
^ — * •"^^^^^
<> _,^ — ==*" Cre«.
I 4'{ 4 I JTj h»-J J
Allegretto.
f-^-f-
I ^
t
Cree —cc::^ ^ ^
bnrtben'd with grief, And send thou, O send to mj children re - lief. A footstopis heard, her heartbonnds with delight; A female has braved the dark stonn of the
"^^ J! .J? _J- J! -i H > J- ^ J. J. Solo Allegretto. / *
i
SEEiE
^1^-
%^
I ^H-
W >&/
-25^-
■+-
<>
:t
^ F^- E?^f^ff T
Moderato*
fe=#
£
/^
Modentto*
Bless God, my soul, for iny pray'r thou'hast-heard,
'^ Boll. ^
=S
t
Flate, Dol4
.. -£ J-
j! J. » X ^"rjL J.
Bless God/;^my soul, for my pray'r thou hast
^Bless God^Umy soul, for my pray'r thoa hast heard, StiU ftithful
^^^
Ch*ra
heart ihall eun-fide ia thy word ; Kind angel of mercy ,thrice welcome to me. May hearen*! beit bloMings e*er rest upon thee. Say , shall we con-tin-ne the widow to bless
Cl&orus. t^Mk»tf O
T
heart shall eon-fide in thy word ; Kind angel of mercy ,thrice welcome to me, May heaTeo*8 best blessings e*er restupon thee. Say , shall we con-tin-ne the widow to bless ?
/> ^ Cl&Qrus, Ijcn p <>
Say, shall we c«n-tin-ue the widow to bless ?
Cliorus* lt«n j^ -#- <>
tfrT-= q
■#-
:;^
■»-Pe-
^-!^-*^
f:^?
:ip^
en thetask»we*ll the labor endnre, Bnt come to onr aid, and re - mem - her the poor.
g^i^^Hiis
G- -m- -m-
^
The fatherless children to help in di^-tress; Be oars then the task, we'll the labor endure, Bat come to onr jaid, and re - mem - her the poor.
Tempo* _-!--^^^^^^^^^^=*" J i> P
/fee — ^-#- -^iirf-d-i'-ir-*'-*— "^-^-w— J '^^ — rJ-=h^ — »— f ^^0-0— -^-*I-J— ^^-0 — ^— i^-d 1 I — l-rr
t T.tT'tjT XTT T T TTT f^'^ ^TT T T T TT T '-T^ '^ T T '^
1; Be oars th
The fatherless children to help in dis-tress; Be oars then the task, we'll the labor endare, Bot come to oar aid, and re- mem - ber the poor.
Temp*.* _ ^ — ---==*- J <> P "
^ m^
9m
•ML
ANTHEM. " How holy is this place."
(SUITABLE POR ORDINATION. OR X>K1>ICAT40K.)
/tlreiu - • -
^3 !
T. C. T.
-«^ -•--
/• '— -N I Cm. - - - rs»-
t
f
+
Allefroy 01««to»
Tutti.
toS^rigE^zJEgEgEfg^:
j — TT^
-»1r
Tatti*
Lord, I have loved the place of thine a - bode ; of thine a - bode.
ra. itt 111 iTfc I *
a*Mi
■ I i in
%>»
H^i^^Sfe
Lord, I have lored the place of thine a - bode \ Lord, I have loved the place of thine a - bode : of thine a - bode. And the tem-ple where thj kIo - it
Lotd, I have lovad the place of thine a ^ bode $ of thine a - bod6
aos
I J. ^ I .
II J M il ■■■ ..< ■ I ■! I
-PT»^ . ^ I ' II P . I ■ u »«
■••
Lord, I hare loTed the place of thine a - bode; And the tem - pie where thj glo - ry
TuttUf Cre«.
:^i&Ti
dwelleth, and the tempi* where th j glo - ty ^w^Ueth.
«E3S*
Lord, I have loTed the place of thine a • bode> And the tem* pie where thy g)o - r;
'il^ij!^i:
^i^i-^=(:Mti^
f.
S
T:
^'^ ■ ■ ' | i ^ ■ n i * F " Mi I * ' " I I ( 11 1 I ■■ II I i — - I — ^— — «i
— -Sji--^^ — — H-t-h- ^— 1-- 3 ^ — ^-t—
'If
^elKmli s A9<l lh« tem <* pie where t|iy glo •» rj dwell - eth.
Lord, I hare lored the place of thine a - bode. Loid,
Soil
dwell-eth ; And the tem • pie where thj glo * tj dwell -eth. Lord, 1 have loved the place of thine a -bode ; Lord, I have lored the plaiie 9f thin^ «- l^xle. Lofd,
-i-T-i.
':=^~
I 'i>i
' ■ !■ I
^-^.
1 A
l_ i j. . "T"
WICll
MOTETT. " Go not far from mc, O God."
Mtaera, tK>n and sloiv. (W^mrimameutm Hi i*«rr.) Alto 80II. «• Cres. . . > >
V. C. T.
> r=- >
:m
4--
N. B. The llrM twi kotm of ihia piecs to \k» «kanM, diMid ia IM •■•• Iw MMit taaur iluui Old HuadMd. A DuMr
«i( cniirrlj deairojrs iu eflecu
:i
t
"-^ < ^— ^ . . ^ L
Trebl* Solo,
Forsake me not, for-sRke me iM>t, When my streni^th fril«th, WKea nij sCfencth fiflejh. '
Treble Soli.ot Cre«. . . > >_ ^ Z:=^ > ^ >_ ^ ^^=*" > ^
Go not far from roe, O God; Cast me not a - way in time of age, Foriake me not, for-sake me not, when my strength fiiilcth.When my strencth failett. ^
> > :r> > _ > r=> >
8«u.m
Cres*
• •
m
4
jTj>-#-T-°-r— F-«g-3?
jAeccU ^ PRitard. > - -
305
^#?--
Go Dot far from me, O God ; Cait me not a-war m time of age, Foraake roe not, for-aake me not,
STHlWI . Cro. - - - > p :z=^ ffi f^AeteU ^
li
^?^
t:
:t
J^3E5
3^
- g >-
Cfm. - - - . >
P
3
■«-r
When my atrength faileth. When my atrength faileth.
pR tord. - - >- - -<^ >. >p^
«^:
s
m
^^^
t
^^^p^ fotod j
JAceel. o />IUlard. - - > - -
Sou tn
Go not far from me,' O God; Cast me not a-way io time of age, Foriake me not, for-aake me^not.Wben my itrengtb faileth. When my atrength faileth.
Cre* - - - > I n ^ m TAccelP > nRllaml. .-->-- -"=C ~
m ,
— 2H-
I
i ' i ^ J
Taut. j|U«ffro
f — •— ■#—#-# # -I- — • — •--^-
■+—
+
■4^
Solt. T
Tnuuff
O let my moath be fill - ed with thy praiae, O let my month be fill-ed with thy praiae. That I may sing of thy
Tata.
glo - ry, all the
^
O let my month be fill-ed with thy praiae, O let my month be fill-ed with thy prabe. That I may ain^ of thy glo - ry, . all the day long,
Tmta. ^ ^ ff Boli.
^^mm-
T T
• •
r r T T
• >
J -
<ity Kmgi
daj loQgj
r of thT «Io - rT. Al
TutiL f f
■X
+
'JL-an ^
- ~ — - I
." " — T
--^- -■ - Til I '
Soil.
le day loig;
l*«til../7 Bolt.
I miir Mug nf thy glo-rji AH the day kmg; All the day long;
TutU.j7
.aU-
--^-TTir' — 'Bi— iiii-m>Mini
iS
*"*•
r • — '
.^mJUt-iSi^tt
All the day loag^ All the day long;
I 4f>
t
■to^B
S' rr T.
All the dayloag,
4
*iz*z3:jEi5:
__//
±rr?r:|rirE
*e <ky long. That I may ting of Uiy glo -rjr.
^^1
All the day long, AN the day loqg, .... All the day
All the day \o
TmUkff
I<^>
r-" « •»
AU the day
/
^j-f; j^r . ' i^- ife
t=j=
-i^
,.^.1.
liSC
t
lU ttke day lonf. That I may aing of thy glo - ry.
i^-
l«ig, A41 the day long. All the day
long.
t-
^
All the day long»
mf
-J- /j;
All the day long, AH fbo day
A 2. ^ ^
HYMN. " Child of Mortality."
iMurgtkmtto. (Ia part, an Antl^mn CTlianO
mt:^
EJzfc£ztzf3Ei
ii^
V. C. T.
— c» —
307
' ' * I ii I
1^— w»-
Childof mortality, whence dost thou come,
-A
J TT — I— *»- ' — ■ —
# — :2— t-n~ — '— ' — ' ' » — ■■
•^^
wm/mmm^mm^'
-n^.
Orsmia*
7- — &
UnUont.
^2
:C:
^
t
-|g-
g^^
J • •
From the dark womh of eartiiy 1 first de - htM ray birth, Aiul wbea the w^rd toes Ibrfh, That la my homs.
Nolo* ' ft^ ^ ^
P
TuCU,
OJi- JJ ij.
.^•-,
^1.1 at 10Wcn(^;^«*-<
p
S3
s^
II .1 li
-rw
■ * »»■ - III . ■ I i ■■ . ^
•'i^""i»*^"^i^ ^r*
m
t i t . * ' ■■
>i ^
CtiiM of mortalky, whence doat thou come,
Tntti*
Onran*
I » 1 1
■ I " <»■
■ % -»■
^
■ M
■^
t=^
/^•-N
r: — -X^
■i
-•- -^*
^^j^
^ t.
Fi^n tiia daifc womb of mrtb, I |lr*t de • liv'd my tnitii, And wbea the w^rd goat forth, Tb»t ii piy luune,
Sol*.
:::{:=:
tt
■:— >fl
tE?
t=
■ ■ l aa i.- ^ . fciw u i j. J M . ■ I I . ^ I ■ 1 ^ »— m — I .;
l08
^
rrn
Iriw ■
1=1
i5:^it±:i
sq_ ..^_
A
I I
m
Cbild of I traanent day. Tb«re shalt thoa nat, there, there, there thalt thoo rest.
1^^^^^^^
No, when thii dream ia o'er, No, when thia dreantfia o'er,
8«ii. r f.
UaiaaMBi
^ ^ ^ III III
309
8olo«
m^^
Heir of e - ter - ni - ty, Heir of e -ter-ni-ty, Teach me the road, Teach me tlie road.
C* /ts <CN <^ Soli*
/^
■Si
m
'^W?&
'■^sz
la^S^i^^ii^S
^m
^ f>
/^ <CN /^ <CN <CN o
Tmst a Re - deem-er's love, Faith bj o - be-dience prore, And
Soli.
**
/^
,^ ■■' ^ ^ ^ * ^ Ore*
p .1
IT
->»'
t
t
Seinl-Chonui. Splrtio.
There, in e
the-real piaioa,
5-1
azjnj^rrzrj!^
1— T-T:
Join th' angel-ic strains, Je - aus for - ev - er reigns, Glo - - ry, GIo - rj to
m
gjL^^feiiE^i=35siit3i|=^
share in courts a^- boTe, Christ's own abode. There, in e - the-real plains, Join th' an>gel -ic strains, Je - bus for - ev • er reigns, GIo - ry, Glo - ry, Glo - ry to
Seml-Clionis. Splrlto.
There, in e - the-real plains, Join th' an-geUc strains, Je-sus for - oy - er reigns, Glo - - • ry, Glo • ry to
Tutu./
God.
Glo - - ry
-»T«ri
u
Glo - ry to . God. Glo • ry, Gle - 17, Glo - ly, Glo-ry, Thero, in e - the 'rtfal plains, Join th'aii-gel-ic strains, Join trin-gvl - ic
ro.
WM^^^^^^^^^^^^m
OfiA* Gl<»-ry, Glo -17, Glo-rr to God. Glo • ry, Glo - fy, Glo • ry, Glo-ry, There, in e < the-real plains, Join th'sn>gel - ic strains. Join th'aa-gel • k
Tutu. jQT ~ - - -
> Seasl-eoro.
Seml-eoro.
Tutu./
Glo - ry, Glo-iy, There, in e • the-real plains, Join th/an^l • ic straitB, Join th'aa^g^l • tc
35!
0-g:
stoains. There, in e - the-real plains. There, in e - the-retl plains.
Join th'an-gel - ic attains. Join th'an -gel -ic atraiii,
g^^
strains, There, in e - the-real plains, There, in e - the-real plain,
Join th'an -gel - ic strains. Join th vi-gel • :c strains,
•trains, There, in e tne - real plains.
^j: / J.
;Sja_il
n-n-.
^iS^-if^^^^
^a ^" -jn
itraiai,^
=f=f=l?
f
^.-itoidnt
• ^_ •
H^W-
tz=i:=t^-t
Jt-vtts for • ev • er reigtw, Je-«vfl for • ev • er reigns, ^o
-t
17 to God. Je - SOS for - er • er reisiDs,
- 'yi
r^ \ \ ^
to God, H'tifu for . OT • i^ ^fi/ <
i .J—^ ' ^ n/ia/z
nk
6^53^
Jo>Mit for • e¥ - or reigM, J«-tii« Ibr • ev - er reigns, Glo
Glo. - FT,
lilt
. ^■'•■^ J : r i / ^JX ,
Glo - ry, Gib - ry,
Kj^EfE£feS3
:^t=:^
Co3r
•mir-mr
'#— #
men.
- wen.
tilo - ry to
d^
Glo - ry,
• men*
Glo-ry to God, Glo - - - - - - - ry to God.
-J- I N >— V -J- 'i- '4' -#- -4-
f
,ad-C:_
EE3E
jii^*.
iz:-1 — I—
Glo - ry to
-F
if^^J^.
Ip - ly,
Glo - nr to
God.
p
819
Wltk sptrtt.
i^t^te
WHEN THE LeRH SHALL BUILD DP
(Ar Dedication or ItutallatiOH.)
AntlMH.*
r. c. ».
e
When the Lord shall build up Zi • on,
p-I.^7j gfJ-^ / jT j^
He Bhall ap - pear in his gk
r\.
J^E^i ^E^
When the Lord shall build up Zi - on, He shall ap • pear in his ' glo - ry, in his g\o - ry, He shall ap - pear in his gk
-jf — ^
: t t
' i^lTL
i^^S
si^
^-^=-
in his glo - - ry, He shall ap • pear in his glo
/ »«/
When the Lord shall build up ZI - on,
^^te
!^.^i^i^i5i^p^P
in his glo - - 17, He shall ap - pear in his glo - ry, in his gio • ry. When the Lord shall build up Zi - on, He shall
. f—JL ,_^L ri_lJ j: .-XJ-^j._ ; S-S-^j ^_
p-^
m — w—9—'
« t i ^^.-rf «. ..i^ii«« rf ji««i» Bfc. th. .hn««, mimJ« far OMif.«r«« Mid oilMr iirfM l nM . m«T b« fcand In "T^Ttort Choral Ai i l h — « '
in '«|tv-ji^2
WnSH THE LORD SHALL BIJILD UP ZldN— Conttaved.
s^E^^m
in his glo - 17, . m his glo
Sl^
ry, He shall ap - pear in his glo - ry, in his glo - - ry, in his
ry, Ho shall ap - pear in h's gb - ry, in his glo - - ry, He shall a - pear in his
!-l__.
is^j^Hgn
I I 1 ^ 1
i — I
9 4
Sue
^
1^^
^
:ff=:^=:p
m^^^
^^—^'
lo • 17, in liis glo - 17,
in ills glo
in liis glo - ry,
^^JEill^Eii.
he shall an • pear
""^
■^— ^ P-
he shall ap • pear in his glo-
— f^ m i. '^
-^ H— , ^
f— ii — r—f ^ 1--
^
t
't
ga
=p^-
in hif glo - rxi
in his ^ - rjr,
i
ai4
1
Wm&N THE UiB» SBAiJL .BOUft DP 2WN-r^Ml«*4
CltMC* I«ar|fliett4^-<«fov2y end iq/t/y. tvttA cart end esjnvition.)
i^^ES:
jtZi^
\
■"< f ' ^ * ^
:s
3E3^3;
^:=x
in his glo
•.«^ fi«n ae • tpiae their prayei
17, in his glo
|^i^^^ii%
fd^^ksJz.
ry-
He wiU re • gard the cry of tan iiat - ti • tute, and not
de - epise their prayer
TR
6 •
80LI~I«argla«tlo.
?^^
f=r=p=tg -±g ^-^.Jg=^:J^
J- i
J J
vm T
i
^
/-—I .- . — — ^5P
^^s^^^^^i
1^
^^^^^•ft^^^^
h«ar tlie groaning of tlie priionws, and loose tho^^who are ap - point-ed un • to death, who are ap - point-ed ,4in - to dea
I 01 tne priionws, and loose tno^pwno are ap - pou
rnp
p9l9Wf
I III T I ^^ ' ^ I » ' ' P^y*
-r-^J . J— J—i— r J— J , -; J-— rd i— r- J— I T i^
■Mat iiga OB vafi n& Ivvrar Mon : «d «d at tiM dBdUa kar. 9Pir Mm of thb pafli.
MOTETT. " Blessed are the dead wlfo die in the Lord." (a» a quartett, only.) B^rift^aui. v. c t. 31 5
tmrghmtt; 'With caUnness and serenlfllr of expressloii. (Mfelieaimtuemie.)
p > < rp'> »•
^
«
Blessed are the dead, Blessed are the dead. Who die in the Lord,
Who die in the Lord, Y«a,saith the Spir-it,
p > < rp> w w
That they may rest fVom their
•v <>
;s
Blessed are the dead, Blessed are the dead,
f
i^f
t:
iS
Who die in the Lord,Who die in the Lord,
f > < V?>
A ^
1w1
t
Blessed are the dead. Who die in the Lerd,
Yea,aaith the Spirl -t,Tbat they may rest from their
fzfc^^prlS
Who dia in tlie Lord, Tet,iaith the Spir it.
-f
: :pr_-?a: »=?:
labors,Tbat they may restfVom their labor8,And their works do follow them
,And their works do fol
^§^^
follow them,That they may rest from their labors,ADd their works do follow them^do follow them.
< > Cree. ......< p> m/ < > ^ Ad Ub.
Ubors.That they may rest from their labors,And their worki do follow them, And their works do follow them,That they may reet from their laborB,And their works do follow themydo follow them
<z:=>- Cres . . . .< <r::::^- j» 0:=». P> « . _ ^ < > Cre*. <p> mf < > j» Ad VOu
316 ANTHEM. " O Lord our Governor.*' (sestett & chorus.) m*f:
fm^R lKSSSrSUi. ^ m < ■ i__ ; ^ r^ ^ ^ ^ _
Alt«« 8oli*0 Lord our GoY-era-or,
< ^ I
hot» ex • cel-lenty
l«s-ir-
1 — I-
how ex - eel • lent it thj name,
f^mwi
^-re.
IM it, »d
SMU
*=^d
■f-+
O Lord our GoT-em-or,
how ex - ceMent is tbj name^
T
i--^-P-+-f=S.
' J'^J J ^ t .
— l^ ^ — ±}0 — 0^0 ^-"--a-;
t^^m
-\-
■&^^m
O Lord o«r Gor-em-or/
^IT
^-pi-
i 1-
bow ex-ceMont,
how ex • cellent U thy name,
let Teaer oaly*
how ex - celle'nt ia thy name, C
I
Lord, til J name in all the nrorld.
Lord, thy name, how ex-cellent, how ex-cellent thy name, thy name, O Lord, in all the world, how
O Lord, how ex-cellent, how ex-cal-lent thy name, thy name, O Lord, in all the world, how
'»-^— ,
^ ^ ■
-■■^ 1 ■ ■"
^ J
*M d
^"
■--fci#
^^ 3
^^m^^
K
a-i-M-^^i^-i
O I^, thy n. ../Tilled La^l / 1 T j- f^ ' f" I H^S ;^ T W "^ T"
t
£f^^^E^=
Lord, thy name in
afiW
j.^^±^J?.
f==£
t
--— F-: ■
t==C:
■1.1^- , |r -
•>—+——*■
fe
" ri
the world
-^ how
^
'!^ Tatll Allecv**,
i
ex-ceUent, thy name, thy name, O Lord, in all.
all the world.
Tnttl Alles
3^93?
f^SS
I
/-
How ex-cellent is thy name . . . O Lord
, . . thy name, m
i—IZ^ZZ
+--
:~id5rj5-:^3=::it
'^^m
ex-cellent, thy name, thy name, O Lord, I'n all, all the world.
''' ^_ Tut ii AHe« r»./
fei!-. i'— 3* : s^z^E. rE?z?z#z: :*i?«z2ii^i; rs^zl^:
^_ -J. v:^. ^ , c/.
How ex-ceMentia thy name,
O Lord, in
I
ex-celient, tiiy name, thy name, O Lord^ in all . . . the world.
J J I ■rJ_JL-J^-H>Jl-;^ AJ=._ I. '?i!i A$«g!i_-.
r -rrr-r -r — t r.^ r r — --^^-^-^
pz^zUntl?
d:
Iztzt
.-^-L
How ex-ceMent to thr name, O
w- y^ ^ V^ ^ v^
•S^t4l9lt, thy name, thy name, O Lord, in all, all the world. How ex-cel-Ient ia thf
-^-t-
name.
Lord. . . . O Loid, how
318
•+fH
«ii,
S^^^^-i^
*3E
£S£?_j
ex-cel-lent tfaj bum ia ill the world, O Lord, bow ex • cel-loat,
To fill "" the world, O Lord^ow ex - col-lent.
^
O Loid, how •s-«el-leat,
Lord, thj name in all
world.
^Tf
/
.— T^
O Lord, bow ex ceMeot,^
H
O Lord, bow eg-ctl'leot,
tin all the world. O Lord, bow ex •eel-lent. O Lord, how ex-cel-lent.
trETr r
How ex-cel-leat ia tbj
hH-H-
iitt Ti^ I n
// -
"^m
ex-cel-lent ia thy name, tb]r name, O Lord, thy name
tdt=t=ti
2S
^
•<
5lt
fSS!
thy name O Lord, thy name how ex-cel-lent, O Lord in all the
_ f _ _
: - eel-lent ii thy name, thy name O Lord, thy name in all the world, thy name O Lord, thy name how ex-cel-lent O Lord in all iSm
thy name, thy name O Lord in all the world, O Lord tby name, thy name how excellent thy name O Lord,
Lord thjT nmme, thj name how ez - eel - }eot, thy name how ex - eel - lent, O Lord, in all ... . the world.
4- 1— H 1 1 — t— P-
ANTHEM. "I'll wash my hands in innocency."
The Baa* and Treble ^n the first score of this piece may be sang as a Diictt before being sang in Choros.)
FQ wash ray hands
r, ini
in innocency, I'll wash my hands in in-no-cen-cy,
Cree. .... Di
tnp Crce.
O Lord, O Lord, And so will I go, eo will I go. And so will 1 go to thine al- tar.
P<>> f<
m WHdi Aiyhin<tetai imoeetiey, 111 wuh my hands in tnno een-cy,
Cre%. - - - - Dial,
O Loid, O Lord, And ao will I go, to will t go. And vn will I go to thine ri • tar.
P<>> /<> > m > „_ _f»^- "'"•
^y^^
d2d
i^lPim^ th€ •#cc««y»«MljwMtf Simeemi^.y
Oy ^
5=T
g^-j^3^^^
That I *roa J ahow the Toice of thaakigi ying,
J .^
Srui*
^i^-^
f
voice of thaokigiTuig,
And tell of all,
r
tell of all, and tell of all, thj wond*roaa worka, and tell of all.
ge
m
TSj-rt^
*^- T^T*^ -tft^-^-
f
I
[Omit 5ld time to .......... 1
all, and tell of all thy wondrona works, and all, and tell of all thj wondrooa worka.
[Omit 5ld time f o . . _; . . .- . ... J
t
'-^m-i
W
4-^
^ ^^cnM^ ^
3*21
ioU,AIC«.>
TreMe»>
in - tto • cent - Ijr,
O de - liv » er me.
I will walk, I will walk, in - no • cent - ly,
Stm. Sw« 8tp 4m
gg?l?r I jl^ ^
Srm.
O de- liv - ef me.
O de - Ht - er oie. And be
^— tiSfr^^^
Dlll«4
^
iilfClb Ors.
ir^^ ' "- *^J ' ■ - I * ■ *^J ^
s
^
^
^g f 7r*'r . N :i& ; ji r- r r^i
mer-ci-fnl an - to me. O be merci - fal, O be mer-ci-fal, O be mer-ci-fnl nn - to me, to me.
> Dim. /^- r \ /^- — N
^@S
mer-d - fnl on - to me. O be mer-ci-fnl, O be mer-ci - fnl, O be mer-ci-fnl nn - to me, to me.
^ let tine. 94tl
^3
^S
41
HfS^
TatM Allasi* <ateMato.)
^rtf-d*
it;:
t will pfnme tbm Lord* praiM the Lord, {mite lira Lord* la the oongre - gt-'tion, praife the Lord» prabe the Loid» ia'tbe con-gre - ga - tion*
Tmttl Allef^ro,
pralie the Lord»
3^g-i^^^^^
t waO pniM the Lard, pnke the Lard.praife the Lofd> hi the ooofre - ge-tioa, pfeiee the Lofd,praiee the Lord, io the coo-gre - ga - tba.
Tmnl Alle«re»
preiae the Lord, t fM ^
rz^it::
J* j^ J^ J
IwillpnrfeetheLord,
Pmiee the Lord, la the eoa-gre - gatioa, praiae the Lord, praise the Lord, ia the congregatioB, praise the Lord, praise the Lord,ia the con-gre - ^ - tioD, pmhie the L«ii«
Pratee the Lord, ia ^ con-gre - gatioa, praipe the Lord, praiae the Lord, la Ibe coagregatldn,praSsa the Lord, praise the Lord,i« the coii*gre * ga • tiap, p t ai e o tb»j
' ANTHEM. " Hearken unto me."
CHAPPUB.
3^
tzbzi
S«1J.
^1
:l=::^
iim.
a
^^•^7 J 1^5
Hearkeo,
hearken,
hearken.
^ ^rtg^^p
Srm Miifmt»
Duett 8«prasi»
hearken an • to me,
ft
*a«ta
hearken nn- to me, Ye that fol-Iow, Ye that fol-low, Ye that fol-Iow af-ter righteontneet, Ye that fol-low af-ter rigbteouaneaa.
I
|g^tp,^ ^^fc^gg^^fe3^^^
Ye thaft
324
g^g^
TeMiat teektho Lord. Ye that seek the Lofd, Te that foMow af-ter righteoiuBi«ai, Ye that seek the Lord,
^^
Mik the Lord,
Sym./.
» "
com-fort Zi-on, He will com-fort all her waste pla-ces. The Lofd ahall com-lbrt Zi • on.
He wUl oo»|tal
/
^ifW5
H T •■
ffi^
^'>l
» *■,»« •«.
3^
■ «.
/A €)hmrmm A.Utmro%
^.^>t-i^.-.^ -
i«M<iM«i
iM*aA^
•JtMd.
Am.
Oila
4i*iilUi
Um.
- , ^ ^ ■ _ j_ _ _ _ _ ^ _:_ial_i__L^ .
rfr! T1 fr jcin
Joj.snd 'gttdirest vlnill be fcimd; Joj md glidnen ■faslliM fonidf mmIi be wmidflNire*
- m I.T ^^!i — Lv~— — .« i
;#=±
^
ab be^^NMts ^ » - - tc«ft
Jo7jud.jladB6M shali befAiui^ J»jr tnd i^ladilen ihaU b« fbund, ikaH be fthudttdra
J 07 «Ba.«aai»6i
..i ^. ». I ■ mm < — y I i f^ r i I . mt mm — ^-* — Ji , , . . W ■ „ .,1 — — — — ^ — "-' "- ' "T
s^ife
f -1 •- I I
t=*
v>
crt:-:;:
Joj aad gladnen ahall befbiind, JoylA^f ImdiiMi ihlkltiM found, ihall be KvLifA
y^a
I Ml n rinf II f t
^^^ l^^^^fe^^E^i
Joijr, ' Jo^ and gladnem aktll t« foited, MaB b« foond therein, lliukigiHdg, diuikqifti«, ind die toiee tt
i
ojr and gUd-nen ihall lie foand, Joj and gUd-DMS i^all be found thef«4n,
^^^^^3
Jot and gladneM ahall be - foondt ahall be foond there-in, TbaakwiTim,
m
mel - o - dj.
Joy and glad-neas anali be found, ahall be found therein. ThaakasiTing, tlMka-
Joj and glad-nesa shall be found, Joy and glad-neas ahall be found, ahall be found therein, ThaakagiTiag,
tl^fcz — : —
trn^-
^-U-U
Joj and gladnesa shall be (band, Joj and glad - neaa ahall be foond, Jojr « and glad-neas shall be found therein, ThankagiTing,
E;#g^^^pp||^t
^^^ the TO - • -» - - ice, tb« Toice,
TO--- •--•-----.- IC6. the TO -
the Totee,
the Toice of mel - o • dy. the Toiee of mtl - o • ^.
. . r R r
1±
ice, the
ice, the Toice of mel - o - dy, the Toice of mel - o - dy.
J-. * J'
i-J., /•• /4
Sim. AH*.
NEE^^X^ SSa ^^-^^J^^J^S^
Therefore the re - deem-ed of the Lord thall re - tarn, The re-deem - ed of the
Soli.
dsm
with finging,
with mng-ing, and come with sing-iiig.
^-•FJ-^-f-F ^' T H i — I — Pt-*-
with ting- ing, and come m/k
k
tb
t
339
£t • er • lut - ing
joyi
}oy,
Et • er • lut • ing
Et - er • lait • ing
joy
•hill be op • on their heiil, up -
^^k^^=^-
t
Et • er- last -ing
joy.
Et - er • last • ing Joj
■hall be up - on tlieir bead, ahill be up
ET-er • last - ing joy,
Et • er- last -ing
^t5
=E^
d
joy, Et - cr - last - ing joy
^
E£E^-^i
t
^Mm
•hall be up • on their head,
J. i --
Et - er • last • ing
joy,
Et - er - last - ing joy,
shall be up •
Pi
shall be up - on their head, up •
m
fa -#-.» -
JA-0Zm— '.0 i » : -0^0—0— Z0—esj- I J .#— p— |-#-p-: '■■»—,» — •-
on their head, they/ shall ob • tain, glad ness and joy,
They shall ob • tain,
n
±
glad • ncss and joy^
Et3
3r:
on their head, they shall ob - tain, glad • ness and joy.
They shall ob - tain.
glad - ncss and joy,
dda
Aad sor-row and nSSiriiiiig •mil flat ft •
1 sor-row ftna mDuming uomu net ft • wit,
TWjabftU
Twiti.
An d ft OT'iow md mottn iing eh ail fle€ ft- w ay, And aor-row ftnd moamiag aball flee a - way,
aor • row and moo
1
•: fi — I — • — • — •— J * ! — 3 —
I I
w^,
4— . _
And aor-row and monmtng ahall flea a • way,
4 4 4 4T7Z_ m44m
•or «row and raooming aball floe a - way, Tlwy akall ob < , {
^^
-^ And aor -row and modrning ahall %t% a - way.
TbeyaliaUob -
f^ A«
tain, glad
gg^Eg^^
^ad aor • row and mourn • ing anall floe a - way,
a - way.
and joy.
And aor-row and movn-ing ahall flee a -
• '> J 4 4 — *-{ 4 « ■* I p — ' — y -♦— • [J ' w « — T^v — \ r —
^^g
J - T
and aor - aow and moara - ing shall flee a • way. And aor • row and mown - ing aliaU iee «
S .1 JL S\ . j^ I ^ Ji Ji ^^ ^— •►, ..
t * ,f^.
^^^ ^.?
written fbrtklt w«rk lif
U. H. HAWLBT.
A Medlmm M&rtimtnt,
CREATION! concert chokus.
MiMio anrmaced tnmk YEIIDI.
38^
/
Pi^l^
# K— ^^x^
i±=ta:ce
t
c-^^^^^-pph?tf--/c ' f rn
gj^^^g^^P^
]:
word of power, - And forth from his haDdSpirnDgooeanaodUuid,
gB:£^=P1^^ E^^4fa>j|j
Young stars brightly shining^ Their songs sweetly chiming^ Are
^^li^lp^^^
^
^^
g^^^
Nora. TlMeoapletetdmpUtiQnofthewoidf toUiisChonMWillfretttyenhtnoelueirBCt.
CREATION. oolmNUED.
g=^g^=fz
r»»/.
^
t:^
5
•JU^B>MMaa» aaaav*
^
mf
wMlrHlMMI iDrii,
&b\j^ 4f^g|:^= P^^ I ^ ^sj /[ |^[f-^ Jl^t^
And mil iiii-eh<ekid<hiiU>nn8irnito'«rherfii— inwrnUy
r
?
32=
1 *
^^^
-35=r
I * 1
-*-^ I
^Hmt • • iiigbeaiDof dsy On lier dark bo^otn iaj, The In-ridligtoiiig'Bpalli;
t=±=t:
*==t
p y j| yj-»j? H ^
CREATIOK CONTINUED.
333
^ss ^ — • -
^A
/
^!zt
^
G— tr
■9~9
t
/" —
■*N
&3!e
— p—i — ^ — I —
'^^
::q=:&
v^
--^
Jr
bat • tie, And dark-neas filled tbe plaee Where jet no life is found,
Nor earth nor sol - id gronnd. But yoid and empty
£fe
P?
— k-
^
w-
4
'H^
-r+-
ff
0. ^- ^
u
^^y'
W
i
S-
r^
3^
7
?
UL. riy
i
M#
^E^3ES3
f
T=^:
?
■^r
■ri: ij-
3:
IT
?~?
?
4
fill
5=^^-
s
-I — it.
-^ ^ I I
— ba — I-
^^
^^,
Etzt
I t r t
t?^
l-i — I _^_K I.JZ. — 0^0 j..m — ^^ — m^i^0 |__^____j_ 1 — I — ^^m x l. j
:1^
^ _\
spaee.
When in the foll-nees of his time, Je - ho - rah spoke the word sublime, "Let there be light," and there ^as light,
f f f. f ii^ - . >'
fSH
CREATION. GONtiMOXD;
^^£3^
^ '"w 'y
>-^~i — ?-i — ;p — I — 5^1 ;?— I
Bigfatk The mom-iDg stars to - geth-er saog, Till Heav^ ee - les > tial ansh - es tuuu The sons of God with glo-ri-ooa shoat Tlie joy -ful anthem aoqgd^ j
I M
I^^^^^i3
■=\:
^\ 1. 'M
^^^gg^^^P
nighty The mom-ing stars to - geth-er simg, Till Heav'as ee - les - tial arch - es rang» Hie sons of God with glo-ri-ous shoot TTie joy - fnl anthem soimdied
tt=lt=t=t
P_j^-^
t=t=t
;p — i^'w
— ^ — ., ^ _-.- . — jjj_j^-
out, ThemoroiDg stars to-geth-er sang, Till Heay'Dsee - les -tial arch- es rang, The sons of God with glo-ri-ous shoot The joj - fol an -them
t
t
o«t» Themoming stars to-geUk-er sang. Till Heav^ ce - les* tial aroh-es m^, Tlie sods of God with glo-ri-oos shoot The joy • fol an-
ff ^ . _ p
5-U-U-lr
CREATION.
CONTnnJED.
335
He speaks id his might,
T-
ight, light, And stra^ht there ts light
oift^Tnied diout ont his praise,
1' k. J..
*J- J.
ifff^^^gg
AndstrmighttiiereiB Ught, And straSgfat
there is light TTienshontoiA^
#
22;
1
The Ancient of Da^
light,
And
straight
t=t
±
there is light
'/ r*""^
==t:?
He speaks in ms might,
*?i:
Hght,
IncT
Btraight
there it light
3S
i^
t
iz^^a^i&:.fi;::tit:4t
I^SiS
*^. J.
And straight there is lights
And
straight
there is light He made the eon to rule the
E^LtM.
336
I I
CREATION. OONOLUDID.
f Iff
-J IJ L tnr
Fount - ain of
I f I
Qaeen of the night, The stars that in their or - bitt play, All
fill '^ '
dajr, Fount - ain of light, Ihe moon with [Ode re- fleet -ed ray, Queen of the night> The etars that in their or -bits* plaj, AH
^#-
f f
^J' I r r
Izb
-h
(^^
^#-
31
f
:=z
I
H^—
^^m
/^S
1
t=±
^hr^
^
m
■^
TP-T 5^"
vd^tit, All shoir his migfat»
All
show .... his
might
-a--
Sru, - - -
might, AU show his might,
All
1 c/
show ....
wn I -t
fe=
/^
?s^
■ ^»
la:
. might
/• —
t=:t
r'TT"
ST
t
t
— f5
ANTHEM. " Praise ye the Lord."
ATUat*.
337
MOZART.
PnuM ye the Lord^ and glo - ri - fy him for - ot - er, Praise ye the Lord, and glo -
1^
f - rtrrrt
> — # — #— 19
AL.
AA
R P= F
t=flP^?
338
" Praise ye the Lord.'' concluded.
•
.ISTIFHOIVAL.
BBd Teamr.
No. 1. VENITE EXULTEMUS.
CoBtralto and Bast.
T C T»
A9 fng hp ki$ Ok9ir at St. Ptt€r*9 dturckt Niagara FaUa.
339
J=1:
£3
1
I
• '—^
■&.
\
t
si—iif^-i-a
i=d
O—r
lOL
I
3:
iJiSJil
:d=i
1. O come, let us sing ud- . . • . ,
H, For the Lord U a
6. The sea ie hisi and
1. For he ia the.
10. Glory be to the Father, and,
to the
great —
Lord onr
to the
Lord, I let ns heartily rejoice in the
Ood; .. B and a great
made it ; I and his lands pre- •
God ; I and ve are the peoj^ of his pasture, and the . . ^ . .
Son; I and
strength of
King a-
pared the
sheep —
to the
jrzfct
¥
our sal
bove all
dry —
of his
Ho - ly
-5^
ration. 2.
gods. 4.
land. 6.
hand. 8.
Ghost: IL
i
GBO&1JS*— (0!l4)tr« having high Tenartt nng tmaU noterin Tenor and Alto helow,)
1-
-*;
■a-
^
^ i * °:
JI|. - I
I
iJL£
-0^
*
P— P
I
S
?£
^
i
8. Let us oome before his pres • enee
4. In his hand are all the oor - ners
0. O come, let us worship, and
*8. O worship the Lord in the beauty of
9 9. For he ooitfeth. For he cometh, to .
11. As it was in the begb - - -ning.
with thanks-
giving.
of the
earth;
fall —
down;
ho - li-
nese;
judge the
earth;
u —
DOW,
and show ourselres
and the strength of the
and kneel be-.
let the whole earth
and with righteousness to judge the world, and the
and eyer
hiUs
in
•
IS
fore
the
stand
in
peo -
t
him with
paalmSk
8.
l^B —
also.
6.
Lord our
Makar.
7.
aw^ of
him.
9.9
with his
truth.
10.
world without
end.
No. 2. GLORIA PATRI.
Glory be t^ the Father, and to the Son, and to the Ho - ly Ghost ; As it waa in the begiomng, is now, and eyer shall be, world without eiid. A • men.
340
No. 3. GLORIA IN EXCELSIS.
•
t
S
^
I
at
f
I
t
1. Olorj be to . .
8. O Lord Ood, .
9, For thou onljT
on
God
heareii- ly
art —
hijfh,
Kmg,
holy;
i
J:
^
I
i
I and on earth,
OodtlM
thon
— r
eace, good
Uier
on - ly
i:
I
will towards
Al - - -
art the
i
1
mig^ity. 4i
Lotd. la
% We pnose thee, we bless thee, we.
4 O Lord, the ooly begotten Son, . . ,
la Thou only, O Christ, with the
wor -
Je
Ho -
thee,
Christ;
Ohost,
9-
X
J-
f
we glori^ thee, we gnre thanks to ,
O Ix>rd dod. Lamb of Qod,
art most high in the
%, T^t takest away the.
6^ Thou that takest away the...
7. Thou that takest away the
% Thra thai fittest at the right hand of
sins
of
the
world,
sins
of
the
world.
■IDS
of
the
world,
God
tu
Father,
No. 4. GRAND TE DEUM. (Anthem.)
J==:zrrzzid=q
WM. JACKSON.
»ll
=&3*-*-g-i^=i;i
' We praise thee, O God; we ac - knowledge t^ee to be the Lord, All the earth doth worship thee, the Fa-therev-cr • last - log. To thee all an-geb
itk
"We praise thee, O Ood ; we ae - knowledge thee to be the Lord, All the earth doth worship thee, the Fa - tber er • er - last - ing. To thee all an • gds
IP—^
^
iztt
^
rnrtr-n-^
cty a-lond ; the hestena, and all the powers therein. To thee cher-ub - im and ser
aph-im eon - tin - ual - l^do
cry, Ho - ly, ho - ly, ho - ly» Lord God of
jBS3!::S=
H^:^.
^zjL
^■=X
£3
azzjs=t^-gz±
t=q:
t=X
i2=:t:±:U=±t=t;=«:
fert:3z±d
Zljijljljz -Mijizjt
crj - a*loud; the heavens, and all the powers thereia To thee cher-ub - im and ser-aph-im con - tin • nal - 1 j do cry, Ho - ly, ho - ly, ho <- ly^ Lord God of
J _ - ^ -^ - - — — — ■ f
F= ^^=^
ti^
^^
r^ ., p* p;=fi
lijil^ 1^ ^ U C~U C
It
z:S±:
■^ (^-
l^id:
1 ^ ' ii^-«— ••—
GRAND T£ DEUM. oontinuid.
^B^^^^
g=3^l:
^ ^
J— I— t= t
: tnr-| I I'
-+■
1
t
8a • baoth, Hesyen and earth ard foil of tbe maj • et - ty of thj glo - 17.
/^
The glo • rioot eom-pa • ny of th' A-pos - ties prmite tlioe, Thi
ff m
■« —
15=*
p=ti=3rl
good-lj fel-low-ihip of the prophete praise thee, The no - - - ble ar-mj of mar-tyrt praise thee, The ho • Ij Chnrefa, throd^hout all the world, doth
p
-9 —
GRAND TE DEUM. ooNtiNU^
U- ^^fj J
kncrrledge tfaee, T^ Fa-ther of an in- il • nite maj • ea - t]r ; Tlune a - dor-a-bl«, trne, andon-lj Son; Al • bo tlie Ho - Ijr Ghoat, the Gom - IbH - er.
t
^^
*- -^
t
JcDovledga thee, The Fa - ther of ai| In • fi - nite maj - ea - t]r ; Thme a - dor-a • ble, tnie, and on - Ij Son; Al - bo the Ho - Ij Ghoat, the Oom - fort • er.
Vh "itf^
I rri ! I riri:
^S
W7Tn]iii:^ m
t
±g:
■L-U-U-i
^^
Thou art the King of glo - 17, O Christ Thou art the ev - er-last-ing Son of the Fa - ther. When thontook'stajMrn thee to de- Ut - er man, thou didat
iit*
g^ p 3w^^^'i' i rrJJ'.r i
Tlion art the King of glo - ry, O
sE^^^a
Chritt. Thoa art the ev - er - last-ing Son of the Fa - ther. When thou took'st upon thee to de - lir - er man, tfaoa didst
^-r-£^ r i'~jp 1 1
*
Bdd
GRAND TE DEUM. ooiminiw).
hum-blethyMlf to be bom of k Yir-gia When thou hadttoyei^ome the abaipnew of dtath,thoB didst open tlMku^ all be- Mofr-en.'Aoa
hunhble tbje^ to be bora of « Yir-^^WheothoiihAditoTerQome the shaipDeee of death, thou didit open the kingdom o^ heftyen to mil be • Uer-en.
fittest at the right hand of Gk>d, in the glo - rj of the Fa-ther. We belieye that then shalt eome, to be oar Judge
^ Aadante. P
^
We therefore prajthee^lielp
^
I
~:^.
t=^
j__j__4_:q=:5s
00-S
**-*.
' I I I -t-
|!t
f£
Jir:::^^?
Ei33S^^P^
eittest at the right hand of Qod, in Uie glo - ry of the Fa-ther. We belieye that thou ehalt oome, to be oar Judge. We therefore praj
Wl iu C i'~^
B3B
PLU— « u:pbr:
liT Ul I
^^^
j=;:»
,&^«
GRAND f E DEUM. coNnmrBD.
345
ii
k
tt
^m
;=£=5^
H/maU, whom thou hMt r6de€medwith thj preetoiw blood. Make them to he nnmheired with thy Hunts, b glory or - er •> hut - vag.
^^^•^^Si^fegE
O Lord, HiTo tiij people, aiid
fcntzit
-Hip ZtE—.^^0
servaate, whom tfaoa hMt redeemed with thj proeiom blood Ibdre them to be numbered wHh thj minte, fai glory er - er - last - ing; O Lor^, mre Hff people, and
blees thine her-it -age. Ooyem them and lift them up for - ev- er.
Day by day we mag-ni - fy thee ; and we worship thy name ever, world without end.
uJA^jilii ^SS^i^glg^
--^ — I- — I— -
Jii— l—T^-l^
iipg^^g^t
zt
MS
»^z.
thine her-it- age. Gtorem them and lift them up for - er - er.
Day by day we mag^-fy thee; and we worship thy name erer, world without end
346
GRAND TE DEUM. oonclvdko.
4- I UU1
c=t=:t
^ ^
YouehMifSB, O Lord, to keep ns this day wtth-out tin. O Lord, bare mer^j up - oo ii% hare mer-ej up - on oi» O Lord, lei tfajr in«r - cj be u;
YonehMifo, O Lord, to keep ot this day with-ont auu O Lord, haye mer^ up - on u^haremer^j up-on oi» O Lord, lei thy mer • ej be u]
J jPV/'j RnTrnrTirT
Bb n ^ I J J_-jj-j,j^ ^^
-on oi»
Ai our tmst) our tnut is in tfaee. O Lord, in thee, in thee hare I truat-ed; let me ner-er, let me ner-er be eon • foand-ed.
-(n oi» Aa our trust, oar tmit is in thee. O Lord, in thee, in thee hare I trust -ed; let me ner-er, let me ner-er be eon - feoiii^
No. 6. GLORIA PATRI. anthem chant.
tn mf ci
Glo-ry be to the Pa-tber, tnd to tbe Son, and to the Ho - I7 Ghoct; Ai it wu in the be-ginmng, is noWytndoT-er ■hall be, worid without end, A-men, A-men.
J.
. No. 6.
GLORIA PATRI. anthem chant.
8«ii.
^^§
^^^isi^a^i
8«ll.
Tntti*.
:^ta BOW, a
Glo-ry be to the Fa-tber, and to the Son, And to the Ho - Ij Ghoat, Aa it waa in the be-ginning, la now, and ot- er ahall be, world withont end, A - men, A-men.
rxriTTt
348
No. 7.
ANTHEM CHANT. Gloria
V. C. T.
Glo-nr ba I* the Fa^ar, and to th* SoD,aiKl to th* Uo>It Gboat, Ai it wiaintb* ba - siaainff, ia now^andav-ar aballba, world wilhaataadiA-i
/ nf S«lt Craa Tattl. -esc /
if
Glo • ry be to the Fa-ther, and to the Son^and to the Ho-Iy Gboat,
^^l^^^-ffl^^:
No. 8.
i,^^i^®fe^^^
ANTHEM CHANT. Gloria Patri.
/ I f
V. C. T.
fe^g^!c3ffe
Ole-ft be to tin Father,aiid to the Soe,aiid to the Ho-lj Ghost,
ff m Boll.
n iiow,%iid ey- er ihall be,worid without end, A-meB^<
Gle-fj be to Ike Father^aad to the Son,aiid to the Ho-lj Ghost, Ab it
^§l|^^g^.^^i§6i^i^
is the be - gianiaff, it now,and ot - er ahall be,wofM without end, A^nea, X-a
Olo-iybe to the Fatfier,aiid to the Sen, and to tile Ho
//Ual«on«.
. Ij Ghost, At it waa in the be • giwungfit wsmjuA ev • er ahall be,world without eiid,A-mi|yA«flM
J n I Sail. ^^ T.IU./ ^jfLJ:.^^-'- ^_LlJi1.
I I
No. 9. BENEDICTUS.
T. C T. 186f .
349
{Slnfjlrtt two lffM« Jhcrt, or below, at %i oommauitnuni.)
1. BlesMd be tU Lord Gk>dof. . .
8. Ashf vptkebylbemoathallui
ft. Glory bt toilie I'athcr, and. . .
£^
Is - n- el ; I for be batb visited and re-
ho - W Prophets,! which haye been since Uie
to toe [ Son, laodtothe
-O-
deemed his
world be-
Ho - ly
J-
people, I 2. And hath raised up a mifffatj salvatioii lor
can, I 4. That we should be sared from our /. . f en - e-
I
Ghost, I A. As it was in the beginning
.©.
IS
US, 9.
■ues, 4^
6.
£
^m-^
"-I
I
f
t
i
*-
FT
^1
2. in the house of his .,..
4. and from the hand of all that. . .
A. and ever shall bo, world without
ser-yant I David. 8.
hate — I OS. 5.
end A- I men.
S
9 — S'
f^
1^
SECOND COMMENCEMENT.
Alto and Base.
Treble and Teser*
zai:
.^m^
1. Blessed be the Lord God of . .
2. AshespakeW the month of his
be to Fa
8. Glery
'ather, and.
Ii - ra
ho ^ Iv
to the
^
>^p-
m
Ts:
*t
rrFrtrar:3
el, I for he hath visitea and re-
Prophets, I which have been sinee the
Son, landtotbe
deemed his
world be-
Ho - fy
i
"^"
people^
Ghost,
£53
I
No. 10. GLORIA PATRI.
T. C. T. 1860.
350
No. 11. JUBILATE DEO.
T.CT. 18ft«.
1. O, be joyful in the Lord
8. 0, go jour wmj into hit gates with thankagiyipg, and into hit
6. Gloryoe to the Father, and : . . . .
all je
eonrtiwith
to the
buidB ; I serre the Lord with gladneu, and oome before hie
praise ; I be thankful unto him, and speak
Son, I and ;
preseooe
with a
song. %
good —
of his
name. 4.
to the
Ho -17
Ghost ft.
2. Be ye sure that the Lord
4. For the Lord is gradous, his mercy is
ft. As it was in the
meiouB, ni
, beginniqg.
he is
ev - er-
IS —
God ; I it is he that hath made us, and not we ourselyes ; we
J are his people, ••...-. I • .
l>rtiDg;l and bi. troth eDdureA from K<«i6r«tiaD to
now, I and erer
and
the
gen -
shall
e-
be.
sheep of his
ra' - - -
worid without
No. 12. GLORIA PATRI.
T. CT,
d^
I I
m
Glory be to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Ho-ly Gttiott; As it was in the beginning, is
i
T-f
f
^^Yf\ ^-[-f-^yf\ ^ \ " \
now, and eyer shall be, #orld withoot end
**•» •
■nwyaer
•-S.
i
No. 13. CANTATE DOMINO. Double Chant.
1^-^
' m * — ■*■■■ ■ ' ■
:g
f
-r
A
S5^
Y. C. T.
351
1. O ling onto the «....
8. Hie Lord declared _
5. Show jounelyee joylbl unto the LoA,
7. With trumpets
9. Let the floods elsp their hands, and let the hills
be jojful togetner be-
Ih Qbry be to the Father, nod
Lord a Dew
bis sal -
all ye
also, and
fore the
to the
SODff,
yataon ;
lands;
shawms,
Lord,
Son,
for*.
his righteousness hath he openly showed
sinff, re- . • • •
O uiow yourseWes joyful be-
lor he.
and ...<
he hath done
in the
joice, and
fore the
Cometh to
to the
manrellous
sight of the
give —
Lord the
judge the
Ho - ly
thines.
heathen,
thanks.
King.
earth.
Ghost
2L
6.
&
10.
12.
f
^^m
& With his own right hand, and with his
4. He hath remembered his merey and tmUi toward the
$, Praise the Lord np-
t. Iiet the sea make a noise, and all that. .
1% With rigfatsonsnees shall he
Ill Aa |t was in fha begimoiig^ it now, and.
ho - ly
house of
on the
there -in
judge the
er • er
arm,
Israel,
harp,
world,
shall be,
nath he •••••
and all the ends of the world haye
seen the sal-
sing to the harp with a
the round world, and
and the
▼orld with- • . . «
gotten him- 1
ya -
tion
psalm
I of
they
that
peo •
pie
oat
self the
of our
thanks - -
dwell there-
with —
end. A -
yictory. 8«
God.
pying.
5.
7.
m. 9.
equxfy. IL
men.
No. 14. BONUM EST.
I
T. C. T". ll
* •
1. It is « good thing to giy« thunks m-
S. Upon an instrument of ten strings, and up-,
ft. Glory be to the Father, and
=t
■ T Z22g:
to
the
on
the
to
the
Lord,
lute;
Son,
ZSZI
i
I and to Mng praises onto thjL-
upon a lo«d instrument,. . . •.
and
f=f
n
^'^'^
N=^.
i=f
name, — O Most
and up - OQ the
to the Bo ' Ij
hatpi
Qhort;
%
4
1
fl.
.d fl.
a:
i. To tell of thj loWng-kindness • • •
4» For thou. Lord, hast mads me glad . . .
f. M a was m the be gi nn i ng,
earlj in the
through thy
is —
mommg,
woi^;
now.
and of UiT
and I wtU rejotee in giring praise for the ope- . .
andsTer ••••
truth in the n^ght *—
m - tioaa m £kj
ihiU b^ worid witevk
No. 15. GLORIA PATRI.
rid
f-f^^^
'in " u r I I .
to the Ho- ly Ghost; As it was i& the beginning; is iiow, and «f«r ahflU ba^ wiirld without «id. A
i
^m
No. 16. DEUS MISEREATUR.
T. C T. ISM.
^SS
it
■n —
I J JJ
-©^
1^
L Ood be merctful unto
d. Let the people praise thee, . .
&. Let the people praise thee, . .
8. Glory be to the Father, aad .
ns, atid
—
—
to th6
bless us, I and show us the li^t of his ooontenaiice, and bd . .
God; I yea,letaU the ....• « ....».,.•
^od; I yea, let all the •••.«.,
Son, I and \
nitird - fhl
nn -
to OB. 2.
peo - pie
praise
thee. 4.
peo - ^e
praise
Holy
thee. 6.
to the
Ghost 9.
i. That thy way may be known up-
4. let the nations re-
6. then sbaH the earth bring
eiGodshall Wess —
9. Mit was in the beginning,
on —
joice and be
fbrth her
IS —
earth,
glad;
increase;
us;
now.
thy saying
for thou shalt judge the folk righteously, and goyem the
and God, eyen our own God, £al\
and all the ends of the. .... ^ .. *
and eyer
health a >
nations up -
giye —
world shall
shall be,
mong
on —
us his
fear —
world without
nations. 8.
earth. 6.
blessing. 7. $
hint 8.
end.
No. 1 7. RESPONSE TO THX FIBBT NllfS OOMMAMDMSlftB.
No. 18. RESPONSE TO TBB TniTH OoiOfANDMSNT.
Slew. -
Lo>rd, haye merey upon us, and incline our hearts to keep
P.
bearts to keep this law. J Lord, haye men
^mmt^m-^ A i w «
Lord, haye merey upon us, and write all these )
thy laws in our ) hearts, we be - seech thee.
^vf— ^
I 1 1 1 1 1
J J. ,
— { S " m^r\
t=.
m *
rf r- cTTT n'
as4
No. 19. BENEDIC ANIMA MEA.
x9m ^0MNMfM0WMIIC*
m
Bimg thU or iks %eiof hdow; hut not both, Oo/rom thU to kwtr «oorv.
U
I
T.O.T. IMt.
s
s
2t::
z
T«M«r.
I
■«-
1. Pra»e tlM Lord,
a. Wlio forgiTctii
A. pnoM the Lord, j« angels of fail, ye that ez-
8. O&j be to the Father, and ^
my
aU
thy
eel
m
to
the
Boul; I and all that is within me
sin, I and
strength, I ye that ftilfil his eonmiandment, and heaitei unto the
Son, I and-
praise his
healeth
Toiee of
to the
ho - Ir
all thine m-
his
Ho - ly
AiTuiiy* 4k$
id OommtmotmmU, imfnU hofnumy,
1. Pra»e the Lord,
8. Who Ibrgiyeth
0. praise the Lord, ye angels of his, ye that ez-
8. Glory be to the Father, and
my
an
thy
eel
m
to
the
soul; I and all that is within me,
sin, I and,
strength, I ye that folfil his eommandment) and hearken onto the
Son, I and
Toioe of
to the
lE
^
^
^
*■
e
I*, f,
:s
MMMlMI
V 9
s
s
t=^
I
s
8. Praise the Lord,
4. Whosayeth thy
6. O praise the Lord, all
til 7. O speak good of the Lord, all ye works of his, in all plaoes of
A. Ab it WM in the begimimg^
O my
life fromae-
his
do-
e
IS
soul, I and forget not
structioa, I and crowneth thee witii meroy and
hoets; I ye servants of his thai ...••
minioo. I Praise thou the Lord, ..•.»•..
now, I and oyer ehall be, world withooi..
X
jdt.
an his
loy • ing
do his
O
mr f
^
ml
Mi
No. 20. TRISAGION.
T. C T. 090
{Th$ Mtmmi pfrfoM to ik§ IHiogitm itg «• fMm%;) ** It k rery mMt, and right, and our boandea duty, that we should at all timet, and in all plaeet, gire thanks unto thee^
O Lord, (Holy Father,) Almi^ty, everlasting Ood"
:$:
I
^
Therefore with angeU and arehangela, and with all the eompany
of hearen, we laud and magnify thy glorioua
t
name, erermore praising thee, and say - ing, Ho - ly,
^
^
r — ^
Lord God of Hosts; HeaTen and earth are fbll of tib^ glory* Gloiy be to thee, Lord, most hifgh.
Ho. 2L
Glo-ry be to thee, Lord.
' ^ ' ^ J_J_J
GLORIAS BEFORE THE GOSPEL.*
No. 22. No. 2a
^^
* Gloiias before the gospel ihoald alwajs be «Aorf , so as te oceasMm as littte suspense as possible to the resdav*
890
No. 24.
ANTHEM CHANT.* tor dedicahon.
3
I wai gUd when they >
said omto ms, - - 3
SOU.
Oar feet shall stand within thy 1
Let OS go in -to the house of the Lord. gates.O Jemsalem; Jerusalem >
Wither the tribes go «p ; the tr
TmtUt Allecretto.
of the LordfOOte the testinioa
isbnilded as aoilrthatisoom-NiMet— to-geth - - - er, IsmritogirethasliiVBiftt^
UMiW M,t
^
;^
Q:
Soil, lATglkSttO.
e • m ^ ea « lenr,
name of th^ Lord.
I
5
^
For there are set thrones of
jadgment, the - - - 5 thrones of the ho n se of Dayid, Pray for the peace of Je - m - sa -iem^
Solly I«ME^etto.
'S.
tk&j
\:Jm
riBi
357
■oil.
pro0-per tbat loye th««. Peace be
Soil
?3^
thy walls; aod protperity within thy - - - pal - a - oea, For mj brethren and eompaniona' take, |
I will now aay, -------J
TmULm,
m
f
7 ^ I J I
TntM.M.
■&t
1
S
« I I ii
^
Peace be with ^in thee, Becanee ofthe hooeeef the Lord onr - - God, I will seek thy cood, H«l-le-lu-ja£, Hal-le - In-jah, A- men.
GENERAli INDEX.
Admonitioa 260
Adyent 204
Albfree /..121
Albuem 41
Aliflter 224
Alva 222
AmAEOD 210
Ambrose 84
Andover 41
Androa .....157
Andnu. 118
Angeb..; 73
ArgOB 173
Airegon.... 179
Arthur 125
Ashmead 97
Assyria. 164
Athens 148
Athol 63
Athos. 177
Attica. 169
Anbom 108
Aurin 214
Austria. 77
Avery 203
AYon 63
Asalia a4
Baltic 40
Baikhamstead 89
Barnard ..145
Bavaria 226
Beatitude 69!
Beaumont 194
Bellefonte 197
Bellerma 137
Bekrit 90
Belzoni 56
Bemis 176
Bsanet 106
Bermuda 139
Berton 218
BlUington 34
Birge 219
Bladenburg 174
Blandford 47
Bloomfleld 190
Bloomingdale 1 03
Blossom Street 105
Bowdoin Street .... 167
Boyoe Chant 66
Bremen 102
Brighton 216
Brimfleld 192
Brinkriff 212
Brinly 197
Bristol 81
Brookfleld 128
Brownell 115
Bullock 160
Burford 92
Butler 153
Burlington, aM....162
Burlington 128, Ac. .242
Burtini 91
Cairo. 164
California 262
Callias 164
Cahaar 168
Cambria 209
Carlini 220
Carlton 181
Cedron 230
Celida 163
Chatham 79
Cheney. 167
Chilton 215
China 123
Church Street. 228
Claric 248
Clearfield 136
Colebridge.. 56
Colerado 104
Columbia 80
Concord 234
Condescension 95
Confidence.. 110
Conley 96
Consolation 239
Conviction. 202
Corea 220
Corinno 129
Corinth (Double) 160
Comello 213
Coronation. 136
Corsica 39
Coventry 67
CrandaL 86
Crawford.. 143
Creation 180
Culbertson 98
Culworth 86
Curtis ..191
Cyprus 175
Dalston 184
BalzeL 78
Banforth 69
Bante ....247
Bam 48
Dawn 163
DeUber. 126
Deloe. 172
Denslow 44
Departure (Double).. 61
DeTDtkm ...195
Daworth 87
Dresden 70
Duncburch. 106
Dundee |99
Dustan S86
Eagle Clifl: 94
Easton 251
Ebro 178
Elklaad 131
EUery..^ 144
Ellington... 201
Ellison 107
Elton 108
Elvah 207
Elysium 166
Emmersoh 133
Enfield 213
Erbeu 69
firith (Doable) 211
Essling 57
Euphrates 88
Exhortation 140
Faloet.... 183
Fallston 246
Farmington 70
Fenneland (Double) . 206
Ferdinand 101
Florence. 221
Florian (Double) 132
Fiorina (Double) .... 162
Flower Vale 100
Folger 88
Folsom 249
Fold 119
FroBS 192
Gkdena 107
GkJlatin 240
Gaudianak 40
Geneva. 142
aUdden ..166
Oorfaam... 118
Greece 156
Grove Street 117
Guilford «.122
Haddam 188
Uadlyme 285
HaUowell 72
Halsted 223
Hanson' Ill
Harmony 113
Hartford 245
Hartland 104
Harwington. 127
Hastings. 185
Haven 144
Hawly 244
Hayman 187
Heavenly Mansion . . 42
Helen. 161
Hinton 240
Hiram 242
Hollis 138
Hollister. 122
Horicon 94
Norton 154
Hubbell 214
Hubert 212
HWy 229
Imly 67
Indus (Double) 206
Infinity. 114
Iowa 67
Iris 217
Irvington 100
Italian Hymn 224
Janesvflle 173
Jennild 59
Jewel 381
JuniMa 117
Kenyon 68
^ingsley (Double).. 198
Kingston 282
Kianicut 146
La Grange 121
Lamentation. ^ 120
Last Day 43
Lema Island 199
Lewis 64
Lewiston 150
Lewnel 105
Leyden 148
Lisbon 161
Litchfield 78
Lloyd 119
Louvan. 66
Lucerne 81
Ludlow. 110
Luman ..,..225
Luther 237
Lutzen 124
Luxton 174
Lyeon. 165
Lydia 169
I^ons.. 250
ICijesty (DoQUe)...119
Maltoria 185
Manchester 83
ManhattanviUe 120
Mansfield 51
Marohard 72
Maieien. 184
Mannion 166
Mattison 62
Meditation ••......lU
MediterraneaiL . • V •111
Melven 148
MendoD 36
Mercy Seat.. 38
Meriden 91
Meriln Ill
Messiah 2a
Miami ^184
Middletown .118
Milgrove
Millennium fi
Mik^L.M. H
Milo^7s. ...M
Minersville .81
Mobile «, J|
Monmouth •• ,,
Montague. . • • .
Montford
Montgomery . . .
Monroe. ,
Moorfield 20
MouHria ....2M
Mulvaula •; ..iw
Muniidi.. ..;... ...l^il
Nahanl .*.
Nashua
Nazareth \^'
Nebraska .•••.
Nelson ••••*'»V
New BritafaL..^;*l^
New Hartlbid. •« ^ >lf
New Haven. . • • • • ..'jl
New London.. •.•«,/^
Newbum. ••»«••• •,
Niagara .^
Nor thMn ^ i> « # »^
NoftWW4»^.it#%i
i
■'AS
GENERAL INDEX.
359
KorwidL 180
OldHandred. 63
Olivenza. . . ........ 56
Omnipotence....'... 89
Orange 201
Ottawa 86
Oxford 136
Ozark . .^ 219
Paddington 161
PaKa 37
Palmer 188
Palmjra 60
Paloe..... 11
Paradise 74
Pari& 149
Park Place. 91
Pemberton Square . . 128
Pmnbroke 99
Penitence. 46
Persia. 168
Phanalia 210
Pizarro 73
Plainfleld 159
PlainYiUe 38
Platea. 153
Pleasant Tallej ... .130
Plymouth. 50
Praise 116
Providence. 179
Pyne. 156
Racine 171
Rapture ...183
Refbge (Double). . . .200
ReUanoe. 138
Rema 80
Remonstrance 43
Repose 64
Redgnation 280
Roberts 190
Rochester 126
Roxbuiy 64
Rugemer 66
Sanlbrd .....182
Sardinia 79
Savannah 247
Scotia 165
Serenitj ^.. 93
SeviUa 50
Sbelbeme 85
Sheldon 141
Sherman, CM. 116
Sherman, 88 & 98. . . .232
Sholee. 147
Siloam 68
Simesbuiy 170
Slumber 68
Smithfleld 88
Solitude 66
Somerset 46
Sparta 171
Springfield 134
St Helens 178
St Lawrence. 46
St Martins. 125
St Thomas 170
Stafford 131
Stanton 62
Suez 139
Sullivan (Double). . .109
Sumner.. 142
Sunquaason 48
Swartz 36
Temple Street 84
Thelnfiuit'sDeparture 62
The Lord is great.. .241
liiebes 228
Thessalj. .176
Tiflany 127
Tilsit 51
Toledo 98
Torringford 145
Triumph, H. M. 191
Triumph, lis. 241
Turin 166
Tyrol 63
Umago 147
Valetta 218
Valiant 177
Venice ..204
Vernon 103
Verona...., 149
Victory 124
Vilna 137
Virgffius. 264
Vistula (Double) . . .253
Volindia. 102
Voltino 133
Waal 151
Wallworth 39
Walter 143
Warden 229
Warning 196
Warren. 85
Warriner 193
Warsaw 189
Watchman 152
Wayland 76
Weathersfleld 52
Webb 227
Westchester 233
Westfield 49
Weston 187
Whipple 87
Wilber 140
Willard. 225
Wihnantic 216
Wikia 196
Wilton 207
Windham 44
Winfleld. 88
Winsted ..'... 101
Winter 96
Woodbridge 141
Woodruff ...116
Woolson 64
Worship (6 lines) . . .238
Zenia 60
Zenovia • .. • • .217
Zemo... ...186
Zion,&lL. 167
Zion, 8s, 7sft.48. ...216
Blessed are the deaDd Moiett....,, 316
Child of mortality fftfmn 807
Creation C<meert Cho, 331
JMher, I call on thee. . . .Hymn 265
Prom the rising of the sun. /SM^n^e. . . . 296
Oonotfiurfiromme,OGod.J^ol0^ 304
Hearken unto me AfUhem.. . . . 323
He shall come down VkA.Anihmn., . . . 274
He that keepeth Israel... /SMi<mM.«.. 296
How holy is this phioe. . .AnthmtL, . . . 302
INDEX TO ANTHEMS, SENTENCES, &e.
If a man die ,
1 11 wash my hands in. . .
I will lay me down
I will sing
I, would not live away. . .
O, let me die
Lord our (Governor. ....
my soul, what means. .
O weep not for the joys. .
Our Father in heaven. • . .
SerUenee,,,, 264
Anthem,.,,. 319
Sentence. .', , 290
Anthem^.... 284
Ifymn 261
Chant 272
Anthem 316
S^pmi 265
Amn 277
^pnn 267
Praise waiteth for thee. . .
Praise ye the Lord. . . .
Rest in peace
Remember the poor
Rock of Ages
See, daylight is fiiding. . .
Sing Hallelujah
The Lord is in his holy. . .
The Lord our Qod
Anthem.,.., 256
Anthem,,,,, 337
JSlegy 289
Jfymn , 298
Amn,
Hymn,
Sentence,
270
273
292
266
280
The Orphan's Prayer..... TViomufOAo. 812
The Widow and the Hymn 266
Tliou wilt keep him MoteU 277
Time is winging us away .i^mw 262
WatchmanI teUusofthe.lnniMt, 268
We praise thee, God. . ,Motett 339
Who are these in bright. .Anthem 278
Where the wicked cease. ,Hymn 273
When the Lord shall build. .idfUAMi..... 812
iSft, 9. Benediotus. • 349
Ka 19. Benedic aoima mea 364
9«k 14. Bonumest 362
Bd 13. Oantate Domino S6I
Ka 16. Deus Misereatur 363
Ha 3. Gloria in Exoelsis. 840
CHANTS.
Na 2. OkniaPatri 339
Na 6. Gloria Patii. . .Anthem Chant 347
Na 6. Gloria Patri. . . .Anthmn Chant 347
Ka 7. Oloria^ Patri.. . .^Anihem Chant 348
No. 8. Gk>ria Patri.. . .Anthem OhanU 348
NalO. Gloria Patri 849
Nal2. Gloria Patri 360
Na 15. Gloria Patri 352
Na 21 to 23. Gk>ria8 before the Gospel 866
Na 4. Q[X9sATeT)eQm,AwthiemOhant 841
Na24 Iwasglad(Dedioatioii).^fi.0ft. 356
No. 11. Jubaate Dea 860
No. 17, 18. Responses fta 363
No. 20. TrisagioD • 366
Na 1. Venite exultemua....; 889
i
METRICAL INDEX.
. L.1L
Albnerft 41
Ambrose 84
Andover 41
Angelo fS
Athol 68
Austria 77
Avon , 63
Azalia 34
Baltic 40
Beatitude 69
Belzoni 66
Billinffton 34
Blandford 47
Boyce Chant 66
Bristol 81
Chatham 79
Colebridge. 66
Cdombia. 80
Corsica. 39
CoTentrj 67
Crandal 86
Culworth. 86
Bdael., 78
Danibrth 69
Daru... 48
Denriow 44
Departure (Double) 61
DUworth 87
Dresden 70
Erbou 69
Essling 67
Farmlngton. 70
Folger 83
Qaudiaom 40
Haliowell 72
Heayenlj Mansion 42
Iowa 67
Imljr 67
Jerttold 69
Blenjon...... 68
Last Day 43
Levis 64
Litchfield 78
Louvan 66
Lucerne 81
Mansfield 61
Manchester 83
Marchard 72
Mattison 62
MendoQ 36
Mercy Seat 33
Millennium 76
Milgrore 66
Milo 36
Mobile 68
Monmouth 42
Montford 49
Nazareth 47
Nelson. 71
Newbum. 82
New Hartford 77
New Haven 87
Northfield 46
Norway • : . . 74
Old Hundred 63
Olivenza 66
Ottawa 86
Palis 37
Palmyra 60
Palos 71
Puptdise 74
Penitence 46
Pizarro 73
Pkiinville 38
Plymouth 50
Rema. 80
Remonstrance. 43
Bepose..^ 54
Boxbury 64
Bugemer 66
Sardinia. 79
Sevilla 50
Shelbeme 86
Siloam 68
Slumber 58
Smithfield 88
Somerset 46
Solitude 66
Stanton 62
St Lawrence 46
Sunquasson 48
Swartz 36
Temple Street 84
The Infant's Departure. . 62
Titeit 61
Tyrol 63
Wallworth 39
Warren 86
Wayland 76
Weathersfield . . ^ 62
Westfield 49
Whipple 87
Windham 44
Woolson 64
2Senia ^ 60
Albree 121
Andrus 118
Arthur. 125
Ashmead.. 97
Auburn 108
Barkhamstead 89
Barnard. 146
BeUerma 137
Beloit..., 90
Bonnet 106
Bermuda •. 189
Bloomiiqidale 1 03
Bloesom Street 106
Brownell 115
Breijien 102
Brookfield 128
Burford ; 92
BurtinL 91
China 123
Clearfleld. 136
Colerado 104
Conley 95
Condescension 95
Confidence 110
Corinno 129
Coronation 136
Crawford 143
Culbertson 98
Deliber 126
Duncburch. « 106
Dundee 99
Eagle Cliff. 94
Ellison 107
Ellery 144
Elkland 131
Elton 108
Emmerson. .133
Euphrates 88
Exhortation 140
Ferdinand 101
Flower Vale 100
Florian (Double) 132
Ford 119
Galena. 107
Geneva* 142
Gorham 113
Grove Street 117
Guilford. 1«
Hanson Ill
Harmony. ............^118
Hartlaiid 104
Hanrington 1S7
Haren 144
Hollis. 138
Hollister il22
Horioon 94
Infinity .«i...ll4
Irvington 100
Juniata .117
La Grange. 121
Lamentation. 120
Lloyd. 119
Ludlow 110
Lewnel \ 106
Liitzen 124
Majesty (Double) !»
Manhattanrille. ISO
Meriden 97
Meditation 114
Mediterranean 118
Miami 134
Minersville 92
Mulvania. Ill
Munich 96
Nahant 90
New London 93
Norwich. . . . : 130 -
Omn\potence 89
Oxford. 135
Park Place 91
Pemberton Square 128
Pembroke 99
Pleasant Valley 130
Praise .116
Reliance 138
Rochester 126
S^^enity. 93
Sheldon 141
Sherman 116^
Springfield IM
StMarttnA
Stafford ...:.. .^ til
Sues. lit
SuIUvan (DooUe). ll||
Sumner , . , . ,TM
TifBmy .^,
Toledo ^
Torringford
Vernon X{
Victory
Vilna.
VdindU
VoUino
Walter.
Wilber. .11
WmfleM,
Winter.
Wmsted'
Woodbridge
Woodruff.
Andros
Ai^os
Assyria.
Athens
Athos .....4';
Attica.
Ben^.
Bladenboig.
Bowdoin Street. ..... ^j
Bullock
BurSngton.
Butler.
Cahro
OaSm ...;;;a^
Gala*. ..,..;.;. nil
Oe8^.
i
MXTKieAL IMDIX.
361
Oorlntli (DooUe) IM
Pjpnii 176
liRwn 163
:i>el08. ^"^^
ISMrnn WP^^^
MriM (Donbto). . . .TT.16f
IW
IM
.1«1
Borton 164
Jin6«?ffle .Its
XliuiioQt 146
Inriitoik 166
Uf4ni W.148
IMkml ^...161
testra IH
I^dia. ;...168
Xtjoon 165
mmmkn..*, 166
WAyw. 146
ItaHii 166
IDoUDetowil 168
jr w Bri teip. 116
IiOiwnni* .••••..•.••••! 66
PtwHhigton .•••••••.. .161
PWb..... 146
Bttiift 166
TbmM 156
f^tM 163
Jhpit, 166
Biqiiie 171
ante... 166
ttlblM. .14T
aimesburf. 170
gM|i»......w 171
iilfaoiBai.. ....... ...176
JUmmJty.ii 176
9liria... .;........... .166
^:::::::::::::::lfT
.146
.161
.169
L.P.M.
Arregon 176
Creation 160
Ebro 178
lOokolMfi ...,160
PtOTidMKW.. ,»•,««. ...179
8t HeVnNL ......A19
CMlum 161
Faloet ..183
MarieD. 184
Baptare. ..183
SaiEilbra 162
DiOitoii .164
MattorU... ....166
CLM.
lTailii(|i<.. ..•••• • ^•...* •186
A* JK.
Bk)omflil4 160
Brimfleld ....192
Cwte 191
Ffos 169
Haddtai 166
Hajtoaa...., 187
Palmar 166
Sobaits. .•.•■•■••«• ••.■••190
Triumph. .•••■••..•• .-..-.^ ..191
Wanaw. 189
?^«rton 167 chUton
Zemo.
166
76.
Adyeat 904
Avery....... ...203
Beaomont 194
Brinljr • 197
B«lhtati..v. .••..... .167
OoDTloeion. 202
Deiwtitfi .« . . t . . . «t» ^« .1116
mub^^icii. k . • » . . . .».»^.9fli
Elingaley (Double) 198
Lema Islaad 199
Milo ........269
Feibtadca 193
Ktagara 199
OraDge ..^......961
Relbge (pc/ohH)! 266
TenSce. .......904
Wanuiig 166
Warriner. 193
Wttna 196
Wofriap (6 linet) 966
ai ft ?6.
AmasoD « ^. ..^ .^IQ
Cambria (I>ouble). 209
Blrab 267
Bri!di (Doable) .911
FBuneland (Double).. . . .206
Indufl (Doable)* .266
Kingston 982
Lather 287
Moultrie 268
Phanalia 210
Wfitoo. 207
86, Tift 46.
Aarin. 214
Brighton , 216
Brilikrifll .212
216
BlfftoD.«« •»•• •• .*..«• 4B6'f Iftiitfoa.
Tflletta..... •••916
Siftii.
Biiga ,.... 216
CoNa. .^ t.32Q
H6oiMd.-..c. ,.239
vsaiic ••4««. •••».«•«• «.4JvV
.99r
6i*4i.
All^ter,. ..•.•,•«....,. .9M
Church S^re<t.«,,«....926
JtaUanHjnui 924
296
StftSii
•ift«l.
CarHni 990
Cedrqtt.... .....230
Jewel • . . . .lot
'ReaignatioiL •«.••• «it60
7i*«i.
▼eatohMtw SS3
Wmkii.. 3S&
I
O^TiftSi. T^enUar.
Ci«dc... ^ 966
06, 8i ft 4i>
Concord •«.*««%*«***«*^&M
Thftbet,.,.. MB
Comdlo ,^ 213
EndeM. ..;21S
HnbbeQ ....914
Hubert .919
Iris «1T
Wilmaatio.. ••........ .916
2enoTia . .• • « .^ • • • • . . .917
8knv..,....«t^«.......916
Alta..
Avery.
.992
.«09
Tift 81.
Florence 921
Halsted ....326
Montagaa.
.960
.249
tiftlOiL
nia^.
• ••*<
.996
CiftlOiL
Bavaria.
.296
Tift8i.
Dostan
T^8ift8i.
Warden .S96
Tift«i«
Had^pnt
SiftlSi.
Webb.. 9Sf
106.
Dante.... 947
Savannah 247
lOsftUi.
CkOlalfaL
.240
.2401
Hi.
Eaitoii .661
Triumph 641
lliftSi.
Califbmia . . ..... . .. «• .963
, The Ix>rd is groat^. . . « . .941
Ti9tula Citable) 366
ttiftlOi.
Copaolatlon.. ......«.• /.236
Folaom ..... ... ...... .949
UkftUi.
' AthnonitioD .••....•.. .366
Hiram 293
Yirgaxov... 384
Ui^UiftSi.
Borlington 343
O.H.K
Hastings 166
Hmwly......... .344
Meisfadi... 344
8.H.K
Maltoria 168
I Cuntgm i Mffy 348
Ifashua. 331
Fiallatinr.;
Haitfciti
.368
.346
INBEI OP FIRST LINES.
A.GhtfgetolM^ 149
Agidn oar etrUilj. .145
AlMl how poor 239
Anhaathe. 185
Al^ng the banks where Babel's . 24*1
And can mj ejres 122
Andnow 88
And will the.,... 116
Andwm the God. 152
AngeliH ftom the reakoa. 212
Ariael arise. 82
Arise mj sool. .*... 61
Asleep hi Jeans. 58
Assembled at 68
As showers on meadows...... 37
AsTsmaL 62
Author of God 141
Awake and Sing 1*72
Awake, mj soid 124
Awake onr drowsj sonls . . • ^ •191
Awake^ our souls; awaj. 86
Begin mj. 183
Behold the. 93
Behold the I ^51^153
Mj gracious )
Behold what 88
Behold what pity 145
Be thou, O 63, 7 9
Bestow, Lord ) ^q
For you the J
Beyond the glittering 138
Beyond where.. 230
Blest Oomfiirter 149, 153
Blest is the 281
Bri^teat and 254
Bri^test and best of the sons.249
Brother, thou 229
QuiriuMrtL 104
Oaresand toQs '..210
Child of sin 224
Children oC 197
Christ whose 1 94
Come Holy Spirit oome 169
Coiheletus. 94^ 227
Come, thou. . . . . . • •• 99
Come, said Jesus^. 199
Come thou. 224
Come, thou soul-trahsfbrming. • 17
Come weary 57, 80
Come, we that love 165
Come, ye disconsolate 239
Create, O God. ....219
Dark was the 92
Daughter of ......'.,, 241
Dear Lord, and 162
Dear refbge. 105
Deep in our •*..74, 80
Delay not, delay not 260
Depth of mercy. .202
Did Christ? 156
Do not L. •.,•.... .107
Down from his. 78
EJar^'s stormy. .144
Eternal souroe. 125
Szalt the lord 174
Faith is the 231
Fast flow my. 46
Father of mercies. 98, 188
Firmly I stand 131
Fhmgtothe 227
Fountain of mefcj 113
From all that 84
From eyery stomqr • • • 33
From Jesse's 247
GenlOy, Lord. 213
Give to the Lord I ^
The Lord prodainis f ^
Glorious things of thee 208
God mores in *. 89
God, my supporter.. 126
God of our lives 115
Go VOT TAB FBOM UM,Antkem,30A
Go preach my 38
Grace, 't is a charming. ...... .174
Great God, how 114
Great God. to 56
Great God, what do .237
Great is the ) ^^ „
Vastarethyf •^» ^^
Great Shepiherd
Great souroe of
62
69
HaO to the Sabbath. ...158
Happy the diurch 79
Hark, from yonder mount 203
Hark! hariEl 219
Hark, hark, a shout of joy. .. .248
Hark, sinner, while God. .... .242
HarkI the glad 129
Harkl what mean 207
Haste sinner 196
Have mercy 177
Hedieslthe 78
He knelt 244
He lives, the 87
He reigns. 42
High in 201
House of our God with 240
How calm and 185
How diarming. 148, 166» 169
How oondesocoiding. 95
How&r beyond i..l28
How helpless 121
Bawhonofod 16t|
How oft have sin and 62
How pleasant how divine^. • . 86
How precious 137
How sweet the. 163
How sweet to 72
How sweet upon this. 139
HowTsin ii 57, 60
If Imust die 90
If human.... •• 107
If through.... 146, 171
I know that 110
I lay my. 54, 85
I love the.... 96
I love the volume. 179, 180
I love to see 117, 136
Ilove to steal. ...90,114
Inspirer and. .218
In this calm. 195
I saw beyond. 177
I waited. 134
Jehovah, God 175
Jesus, and shall 45
Jesus can make.... .....•.»«•• 56
Jesus,. Saviour (lover) 200
Join all the f^onous names. . . .190
Judge me 44, 77
Juslarethy *. 87
Lamb of Qod. 198
Let all the 178
Let every heart 246
Let songs of. 112
Let songs of endless pniise.152,172
lift not thou 236
Light of those 210
Lo^Godis 78
Lot becomes 218
Lol hft ohmU^ comtlsHi SIT
Long as Im .W
Lord, how defightfiil-
Lord, hi the morning. • « • .. »^M
Lord of the worids. . .w
Lord, thou wilt. . . . ... . .10|; M
Loid, when my. ..•••« |^
Lord, when ihoui didst.
Lord, when we. . . .....
Lord, who ......••.••,
Lo, what a. •••.... . .. , • .0),
Lo, what an entertaining....;..
Lowly and. .^^4
Msy the rioriou di^.
ky dear Bedeemer.. •
ky former »,
My God, how.
My God, my....
My God— stray... 9 ••.•••• ^,
My God, thiB spring... .. .« ^^^
My Maker... ........;...^,
My opening eyes.. ...... .^. <
Ify Saviour.
My Shepherd wQl supp^^
My soul lies dealing • » ^^^
My^soid, how. ..... .•,• •.•U
My soul, repeat .M
My soul, thy Ii
M'o more my. • • ••• 4§
Ko war nor •••••••••<
Now be my .»
Now to the ••••••
P all ye *»|
O blesnd souls ..•,
O cease my wandVing. ^. •• • .
0*er mountain...
CVer liie i^oomy.
\
• lir A tiwoMtaid. lit
OQod,to 168, lea
O hMpj iiinti. •••••••....•• 69
0]^ oeMe, m J. .168,166, 160
Oh,ooii]dl 106
Oh, oonld Iflpenk 181, 183
Oh, oonld our 93
<Mil fbr ft closer « 117
Ob, ibrftihoQt. ..•• 136
Ob,fbrtli& 168
Olt hKppjjSiMj 83
^b^prii 13T
OhlioirL 142, 143
OhLQid,oiir .T 173
Ohp f fti i e 'ConiBiit 103
Chi pniiejo 260
Chi nnder. .130
Cli;that I 100
(NitluittlM 96
<Mitlioaiii. 262
Oh thou, wliota 97
0, laj not 333
let me. 101
OLord, tlij tender. 100
Onoeaiore^ mjeonl 119
On the mountain*! top. 216
On th J chniofa. 193
Onward q;ieed 232
OpprMt with ftar 137
Onraet wKh guilt 103
O pnkM the Lord. 40,68
• thM that-ftith 184
Othoa whok ..182
OtWB, greet 60
Cor heeTonlj. J48
0, what ia life .244
Ptmiaetbe Lord 197, 199
Praiae ye the Lord ) . .
Awake the tmmpef a f *
FraTer ia the 108
Return, mj aool 47
Saftlj through .238
SalTation ia 84
Savioar, aonroe; 211
Show me^ 0.. A 91
Show pitf 39, 46
Sing haUeh^ah 230
Sing praiaea... 147,161
Sing to the 124
Sinner, art then 201
Sinner, Oh whj «.. 43
Songa anew 215
Sol^jr the ahade 72
Soon maj the 86, 76
Soreieiffn of. ..••• 36
Spirit of peaoe 140
^and up, mj 66
Stand vkO 253
Stretched on the 77
Sweet ia the memoiy 118
Svttii ia the scene 41,61,70
INDXX Of nX8T KNIS.
Sweet ia the wofk 62,166
Sweet peaoe of oonacienoeL . . . . 84
Sweet the momenti 209
Sore thtt«*a a. .167
Teach me the 93
That dajof. 43, 70
Thefeetal mom 183
The God of gioiy aenda 249
The hearena declare: 87, 47
TheHolj 55
Thehoorof. 71
The Lord ia great 241
The Lord ia— know . . . *. 251
The Lord ia our aheplierd 240
The Lord Jehorah 184. 188
The Lord ihj Shepherd
157,175,176
The Lord mjnaatare 179
The Lord of ) q.
Onepririlege f *
The Lord oor .134, 190
The Prince of. 242
There ia a cahn 280
There ia a hope lU
There iaahonae 148
There ia a region 69
There ia a river ; . . 74
There ia a atream 68
There% nothing 66
TheSaTioar,0 s... 119, 133
TheiMokMH 88
fheipfrft hi m,16t
Thhieearthlj 78
TUnk^ ntfg^ 178
Thiaplaoeia. 243
Thoa art gone to 264
Though I hare 49
Thoa great Inatractor 64
Thoa lorelj 144
Thoa thatdoat 196
Thoa, who didst 229
TliroQghthy 225
Thossaiththe 51
Thy goodneas. 85
Thjname 170
'TIS God tiie 169
To-day, the .228
ToGod,I lift 186
To God, the only wise. »160
To oar Redeemer's 116
Tomnd one 188
To thee, great 69
To thee, my Shepherd 126
Triomphant smltos^ the Tictor'a. 60
TwHfaithe 97,104
Vital spark ,....246
Weep not for 232
Webome, deBghtftil. 192
Weksome^ aweet 161, 167
We lift oar 162
We're BO aUdiag 42,46
Whalairiiloa.
Whenau thy 142
When aa retama 64, 118
When bending 99
When, deareat .\.. 89
When languor 127
When marshalled. •......;... 64
When ahall we 238
When sins and 83
When the Tale ..222
When the worn spMt • 94
When trouble 108
Whenverdure ^ 104
Where is my 187, 192
While my Redeemer ,..171
With gratelhl hearta 180
With one conaent 86, 53, 66
IKOth teara of 120
With humble 169
Who, OLord, when lift. 198
Why droopa my soul 66
Why should the diildren. .••.. 121
Why sinks my 221
Why will ye 60
Ye mighty rulers 89
Yes, God hhnself. ..228,284
Ye trembhng o^ytires 178
Ye tribes of Adam 190
au
ACM
1
BOOKB N': ..
■ ■liC.
MARl -
1^S5
100 CAM9R'
STREET
CHARI FS ( I
MASS.
ACM
BOnKB N'; ,.
1
Jo.
MARl -
rS5
100 CAM9R'
CHARLESlL
jTREET
.VIASS. 1
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11